THE 
SILENT FRIEND 
AND MEDICAL ADVISER 
A COMPLETE GUIDE TO 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
New Illustrated 
Twenty Sixth Edition 
The de Laurence Company. 
Chicago, Ill., U. S. A. 
1924 CONTENTS 
CHAP. PAGE 
Introduction 5 
I. Diseases in General 8 
II. Debility; Constitutional and Hereditary 14 
III. Debility arising from Overtaxed Energies 20 
IV. Debility arising from Objectionable Habits 26 
V. Debility arising from Diseases of Imprudence... 38 
VI. Debility arising from Old Age 42 
VII. Marriage 45 
VIII. The Consequences of Nervous Debility 50 
IX. Treatment 62 ■preface 
In a preface, it is usual to explain the object had in view 
in writing the book. This is unnecessary in the present 
case, because the purpose of the work is fully unfolded in 
the various chapters of which it is composed. I have dealt 
in the following pages with a class of diseases of fearful 
prevalence and of alarming fatality, which today seem to 
be setting at defiance medical skill and scientific knowledge. 
Every physician of any standing must have noticed the 
large increase of nervous diseases that has taken place in 
modern days, and the comparative powerlessness of medical 
science to deal with them, whilst the public is, alas! but 
too well acquainted practically with the same fact. 
Now, I shall not, I trust, be considered egotistic when I 
say, that my large experience, and long and extensive prac- 
tice, entitle me to speak upon this question with authority. 
Few, very few, medical men can possibly have had the 
same opportunities for judging of these diseases that I have 
had. For no less than twenty-eight years have I devoted 
myself to this specialty, and such diseases as may be more 
or less connected with it. Out of twenty-eight years, eighteen 
have been spent in New York, where my practice has been 
almost unparalleled in its extent. All classes of persons 
have come to consult me-rich and poor, high and low- 
those whose cases were in a mild and incipient state, and 
those who were supposed to be past cure, and had been 
given up to die by other physicians, have sought my advice. 
My experience, therefore, enables me to speak on the ques- 
tion of Nervous Debility with a degree of confidence which 
can fall to the lot of very few practitioners. The impor- 
tance of the following pages may therefore be judged of by 
this fact. 
III IV 
PREFACE 
Of the numerous persons who have consulted me in refer- 
ence to the various ailments that they were laboring under, 
no less than eighteen hundred have sent me testimonials as 
to my success in treating their individual cases-a fact 
which will of itself speak volumes, and is perhaps almost, 
if not entirely, without a parallel. 
The small work in question comprises one out of many 
books that I have written, all having in view the one grand 
end-the health of the people. Whatever the subject that 
I have been called upon to treat, this purpose has never 
been lost sight of. It is one in which I have always felt a 
large amount of interest, apart altogether from the practice 
of my profession, whilst, as a matter of course, the fact 
that I have been called upon to treat such large numbers 
of persons suffering from some form of disease, has in- 
creased and intensified that interest greatly. A happy 
country is only to be found where its people are healthy. 
The physician should, I think, become the coadjutor of the 
clergyman, and work with him to raise the morals of the 
people. And to do this effectually, the sound mind in a 
sound body must be aimed at, and all efforts bent to effect 
its realization. idrilttating JtaaseH 
INTRODUCTION 
There are few subjects of greater importance to be 
treated of than that of Debility in its various forms. More 
or less, perhaps, a majority of the human race suffer from 
some kind of debilitating disease, for the term is a very 
wide one. It comprehends a great number of disorders 
springing from a large variety of causes, and manifesting 
themselves in as great a variety of symptoms. The health 
of the people at large is by no means in a satisfactory con- 
dition. On every hand maladies of fearful significance are 
to be met with, and disease and decrepitude we are called 
upon to confront whichever way we turn. 
It has been frequently asserted that a highly civilized 
state of society necessarily involves loss of stamina in the 
people, and decreases their longevity. I think, so far as we 
understand the history of ancient and modern nations, this 
assertion has a solid foundation. The average rate of 
mortality in our own country and in others proves the 
truth and force of it. This is no doubt due to very many 
causes, too numerous in fact to be entered upon here, but 
the debility occasioned by the use of alcoholic drinks, over 
activity of brain, overcrowding in large towns, and vicious 
habits, constitute the chief. Dr. Elam, in a most able work 
published a year or two ago, having entered at length upon 
the great question of whether we were more healthy'' on 
the whole than our forefathers, was compelled to arrive at 
the following conclusions: 
1. That the average death-rate is slowly but constantly 
increasing. 
2. That men die now at an earlier age than they did 
thirty years ago. 
This clearly shows a most lamentable state of things, 
and one which every physician and philanthropist should 
use his utmost endeavors to remove. But there must be a 
cause for this degeneracy of our race, and diminution of the 
5 6 
DEBILITATING DISEASES 
health of the community, and this cause should be ascer- 
tained, if possible, with a view to something being done 
towards its removal. Why are the various forms of debility 
so prevalent at the present day? Why do we find so many 
children with pale sickly faces, covered with eruptions, with 
rickety limbs, and scrofula written in every feature? Why 
are there so many pale men, haggard, and prematurely 
old? These are questions of the greatest possible impor- 
tance, and they press themselves upon the attention of the 
physician, the sanitary reformer, and the philanthropist, 
and demand to be answered. To-day the matter may be 
neglected, and to-morrow it may be ignored, but the time 
is not far distant when Society will have to pay the penalty 
of its negligence, and endeavor to make atonement by a 
greater activity in future. For many years I have devoted 
myself to the consideration of these questions, and to the 
treatment of the diseases which they involve, and am, there- 
fore, in a better position to judge than most men, and I do 
not hesitate to say, that the extent to which debility prevails 
in society is perfectly alarming. Some of this is due to 
one cause and some to another, the result in all cases the 
same-premature decay, and ultimately death. What these 
causes are I shall endeavor to trace in future chapters. 
Nervous debility is one of the most terrible diseases 
under which a patient can labor. Not only is every part 
of his frame in a weakened condition, but his imagination 
runs riot and conjectures a million disorders that may not 
be actually present at all. Yet to the patient they are as 
real as though they were truly there. The remark, "Oh, 
it's only nervousness," is as vague as the saying, "It is 
only a cold," the latter frequently leading to the most fatal 
of all maladies-the fell destroyer, consumption. Only 
nervousness! What in the name of all that's rational can 
possibly be worse? When the nerves are unstrung there 
can be no real health, disease then preys upon every organ 
-if not its reality, yet at least in the idea of the sufferers, 
which is equally as bad. It shatters the entire constitution 
and renders every part abnormal. It is a most terrible 
state of things to behold poor sufferers with their constitu- 
tions thus broken up and destroyed. The ability to alleviate DEBILITATING DISEASES 
7 
the pain is, however, a great consoler under such circum- 
stances. To be able to procure health for one's fellow- 
creatures is, indeed, a godlike power. Health cannot be 
prized too highly. It is an unparalleled blessing. As one 
of the English poets has it- 
"Nor love, nor honor, wealth nor power 
Can give, the heart a cheerful hour 
When health is lost." CHAPTER I. 
DISEASES IN GENERAL. 
It has been well said that, as no science or subject can 
be understood without some reference to its elementary 
principles, it appears to be necessary to commence by a 
reference to the causes of disease. The causes of disease 
are twofold-general and specific. The general causes are 
mechanical or chemical injuries, atmospheric changes, er- 
rors in diet, excess, and powerful and moral impressions. 
Man in health is strong, noble, and determined; his imagin- 
ation brilliant, his perception keen, his reason clear, and his 
memory retentive. He is generous, resolute, courageous, 
and active. This arises from the sympathetic and intimate 
relation which exists between mind and body. It follows, 
therefore, that man out of health becomes a weak, irritable, 
timid, hypochondriacal, moping, dyspeptic, unduly sensitive 
and debilitated. He may become imbecile and decrepid, 
and thus incapable of performing the functions which de- 
volve upon him-a misery to himself and an eyesore to 
others. 
The specific causes of disease are morbid poisons, as in 
small-pox, typhus fever, measles, scarlatina, or other con- 
tagion. The number of diseases arising from the action of 
general causes are numberless, but on careful analysis they 
are found to resolve themselves into two great orders, viz., 
disease of function, and diseases of structure (morbi or- 
ganici et simplices), each embracing a great number of 
classes. The diseases of function embrace the neuroses, 
hemorrhages, and dropsies; while inflammation, tubercle, 
cancer, melanoses, etc., belong to diseases of structure. The 
diseases of function embrace all those disorders in which 
the action, the secretion, or the sensation of a part is im- 
paired without any primary alteration of structure of the 
organ or tissue affected. 
The three great principles or systems have been termed 
vitalism, solidism, and humoralism. It appears to me that 
8 DISEASES IN GENERAL 
9 
the essential elements of these three principles must be ad- 
mitted if we are to adopt a sound philosophy of medicine. 
"Vitalism" supposes "that a morbid state of the vital 
principles causes disease." Though it is somewhat difficult 
to conceive the full import of this assertion, yet it is certain 
that the vital principle is not of equal force at all ages- 
that it is not the same in the childhood, manhood, and old 
age of the same person-that it varies with the seasons, and 
therefore disease can hardly be understood without taking 
this element into consideration. The different phases and 
force of the vital principle, and the modification impressed 
upon it by social position, form an important feature in 
what are termed "predisposing causes," or the different de- 
grees of liability of persons of different age, sex, profession, 
or habit, to fall into a given disease, and hence arises the 
importance of considering "temperament" in the diagnosis 
of neuropathic disease. 
From solidism and humoralism we learn that, in addition 
to a given state of the vital principle, a healthy condition 
of the solids and fluids (the exciting and excited forces of 
the body) is so essential to health. An alteration in the 
physical properties of the blood producing morbidity in 
one of the great exciting forces of nervous action is often 
a cause of disease. Thus, if a quantity of water be injected 
into the veins of an animal, dropsy follows, while if the 
blood lose any considerable portion of its red globules, 
marked debility ensues. Again, if a division takes place in 
one of the gastric pairs of nerves, digestion is known to be 
destroyed. Should any nerve which serves to supply an 
organ of secretion be removed, or injured, that function is 
also destroyed or injured. Should a division be made in the 
pulmonary branches of the nerves, asphyxia ensues. From 
these considerations it seems clear that a healthy state of the 
fluids and solids of the body is essential to healthy action 
of the various functions of life, and consequently any 
causes which operate to injure the one will also injure the 
other. 
Anatomy has shown that the brain and nerves are fibrous 
-a fibrous structure necessarily implies action or contrac- 10 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
tion. It has been proved by medical writers that vision and 
sensation generally result from a physical action or con- 
traction of the nerves, whether of the eye or other organ. 
If this be true it equally applies to the nerves of the other 
senses, and also to those of the different organs of secretion. 
And as a healthy action of the nerves (the great moving and 
secreting powers of the body) is essential to health, it fol- 
lows that morbid action of the nerve must cause disease. 
Sir Isaac Newton was of opinion that the cohesion of 
bodies depends on the presence of elastic fluids. Modern 
discoveries have shown that the electric fluid is the great 
agent of chemical composition and decomposition, and that 
this fluid is evolved by mere changes of motion in the par- 
ticles of matter; it seems probable from analogy that a 
nervous fluid is extricated in like manner by a molecular 
motion or contraction of the nerves, and that this fluid is 
the cause, not only of nervous and muscular cohesion, but 
is also the great agent of the vital compositions and decom- 
positions which are incessantly going on in every part of 
the body. From this it may be inferred that nervous con- 
traction is one of the great means which nature employs to 
regulate the temperature of the body. If the theory of a 
nervous contraction be omitted, and it be followed by the 
extrication of a nervous fluid, "nervous sensibility" may be 
considered their joint effect. This may be accumulated by 
repose, and exhausted by action, and hence the nervous sys- 
tem may easily become impaired by causes which produce 
unnatural action of these delicate organs. It would be diffi- 
cult to exhaust this subject, and to over-estimate its im- 
portance in reference to the particular branches of medical 
knowledge to which this work is devoted. We must, how- 
ever, confine our remarks upon the theory of the nerves to 
two other points which have practical bearing on nervous 
and physical debility. 
Though sensation is generally passive, and in health is 
only brought into action when some external agent is present 
capable of acting upon the nerve, yet in some instances it is 
active, or exists when no external agent having affinity for 
the nerve is present. This law of the neuroses, or nervous DISEASES IN GENERAL 
11 
disorders, is remarkably exemplified in the cases where 
persons are sensible of tastes in the mouth of substances 
of which they have not partaken for months. In delirium 
tremens and insanity the patient often sees or hears persons 
or things which have no real existence. So in the case of 
persons who have lost a limb (as a leg), they are often 
sensible of painful or agreeable sensations, which they refer 
to the fact, although that part has perhaps long been re- 
moved. These are attributable to active sensations, the 
nerve taking on those actions by which such sensations were 
accustomed to be communicated to the brain. 
Sensation is not, as some suppose, instantaneous, but, like 
every other function, is performed in a certain time. In 
diseases, the times of action of the brain are either greatly 
increased or diminished. In idiocy, and some other forms 
of insanity, these times are unduly diminished, and hence 
slowness of comprehension and apprehension, and hence 
also arises drowsiness or lethargy; while in acute cases of 
insanity they are increased, and such an increased activity 
of mind ensues that the patient can procure little or no 
sleep. Emaciation, indigestion, and debility are the conse- 
quences. These two extremes of the neuroses are termed 
plethora and anaemia. In the former the blood becomes 
surcharged with red globules, while in the latter it contains 
too much water, and is too much diluted. Neither of these 
states is one of health. 
The cerebellum and medulla-oblongata (back part of the 
brain and commencement of spinal cord within the brain) 
may be regarded as the source of all nervous energy; the 
streams of this fountain are always flowing in vital currents 
over every branch of the nerves, bursting from each gang- 
lion as from a new source, and radiating to the extremities 
of the body, where its force is discharged in the occupations 
and excitement of daily life. It is again, however, renewed 
by food, sleep, and respiration. When every function is 
properly performed, the result is health. No virus in the 
body can be more fatal to health than the exhaustion of the 
nervous stimuli. The draining of the cerebellum by ex- 
cesses is the certain road to disease and death. 12 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
The preceding sketch is a mere outline of the gen- 
eral theory of disease, upon which much more might be 
written; but it is now time to enter more into detail with 
reference to what we consider nervous debility, and to offer 
some remarks which will enable the reader to see, as in a 
mirror, whether his or her case comes under this category. 
It will be seen in the sequel that the theory here propounded 
is deducible from practical and actual cases, and will serve 
to show the general laws to which diseases of the kind 
treated in this work are to be referred. 
Nervous debility is expressive of that general derange- 
ment of system-that want of healthy action of man's power 
-which incapacitates him from the real enjoyment of life 
and its many pleasures. Its symptoms are multiform, and 
vary in intensity from the different causes from which they 
proceed, and from a reference in the constitutional tempera- 
ment and habits of life of those who are suffering from it. 
By some writers the meaning of nervous debility has been 
restricted to mental disorganization and derangement-to 
those peculiar susceptibilities which have been termed 
"mental disorders;" but we think the term has a much wider 
signification, and extends to that general derangement of the 
physical energies which incapacitates for the due perform- 
ance of the active duties of life, and which condition is, in- 
deed, much more like mere existence than life. 
Nervous debility, nervous exhaustion, or premature de- 
bility, as has been said, presents itself in a great many dif- 
ferent phases, and springs from an almost infinite variety 
of causes. And, doubtless, one of the principal reasons 
that such mistaken views pervail on this subject may be 
found in the fact that it has been too exclusively studied 
from some one particular side. By some practitioners it 
has been supposed to arise entirely from certain enervating 
habits, the importance of which can hardly, perhaps, be 
overrated, although they are certainly not the cause of every 
disease that flesh is heir to. By others, errors in diet have 
been elevated to a position of undue importance in the pro- 
duction of these maladies, and by another class, the whole 
thing resolves itself into a question of sanitary science. 
The fact is, that while none of these theories contains all the DISEASES IN GENERAL 
13 
truth, there may be a portion of truth in each one of them; 
and my business on this occasion will be to ascribe to each 
its full share in the mischief. Certain it is that sedentary 
habits, improper food, impure air, undue mental excitement, 
immoderate grief, unremitting study, external injuries, vio- 
lent passions, excessive application to some favorite pursuit, 
are all causes of nervous debility, and should be each taken 
into consideration in dealing with the subject. 
Dr. Daniel has given the following very accurate descrip- 
tion of the symptoms of a person suffering from nervous 
debility:-"Great moral prostration, carried even to a 
hatred of existence, prostration of strength, lips pale and 
shriveled, remarkable pallidity, eyes sunken, dull expres- 
sion of countenance, great emaciation, pulse feeble, constant 
cough, general wandering pains (especially in the loins and 
chest), great irritability, extreme langour after exertion, 
and a thick and muddy urine-the last few drops being 
viscid." Sad catalogue of evils to be all concentrated in 
the same person! 
Yet these are not all; many more quite as potent might 
be named had we the space to devote to them. The follow- 
ing is a patient's description of his own case:-"Deranged 
digestion; progressive emaciation; lassitude after the least 
exertion; yellow, dry, and earthy skin; weak and watery 
eyes; burning heat, especially in the palms of the hands 
and soles of the feet; creeping sensation all over the body; 
when I began to perspire, habitual sensation of internal 
heat; constant pain in the stomach and obstinate constipa- 
tion of the bowels; acid eructations, smelling like rotten 
eggs; clammy sweats; irritability of temper; itching in the 
head; noise in the ears; loss of memory; loss of courage; 
extreme timidity; deep melancholy; and sad and sallow 
countenance." 
In many instances some only of these effects are found; 
but if they are not removed by judicious treatment, and the 
habits which produced them abandoned, they may all ac- 
crue, and the misery of such a condition must be palpably 
evident to the reflecting mind. CHAPTER II. 
DEBILITY; CONSTITUTIONAL AND HEREDITARY. 
It is hardly possible to give a definition of the term De- 
bility, because it includes so many opposite conditions of 
the body, and springs from such a variety of causes. Any 
kind of weakness may be called by that name, and conse- 
quently its forms are commensurate with the conditions 
upon which life itself depends. A lowering of the vital 
state of any organ indicates, either as an effect or a cause, 
debility in that organ. Defective nutrition is almost in- 
variably associated with debility. Should the assimilative 
process not be properly performed, a lower kind of tissue 
is necessarily eliminated out of the pabulum of the food, 
and debility will be the result. This debility may be local 
or general, according to the circumstances of the case. The 
defective nutrition itself, however, may be-and very fre- 
quently is-but a result of some much deeper seated and 
more occult causes. The whole of the vital functions may 
be feebly performed, indicating a great deficiency of what 
is termed "vital force." But what this vital force is no one 
has ever been able to demonstrate. The consequence is, 
that when it is deficient, we are, to a great extent, in the 
dark as to whether the debility be the cause or the effect. 
By many philosophers in modern times it is maintained that 
the vital force is only another form of the great forces of 
nature known as light, heat, electricity, etc., and that the 
organism evolves it as does the battery electricity; and 
that when it is deficient, therefore, it is simply because 
the organism is not in a fitting condition to excite it. This 
theory, although elevating life per se above organization, 
does not in reality make all that we know of life depend 
upon the physical organs, and certain it is that for all 
practical purposes this is correct. All treatment must be 
applied through the physical organs, but then it is impor- 
tant to know to which part of this our means of cure should 
be directed. When we speak of debility, we generally 
14 DEBILITY; CONSTITUTIONAL AND HEREDITARY 
15 
mean a condition in which the functions of the body are 
fully performed, whether the organs upon which these 
depend are healthy or not. In such cases there is usually 
present a lack of muscular and nervous power, coupled 
with a disinclination for exertion, and a feeling of general 
fatigue. Not unfrequently are the nerves of sensation 
affected, and impaired vision or loss of hearing ensue, 
the memory fails, the intelligent powers are enfeebled, 
the capacity of thought is lessened, wakefulness is experi- 
enced at night, and restlessness during the day. The in- 
clination to take food is frequently absent, but where 
present serves very little purpose, since the substances 
taken do not become thoroughly assimilated; the heart 
beats less rapidly, the pulse becomes lowered, and the 
whole system partakes of the general feebleness. This 
debility must not be confounded with mere weakness, such 
as that which is experienced after a severe attack of sickness. 
The latter is called a debilitating condition, but it differs 
very materially from that chronic state of loss of power 
with which we deal on this occasion. Nature unassisted 
will, in the majority of cases, cure the one, while the other 
will require the most skillful treatment. 
One of the most prominent, perhaps the most prominent, 
of all the causes of debility, is what is termed Hereditation. 
By this is meant a tendency to a particular disease engen- 
dered in the constitution of the child by its parents. Every 
person knows how susceptible an individual is to consump- 
tion whose parents have died of that disease. Insurance 
offices always inquire, and very properly, when any persons 
present themselves to insure their lives, whether any of their 
relatives have died of this disease, and if so, even where 
the relationship was somewhat remote, it will not be deemed 
unimportant, so wide in the scope of its influence in this 
particular affection. Scrofula, gout, numerous forms of 
skin disease, epilepsy, insanity, asthma, and a score of 
other maladies, will be handed down from generation to 
generation as certainly as titles or estates. This is one of 
the most important facts in connection with medicine. A 
modern writer has remarked, "Young women who have been 
more than ordinarily subject to hysteria frequently give 16 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
birth to children, who at an early age, become the subjects 
of convulsions. As these children-if females-grow up, 
they too become attacked with hysteria, and frequently 
with puerpural fever. Children are born to them to pass, 
in their turn, through the same phases that their parents 
had gone through before. These tendencies are engendered 
in the constitution of the child before birth, and it enters 
upon its life in this world with the sword of Damocles 
hanging over its head, to fall at any moment when a favor- 
able opportunity is presented. All children born of the 
same parents do not suffer in like manner, and those who 
do are generally predisposed in different degrees. Fre- 
quently, in truth, in this matter, as in some physical quality, 
a whole generation may escape, and the tendency appear 
with redoubled force in the next. Thus the children of 
consumptive parents may escape the tubercular destroyer 
themselves, only, however, to render their offspring the 
more liable to its baneful influence. Hereditation can 
scarcely be said to be the communication of a disease from 
parent to child, but simply the tendency to a disease. Nor 
will this tendency become developed until a series of favor- 
able circumstances constituting an exciting cause aids its 
manifestation. Thus a child inheriting from its parents 
the predisposition to gout, the malady does not appear till 
the individual has reached that age at which the constitution 
is most commonly attacked by the disease. The father was 
suffering its tortures when the child was born; the son will 
probably reach middle life before it will fix its spell upon 
him. This will, of course, be regulated to a great extent 
by the kind of life he leads; temperance and care might, 
perhaps, avert it altogether. Some minute germ, the exact 
nature of which remains in considerable obscurity, is trans- 
mitted from parent to child; but two-thirds of that child's 
life will probably have passed before it becomes fully 
developed. Insanity attacks a person at forty or fifty; the 
children will, in all probability, reach the same age before 
any mental aberration will be observed; and if the mani- 
festation should pass over that generation, and show itself 
in the next, it will not be till the grand-children have 
reached middle life. This is a matter which there is some DEBILITY; CONSTITUTIONAL AND HEREDITARY 
17 
difficulty in explaining; it is, nevertheless, a fact. Doubt- 
less the presence, or otherwise, of the exciting causes in 
sufficient force, has much to do with it, but not everything, 
since physical peculiarities frequently follow the same law." 
Sometimes we find that the hereditary tendency is regulated 
by sex and other causes. There is a very curious skin dis- 
ease called Ichthyosis, in which the body of the sufferer 
is covered over with scales resembling a fish, which disease 
is hereditary, but is hardly ever known to attack females. 
The case is mentioned by Dr. Elliotson of a family who 
had suffered from this disease for several generations, but 
always in the male line. In this fact there is nothing 
singular, since the same peculiarity has been observed in 
reference to other hereditary maladies. Supernumerary 
fingers and toes have occasionally appeared in families 
following exactly the same rule. On the other hand, some 
cutaneous diseases attack the females only. Stuttering is 
very often hereditary, and is generally confined to males. 
In all these cases in which the females are exempt from 
hereditary diseases, it may be as well to remark, that the 
sons of daughters of the affected person are quite as liable 
to suffer as the males of the first generation. "In all these 
cases," to quote again from the author referred to, "we see 
disease obeying the same laws as healthy physical pecu- 
liarities, and even mental and moral qualities. Who has 
not noticed a score of instances in the child, in which a 
more striking likeness to the grandfather than to the father 
may be observed? In some families the peculiarity of 
feature disappears for two, three, or more generations, and 
then again reappears, and descends in regular and unvary- 
ing succession. This fact may be observed in picture gal- 
leries, and it is an important one to the physician, because 
there can be no doubt that it holds good of disease. In 
mental and moral qualities, every person is familiar with 
instances in which the sons only partake of certain dis- 
positions, and these will probably again appear in the 
daughters' sons, but not in the sons' daughters. The same 
will hold good of the other sex." Among all the diseases 
of a hereditary character, there is none that is of such 
common occurrence, and productive of such serious results, 18 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
as nervous debility. For this malady in the son may spring 
from a score of different causes in the parent, from whom 
it is virtually transmitted. What I mean is, that debility 
in the child may be due to some other disease in the parent. 
The father may be debilitated and the debility carried 
down to the son and the son's son, but, on the other hand, 
the father may not himself be debilitated and yet in his 
constitution may originate a score of diseases which may 
involve debility in his children. This is a matter of grave 
import. All those habits, practices, and mode of life which 
tend to debilitate, and of which I shall have more to say 
in future chapters, may fail to develop delibity in the per- 
son by whom they are practiced, in consequence of strength 
of constitution, or some other cause, but may, nevertheless, 
have the effect of engendering debility in the constitution 
of the offspring. 
The most important fact to be taken into consideration 
in this matter is the mode in which this hereditary taint 
requires to be dealt with. I have already stated that what 
is transmitted is rather a tendency to a disease than the 
disease itself. This tendency constitutes what is called a 
predisposing cause to certain maladies, and when known 
to exist may of course be successfully dealt with. What 
is called prophylactic or preventive medicine will, no doubt, 
some day come to occupy a much more important and 
conspicuous position than it does at the present time. By 
its aid, no doubt, many of those diseases which now spread 
their fearful ravages over society will be entirely removed. 
Only let persons who may be affected with any hereditary 
taint, either directly from their parents or indirectly from 
a more remote ancestor, learn what is the exact nature of 
the disease to which they are predisposed, and the condi- 
tions likely to favor its manifestation, and they have at 
once in their power the means of preventing the one by 
avoiding the other. Persons who suffer in this way should 
lose no time in consulting some one who has made these 
particular diseases a subject of study. I shall always be 
happy to give advice to such if they will communicate with 
me on the subject. Scores of persons have benefited by DEBILITY; CONSTITUTIONAL AND HEREDITARY 
19 
availing themselves of this offer, and each reader of these 
pages whom it may concern may do the same. 
Associated with this particular form of debility are sev- 
eral maladies which prove very destructive to health, and, 
therefore, any one who suspects a hereditary tendency to 
this disease should not lose a moment's time in applying 
for advice. CHAPTER III. 
DEBILITY ARISING FROM OVERTAXED ENERGIES. 
The position that man occupies on the globe renders 
him liable to all those destructive influences which operate 
more or less both upon organic and inorganic substances, 
and to those morbid influences which affect him in his 
physical frame in common with the lower animals, in addi- 
tion to a large class of diseases which are peculiar to the 
human race. In some respects man, with all his superiority, 
stands at a disadvantage when doing battle with various 
morbid agencies, when compared with the inferior creatures. 
For, in the first place, the lower animals are provided with a 
powerful instinct which leads them from the earliest period 
of their existence to avoid such substances in their food 
as might prove injurious to them, and to select such others 
as may have a sanitary effect on their organization. As 
Pope has put it- 
"Nature to these without profusion kind, 
The proper organs proper power assigned; 
Each seeming want compensated of course, 
Here with degrees of swiftness, there with force." 
That some traces of this instinct may be still preserved 
among the savage races is quite possible, but clearly 
amongst civilized peoples it has completely disappeared. 
We are compelled to acquire knowledge of these matters 
by experience, and to judge of them by reason. And 
although no one will dispute the fact that our rational 
faculties raise us into a position very far superior to the 
animals whose sole guide is instinct, yet the loss of that 
instinct leads sometimes to disadvantages, and even to mis- 
chievous results. Man is born into the world without cloth- 
ing, and with no power in himself individually to with- 
stand the effects of climate or protect himself against 
external influences. He remains a longer period than any 
other animal in this helpless condition, during which time 
he is in the hands of parents whose ignorance of the laws 
20 DEBILITY ARISING FROM OVERTAXED ENERGIES 
21 
of his being may operate powerfully to his hurt. There 
can be no doubt that innumerable diseases originate in 
the daily errors of parents and nurses perpetrated upon 
children. Then, in the second place, the very civilization 
of which we boast so much has been largely the cause of 
a decrease in physical stamina, and a diminution of those 
powers by which the body contends with the forces of 
external nature. An old writer has said very truly "The 
progressive cultivation of the mind, together with the daily 
refinements of habits and manners, are ever accompanied 
with a proportionate increase of luxury. But as this change 
from a robust to a more relaxed state of life has produced 
no difference in the causes generating disease, to which we 
are even more subject than formerly, we must necessarily 
suffer by the concomitant effects. For though luxury has 
assisted us in preventing the temporary effects of external 
agents, such as cold, heat, rain, etc., and we can occasion- 
ally guard ourselves against the severity, yet we are, upon 
the next return of them, attacked with much greater vio- 
lence than if we had been more habituated to their influence. 
And this state of things has imperceptibly introduced the 
use of many articles, both of dress and aliment, which in 
their consequences often prove detrimental to health. Hence 
we find that in proportion as the refinements of luxury 
increase in a nation the number and variety of diseases 
also increase. On the contrary, the more uncivilized a 
people continue, and the more their habits and customs 
approximate to a state of Nature, they are proportionately 
the less affected by the causes of disease." A third reason 
may also be found in the fact, that while on the one hand 
man is a rational being, yet, on the other, he is subject to 
the influence of a larger number of passions and emotions 
than any of the lower animals. Mental anxieties, springing 
from innumerable cares which press themselves upon him 
-grief, love, and other emotions, all play a most con- 
spicuous part in his earthly existence. Controlled and in- 
fluenced by these he is often driven to a course of action 
which even his intelligence, for the time being, is powerless 
to prevent. This is to say nothing of another cause, the 22 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
diseases of an epidemic and endemic character to which 
he is peculiarly liable. 
There are two powerful causes of debility to be met with 
in the human race which spring to a very large extent from 
our civilization and our modern mode of living, and to 
which, therefore, the attention of the medical practitioner 
should be especially devoted. They are to be seen operating 
in our midst on every hand, and producing most serious 
mischief on all where their influence is felt. These two 
potent causes of debility, to which this chapter is devoted, 
are excessive exertion and mental anxiety. 
1. Excessive Exertion.-This will, of course, include 
all those cases where the debility has arisen from the system 
being overtaxed. The human body, no more than a piece 
of machinery, can be made to perform more than a certain 
amount of work without suffering from derangement after- 
wards. Every one is familiar with the sensation of fatigue 
that is experienced after violent exertion. This is now 
known to arise from a change that has taken place in the 
texture and fibre of the muscle. In moderate exertion the 
muscle recovers itself during the intervals of repose, but 
where the exertion is excessive this cannot take place, and 
a prolonged rest becomes therefore absolutely necessary. 
Should such rest not be obtained, then a wasting away of 
the tissue follows, and ultimately complete atrophy ensues. 
What takes place in the muscle will also occur in the nerve 
under similar circumstances, at least in a broad sense of 
the term. The exact change that takes place in the nerve 
during exertion is not so well known as that which occurs 
in the muscle, but the former is as liable to fatigue as the 
latter, and the result of the fatigue, when kept up unin- 
terruptedly, will be very much the same. Intense mental 
action, or any other continued strain upon the nervous 
system, will end in not only a diminution of nerve force, 
and, as a consequence, a loss of intellectual power, but a 
deficiency in all vital action, and therefore general debility 
and nervous exhaustion. The mischief in cases of this kind 
is never confined to the parts that are primarily affected, 
but extends first to the adjacent parts, and, ultimately, to DEBILITY ARISING FROM OVERTAXED ENERGIES 
23 
the most remote portions of the frame. When, therefore, 
it is considered what a large number of trades and profes- 
sions there are that tax to the utmost of their powers the 
mental energies of those who may be engaged in them, it 
is not to be wondered at that debility should be common. 
Mental labor of a monotonous kind has a most prejudicial 
effect upon the system, as has also excessive brain work. 
Either will, in the end, give rise to debility, and break 
down the strongest constitution. Nor will anything short 
of the very best and most skillful treatment, coupled with 
perfect rest for a time, effect restoration to health. 
2. Mental Anxiety.-The reciprocal effects of the body 
and mind are far more extensive than is generally imagined. 
We hear a great deal of talk on the part of materialists 
of how an injury to the brain will affect the mind, but the 
reverse of this is but seldom named, yet the latter is, if 
possible, the most important of the two. A sudden fright 
will stop the action of the heart, or bring on a fit. The 
slightest mental emotions frequently show themselves in 
the face, as instanced by blushing, etc. Intense grief will 
not only produce derangement, but it even turns the hair 
gray. Every one has heard of those who became "gray 
haired with anguish in a single night." Great mental 
anxiety will destroy the body as certainly as the plague, 
and the action of the heart will frequently become as much 
deranged by deep-felt grief as by the miasma of an epi- 
demic. Old Abernethy very justly remarks:-"You may 
daily see that affections of the mind, as perplexity, fear, 
anxiety, and grief, never fail to disorder the functions of 
the stomach and bowels. You may consider this subject 
one of the greatest importance in the practice of your pro- 
fession." Some times a violent mental shock will produce 
death. An example of this is furnished in the Bible in the 
case of Eli, who, when he heard that the Israelites had fled 
before the Philistines, and that the Ark of the Lord was 
taken, and Hophni and Phineas slain, fell back and expired. 
A broken heart is not a fiction of poets, but a most literal 
fact-though, fortunately, it occurs but seldom. Anxiety 
saps into the vitals like a slow fever, and its ravages are 
frequently very terrible. Sanctorious clearly demonstrated 24 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
that the state of the passions considerably influence the 
insensible perspiration. In the experiments made by Dr. 
Beaumont upon the stomach of St. Martin, it was unmis- 
takably shown that mental emotion interrupted the process 
of digestion. Where, therefore, there is intense anxiety 
the process of circulation and nutrition are both very seri- 
ously impeded; the heart beats more slowly, and all the 
functions of the body go on much more feebly, the result 
being, necessarily, wasting away and debility. Persons 
in this condition are always more liable to external in- 
fluences. The contagion of a disease cannot be thrown off, 
and hence such persons are always more liable to become 
affected if they go within the influence of a disease of this 
class. Sir John Franklin remarks that those who were 
depressed in spirits could not endure the cold of the Arctic 
regions, and the retreat of the French from Moscow under 
Napoleon teaches the same lesson. This is the reason why 
persons who are nervous and timid when attending upon 
the sick, are very liable to take the disease if it be one 
of an epidemic character. Facts of this kind are of very 
great importance. A woman suckling a child receives a 
shock; she recovers, but the child dies, poisoned, in fact, by 
the morbid secretion of the mother's milk. Even amongst 
the lower animals similar facts to these may be shown. A 
snake lying sluggishly or lazily upon the ground bites a 
man, and the poison does not take effect for many hours, 
and then only very slightly. Another snake, with head 
erect and fire in its eyes, flies at its prey, and strikes its 
fangs into it, and the victim dies at once. 
Causes of debility, consequent upon extreme mental 
anxiety, are exceedingly difficult to cure. In fact, the pro- 
fession generally pay no attention to them whatever, and 
consequently hundreds and thousands of persons who suffer 
in this way are left to die, no one holding out a helping 
hand to save them. The ordinary remedies are of no value 
at all in such cases, and it was only after many years of 
intense study that I discovered agents that would prove 
effectual in the treatment of this disease. 
Springing from these two powerful causes of disease will DEBILITY ARISING FROM OVERTAXED ENERGIES 
25 
be found a number of maladies of a most serious and impor- 
tant character, which, although belonging to the general class 
recognized by the generic name debility, yet have features 
peculiarly their own, and require to be dealt with as such. 
It will be obvious enough to the most superficial observer, 
that there will follow from the undermining of the con- 
stitution, produced by powerful causes like these, a series 
of evil effects both upon the body and the mind. These 
may involve primarily indigestion on the one hand, and loss 
of nerve power on the other, from which there is certain 
to follow a catalogue of ills far too long to name here. 
From indigestion will spring loss of flesh, and with it 
physical power, derangement of the liver, constipation, 
bilious headaches, nausea, giddiness, affectations of the 
stomach and bowels, dimness of vision, and general derange- 
ment of the system; and from the loss of nerve power will 
spring disturbed sleep, distressed looks, morbid sensibility, 
disinclination for study, extreme diffidence, blushing, great 
depression of spirits, melancholy, and a score of similar 
disorders. 
Where any of these symptoms are observed, and where it 
is supposed that they may be due to the causes above 
named, no time should be lost before consulting some one 
who has made these maladies his peculiar study. For 
twenty-eight years my practice has been confined to diseases 
of this class, and I shall not, therefore, be deemed egotistic 
if I speak of my own treatment, based on so large and 
extensive an experience, being pre-eminently successful. 
Persons therefore who are suffering in the way named, 
should write and state their case without delay. Even if 
their suspicions should prove unfounded, it will, of course, 
have cost them nothing, and will prove the means of saving 
much future anxiety. CHAPTER IV. 
DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS. 
If the condition of society in modern times has given rise 
to a number of diseases which spring from the legitimate 
carrying on of what is called the business life, how much 
more injurious will be found the habits which have grown 
out of that civilization, and which are supposed to be re- 
sorted to as a sort of relaxation from arduous business 
duties. These comprehend the innumerable maladies which 
spring from the violation of the laws of nature, sometimes 
inadvertently, and sometimes with the full light of the 
result before their eyes, and which cannot fail to bring on 
premature old age, nervous exhaustion, and death. These 
habits are largely destroying the health of the people, and 
undermining the constitutions of the masses of our fellow 
creatures. Of course in a small volume of this kind I can- 
not do more than briefly glance at some of the terrible 
causes of decay which are too prevalent around us, and 
which modern society, if she does not directly tolerate, most 
certainly appears to wink at. We come into the world 
surrounded by dangers of this kind, and throughout life 
they press down so heavily upon us, that it will be with the 
greatest difficulty that we shall be able to resist their 
treacherous influence. In the period of youth, when the 
foundations should be laid for future stores of strength, 
too frequently habits are commenced which lead the way 
to premature decay, and death. The celebrated Hufeland 
has well said: "As youth is the period of growth, of form- 
ing and collecting the powers of the future man, every kind 
of excess calculated to weaken or exhaust the vital powers 
should be carefully guarded against. There are certain 
active properties which belong to this period, such as muscu- 
lar motion, which can hardly be carried beyond the bounds 
of health. But the excesses most to be dreaded are those 
which spring from a too early anticipation of the future 
man, in which the imagination and the feeling play a con- 
26 DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
27 
spicuous part. Youth, it cannot be too often repeated, is 
the time for storing strength, both physical and moral, and 
every act which can in any way impede or frustrate this 
all-wise intention of Nature, will tend to lay the foundation 
of a weak and imperfect body, and shorten the days of its 
possessor. Among the passions of the future man which at 
this period should be strictly restrained, is that of physical 
love, for none wars so completely against the principles 
which have been already laid down as the most conducive to 
long life; no excess so thoroughly lessens the sums of the 
vital power; none so much weakens and softens the organs 
of life; none is more active in hastening vital consumption, 
and none so totally prohibits restoration." In these words is 
to be found a lesson which should be thoroughly impressed 
upon the minds of all young people, so as to warn them at 
every moment against habits so potent for evil, and so ex- 
cessively common in modern society. 
A few years later in life, when the lad finds his way into 
the world, and has to do battle in the general struggle for 
existence, he will become subject to other influences likely 
to lead him astray in reference to matters which will equally 
affect his health. He will come into contact with com- 
panions who from ignorance or disinclination, or both com- 
bined, will neglect the most important laws of their being, 
and will, as a matter of course, be very likely to induce 
him to do the same. The laws of human life are but little 
studied, and still less attended to. An able writer most 
truthfully observes:-"It must be confessed that it is dis- 
heartening to see how little the great mass of men advance 
from age to age in this respect; but still, have we gone the 
right way to work? The phrase, 'be temperate in all things,' 
is not really comprehensible without education and special 
knowledge of its full meaning. Surely, when it is seen that 
in it are involved the best interests of humanity-the de- 
crease of sickness, the growth of cheerfulness, contentment, 
and happiness, the enlargement of mental powers, and the 
gradual perfection of the moral qualities (to train which 
is surely the object of our being here), men will strive 
to carry it out. May we not receive it as a sure principle, 
that when men are once convinced that a certain course 28 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
will bring them a material good, they will eventually pur- 
sue that course, and if once the principles of health can 
become implanted and taught to each generation, the tend- 
ency to follow the guidance of those principles will grow 
by transmission and inheritance? It cannot be contended 
that even our educated classes are sufficiently acquainted 
with the structure and formation of their bodies to perfectly 
realize the full meaning and importance of this precept, and 
among the uneducated class the injury done by deviations 
from the laws of health is incomprehensible to them. It 
may take lime, and several generations must clearly pass, 
before men see that the Gospel precepts have their base 
deep in the needs of human life; but when that knowledge 
is acquired, it surely cannot be fruitless. The amount of 
physiological knowledge which it would be necessary for 
a young man or woman to have in order to see the impor- 
tance of the rules of health, is very small. It is obviously 
impossible to teach the bulk of the people technical physi- 
ology; nor even may it be possible to make universally 
known even the excellent little popular manuals of physi- 
ology which are beginning to be used in some schools. But 
it is quite easy to teach certain parts; the structure of the 
heart and its valves, and the marvelous pumping power 
which sends the blood racing through the body; the action 
of the lungs, contracting and dilating and sucking in the 
air; the passage of this air into the blood, and the changes 
it produces; the structure of the stomach, and how it di- 
gests the food, and how this is prepared by subtle chem- 
ical means to be fit to be added to the blood; the action 
of some of the muscles, showing the wonderful arrange- 
ments for securing the greatest force and speed at the 
cheapest rate, etc.; all these points could be learned in a few 
days, if properly illustrated by a few models, the teaching 
would be interesting to every mind, and would give a gen- 
eral but clear view of the wonderful mechanism of the 
human body. So much physiology being learned the reason 
of the rules of health; the necessity of breathing pure air, 
and enough of it; of not deranging the great process of 
digestion by improper food; the use of exercise, etc., would 
be clearer, and at last all would learn to treat their bodies DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
29 
with the respect and care which is essential. Then the deep 
meaning of moderation in all things would be seen, and 
men would not look upon the precept as a mere command, 
based on no particular grounds, but as a rule founded on 
a deep knowledge of what is essential for man's welfare." 
Were these facts and laws better understood, there can be 
no doubt whatever that a large number of the diseases from 
which men suffer at the present time might be avoided; 
for it is only right to include, that the great mass of those 
who do wrong do so from ignorance. At the same time, it is 
impossible to shut one's eyes to the fact, that evil habits and 
vicious practices are not always the result of ignorance, 
since sometimes they exist where there is full knowledge 
of the results likely to spring from them. Too frequently, 
especially in the case of those whose moral principles are 
not properly formed, and whose training has been of an im- 
perfect character, there is a tendency to fall into habits of 
a most destructive character, which can only result in 
physical and moral degradation. 
Amongst the causes of debility will be found many ener- 
vating vices of a most objectionable and destructive char- 
acter. The cases of this kind that have come under my 
notice are so numerous, that to enter at length upon them 
would occupy more space than I can devote to my entire 
volume. The mental grief and anguish of soul that the 
victim of these becomes a prey to when he finds his con- 
stitution broken up, his health destroyed, his intellect 
enfeebled, and all his powers, both physical and mental, 
weakened, is sometimes very sad to witness. The scenes 
that the physician who devotes himself to this class of 
maladies is frequently compelled, in his ordinary practice, 
to witness, are really very terrible; and even to him, ac- 
customed to scenes of suffering, dreadful to contemplate. 
Not only do these vices completely undermine the consti- 
tution and destroy the health, but they take away that which 
can alone give support and consolation in sickness, viz., a 
quiet conscience. They bring the mind into a state in which 
the most terrible visions continually pass before it, and 
in which a despondency of the most extreme kind is the 
distinguishing characteristic. Hence it is that I feel so 30 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
much the importance of this subject, and the necessity of 
raising my voice against evils that I have so often known 
to produce such deplorable results. Many thousands of 
cases have come before my notice, where the young have 
drooped and died from a state of sound health and vigor 
in a year or two, and whilst sinking into the grave, have 
very bitterly lamented that no one had earlier pointed out 
to them the inevitable result of the course they were pur- 
suing. I have seen frolicsome, romping boys, all life and 
vivacity, and full of activity and energy at fifteen, become 
pale, careworn, and enfeebled, their countenances shriveled 
up, and deep furrows on their brows, looking the pictures 
of despair, and the personification of disease at twenty, 
solely from their own misdoings. Every philanthropist 
should lend his aid in endeavoring to amend this state of 
things, and ministers of the Gospel would greatly increase 
their usefulness by giving a helping hand in the endeavor 
to improve society in this respect. Clergymen sometimes 
state that they feel reluctant to speak about these matters; 
such diffidence is, however, highly censurable on their part. 
It is almost impossible to paint these vices in too vivid 
colors. They sap the very foundation of life, and tend to 
destroy the stability of society. They are very demons of 
mischief, producing most frightful ravages upon the human 
frame. Nervous debility is by no means the smallest of the 
evils springing from them. Would that I could place 
before every guilty person a mirror that would show him 
the nature of his acts in all their effects upon the human 
frame! Would that by reading these pages he could be led 
to see that his conduct is destructive, both of temporal en- 
joyment and eternal peace! May every reader be led 
seriously to reflect on the important topics, and as a con- 
sequence, to use his utmost endeavors to make society 
better in this respect. If not guilty himself, he can perhaps 
use his influence on those who are. 
These vices are terribly prevalent. It would not be easy 
to overestimate the extent to which they are practiced, and 
if the whole truth were unfolded, it would hardly be cred- 
ited, except by those who, like myself, have had extensive 
professional experience in the matter. The sickly coun- DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
31 
tenanee, the languid eye, the pallid cheek, the hectic blush, 
the consumptive cough, and the tottering gait, which are 
so frequently to be met with in the young, are certain 
diagnostics and unfailing proofs, that victims of these vices 
are very numerous. Various are the means by which they 
spread. A depraved playmate or servant may be the 
means, and a school very frequently becomes the hotbed of 
contagion, where immorality assumes a thousand aspects. 
In France, Duchattel, and Tissot; in Germany, Schneipes; 
in Italy, Morgagni; and in other lands some of the most 
eminent physicians and psychologists have drawn atten- 
tion to this subject. The Turkish army, we are assured by 
Morgan, is perishing from similar causes to those under 
consideration, whilst that of the Indians and Chinese are 
both sufferers, is stated by the very highest authorities. My 
own experience is perhaps greater than that of all these 
authorities put together; still their testimony is invaluable. 
Those who, like myself, devote themselves exclusively to 
the treatment of nervous debility, and its multiplicity of 
causes, have opportunities for judging of this question that 
occur to no one else. 
In this, as in other things, one fact is worth a thousand 
assertions, be they made of men ever so eminent in their 
profession. Thousands of instances might be given of per- 
sons who, in detailing to me their experience when seeking 
for professional advice, have made statements that would 
astonish the general reader. But such details are sickening, 
and one only cares to mention them when it is certain that 
good will result from so doing. These cases, however, all 
tend to confirm the statements I have already made. Par- 
ents, guardians, and heads of educational establishments, 
would be horror-stricken, could they be made conscious of 
the revelations which have been made to me. They would 
be taught to exercise vigilance, and no longer to shut their 
eyes, and dream that "all is well." We should no longer 
have to contend against apathetic indifference, or profes- 
sional prejudice, but we should find even the medical pro- 
fession awakening to a sense of the great danger with which 
the community is threatened. We should find the clergy, 32 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
too, whispering faithful and effectual warnings against those 
many vices that defile the heart, and unfit the mind for 
the reception of anything pure and holy. 
Most fruitful sources of Nervous Debility are vices of the 
character of those under consideration. They destroy all 
force of character and nervous energy, and unfit those who 
are guilty of them for the ordinary duties of life. Many 
of those derangements and ailments which are enumerated 
by medical writers-such, for instance, as nervous affec- 
tions, epilepsy, rheumatism, convulsions, apoplexy, paral- 
ysis, dimness of vision, and even total blindness, tremors, 
spasms, pain in the side, palpitation of the heart, intense 
headache, giddiness, sickness, etc., etc., are produced by 
this cause. 
The famous Boerhave, of Leyden, one of the most dis- 
tinguished men who ever wrote on theoretic and practical 
medicine, expressed himself thus in reference to the results 
similar to those I am treating of: "The most undoubted 
melancholy, indifference to pleasure, the impossibility of 
sharing in social conversation, the thought of their own 
happiness, the despair which arises from considering them- 
selves the architects of their own misery, and the necessity 
of renouncing the happiness of their marriage, are the fluc- 
tuating ideas which compel these miserable objects to 
sequester themselves from the world." Again he says: 
"Walking puts them out of breath, and weakens them, and 
they are troubled with a heaviness in the head, and noises 
in the ears." The celebrated physiologist, Hoffman, sums 
up the evils that he has seen to result from social vices, 
as follows: 
"All the intellectual faculties are weakened; loss of 
memory ensues, the ideas are clouded, the patients some- 
times fall into a slight madness; they have an incessant 
irksome uneasiness, continual anguish, and so keen a re- 
morse of conscience, that they frequently shed tears. They 
are subject to vertigoes; all their senses, but particularly 
their sight and hearing, are weakened. Their sleep is dis- 
turbed with frightful dreams." 
These causes are dreadful sources of debility in its vari- 
ous phases, and are therefore productive of most terrible DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
33 
effects in society. Of course, I by no means assert that they 
are the sole cause, since it is quite possible for a person 
to be debilitated who has not been vicious; still, I assert 
most confidently and positively, that in an overwhelming 
majority of cases, this is the real and only cause. Hence 
it is that medical skill is so frequently at fault in the treat- 
ment of this malady. When a physician is not able to 
ascertain the true cause of the disease, the chance of re- 
covery from his treatment is very slight indeed. And in an 
ordinary case, where the patient consults his family medical 
adviser, he will be very unlikely to acknowledge himself 
guilty, and the result of such reticence or shyness will, of 
course, be that the practitioner will not have the slightest 
idea of the cause of the malady, and cannot, therefore, 
adopt the proper treatment, even if he knew what it was, 
which is exceedingly improbable. 
In addition to these practices, there are a score of other 
habits which are also most fearful sources of debility. Per- 
haps one of the most common is that which arises from the 
neglect of attending to the laws which regulate our physical 
frames in reference to eating, drinking, and the inhaling 
of pure air. An ancient writer said that gluttony destroyed 
more than the sword. But not gluttony alone, but the taking 
of articles of diet of an objectional character, and preju- 
dicial to health, tend to the production of the most dis- 
astrous results. With such habits we may well say, Con- 
sumendo consumimur-i. e., in consuming, we ourselves are 
consumed. The whole modern art of cookery seems to 
consist in the preparing of foods in such a manner as to so 
tempt the appetite that men shall be enabled to eat more 
than they require. 
Far less injurious, however, are the results which spring 
from eating improper food than those which arise from 
the taking of alcoholic drinks. The physical ills-to say 
nothing of those of a mental and moral character, which 
arise from the taking of intoxicating stimulants-are simply 
fearful to contemplate. I have not space here to enter at 
length upon this question, nor, in fact, is it necessary. 
The inhaling of impure air is a fearful source of debility, 34 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and this is perhaps to some extent almost unavoidable in 
large towns. Hufeland has well said-"Dreadful is the 
preponderance which the ravage thence occasioned has in 
the bills of mortality. In Vienna, Berlin, Paris, and Lon- 
don, the twentieth or twenty-third person dies annually; 
while in the country around them the proportion is only 
one in thirty or forty. Rosseau is perfectly right when he 
says that men, of all animals, are the least formed for living 
together in great multitudes. The breath of a man is 
deadly for his fellow-creature; and this is the case both 
in a proper as well as figurative sense. The moisture, or, 
as it is commonly called, the thickness of the air is not 
what alone makes it prejudicial, but the animalization, 
which it acquires by so many people being crowded to- 
gether. We can, at most, breathe the same air only four 
times; for it is then, from the finest support of life, con- 
verted by ourselves into the most deadly poison. Let one 
now only reflect on the atmosphere of such monstrous places, 
where it is impossible for an inhabitant to inspire a 
mouthful of air that has not been for some time already 
in the lungs of another. This produces a general secret 
poisoning, which upon the whole must necessarily shorten 
the duration of life. Those men who are able ought to 
avoid living in great cities; they are open sepulchres for 
mankind, and not only in a physical, but in a moral point 
of view. Even in cities of moderate size, where perhaps 
the streets are somewhat narrow, people should prefer a 
residence in the suburbs; and it is at least their duty to 
quit the city atmosphere for an hour or half an hour every 
day, merely in order that they may inspire a little fresh 
air." These are evils which are to a great extent unavoid- 
able, since it is impossible for any one man to escape alto- 
gether from the arrangements which society has made. But 
the evil itself is very considerably aggravated by habits 
which men indulge in through no compulsion, but in obedi- 
ence to their own inclinations. "If false facts," says Lord 
Bacon, "be once on foot, what through the neglect of 
examination, the countenance of antiquity, and the use made 
of them in discourse, they are scarce ever retracted." DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
35 
"Pleasures admitted in undue degree, 
Enslaves the will, nor leaves the judgment free." 
"We all must be aware of our own real state, would we 
but consider it. No weakness of the human mind is more 
frequent than that of neglecting to cultivate the resources 
which would secure our well-being, and it is surprising to 
observe the ease with which we find excuses for it. Few 
there are who prefer the wrong way because they really 
mistake it for the right; they only estimate it as more con- 
genial to their passions and desires, and will not admit 
reason to interfere for its relinquishment." 
"Charged with the folly of his life's mad scene, 
He takes offence, and wonders what you mean; 
The joy, the danger, and the toil o'erpays, 
'Tis exercise, and health, and length of days." 
The too common habit of crowding a number of people 
into closely confined rooms at theatres, balls, private par- 
ties, and other places of resort, tend to deteriorate the 
system in general, and to promote innumerable causes of 
debility. This evil is considerably aggravated in the case 
of young men who congregate in billard-rooms and such 
like places, inhaling an impure atmosphere unduly heated 
and poisoned by the burning of gas, and rendered all the 
worse by being impregnated with tobacco smoke. In point 
of fact, the habit of smoking and chewing is itself one of 
the causes of debility, and which cannot be too strongly 
condemned. It seems to be becoming every year more 
and more common, and there can be no doubt that its 
effects will in the end be experienced to a larger degree 
than they are at present. Not only is the habit becoming 
more general, but it is being commenced at an earlier period 
of life, which will, of course, have the effect of rendering 
it still more pernicious. There is something alarming in 
seeing lads of fifteen or sixteen, or even sometimes younger, 
smoking tobacco in the streets. Such habits bode ill for the 
future men and women of America. 
Late hours are themselves one of the most potent causes 
of debility; but when these are coupled, as they too fre- 
quently are, with hot rooms, impure atmosphere, tobacco 36 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
smoke, and intoxicating drinks, the evil becomes one of 
most terrible magnitude, and one which it is most difficult to 
control. 
It is extremely difficult to deal with questions of this 
kind, because when one's advice runs counter to long- 
established practices, popular customs, and, above all, self- 
gratification, it is not likely to be followed. Indeed, the 
uselessness of giving such advice at all has been frequently 
dwelt upon by medical authors: 
"Whilst mazy error draws mankind astray 
From truth's sure path each takes his devious way, 
One to the right, one to the left recedes, 
Alike deluded as each fancy leads." 
One author says, that "when men have long been devoted 
to indolence and luxurious habits, they will become so 
hardened in their sensualities as to find it difficult to yield 
to any argument for the adoption of an opposite course of 
life, however desirous they may be to relinquish their 
destructive habits; and will prefer continuing the perverted 
course, although they have before their eyes a clear pros- 
pect of being cut off in the flower of their days." Another 
author says, that "there are but few individuals who have 
the power, and a very few the resolution, to put in force 
the various preventive checks of disease, and the greater 
mass of society must therefore be content to make the best 
compromise they can with those evils which surround them. 
In short, they must rather attempt to mitigate those ills 
they cannot shun, than hope entirely to prevent their re- 
currence." A third author says: "In the present state of 
civilized society with the provocatives of the culinary art, 
and the incentives of highly seasoned food, whiskey and 
wines, the temptations to excess in the indulgence of the 
table are rather too strong to be resisted by poor human 
nature." A fourth author goes so far as to say, that "man is 
so much the slave to his passions and appetites, that, were 
a prophet to rise up from the tomb, and warn him against 
indulging, he would not be listened to, or, at least, his 
advice would not be followed; and the only thing medical 
men can do, is to point out, as far as possible, such anti- 
dotes to the effects of repletion as experience can suggest, DEBILITY ARISING FROM OBJECTIONABLE HABITS 
37 
abandoning entirely the hope of weaning mankind from 
those habits to which they are bound by adamantine chains." 
Despite all this, we have considerable hope that humanity 
will become better, and that men will lay aside the perni- 
cious practices of habit and custom, and learn to obey the 
laws of nature and thus secure for themselves that most 
desirable of blessings, a sound mind in a sound body. 
The particular diseases I have already named, are very 
numerous, and affect both the mind and the body. The 
physical system becomes emaciated and feeble, the muscles 
soft and flabby, the respiration slow and labored, the cir- 
culation languid, and a general weakness pervades the entire 
system. The nerves become less sensitive, the brain slug- 
gish and inactive, and the mental powers dull. There is 
general weakness throughout the day, with extreme lassitude, 
drowsiness, confusion of thought, and disinclination for ex- 
ertion; whilst at night the sleep is disturbed, the dreams are 
of an alarming character and full of horrors; there is night- 
mare, unnatural dreams, and want of rest. 
Such cases as these have come before my notice in hun- 
dreds, and although the difficulty of treating them is, of 
course, great, because the cases themselves are severe, yet 
I have succeeded in restoring health beyond the warmest ex- 
pectations of those who came to consult me. Such diseases 
require very special treatment ere they will succumb. The 
remedies which I use are of that class which has been col- 
lected from various parts of the civilized and uncivilized 
world, and which contain, therefore, whatever is good from 
every land. Hence my great success. I can only advise 
those who may be suffering to apply for advice without one 
moment's delay. To defer doing so, even for a day, is to 
run a great risk. As Martial has well said- 
"To-morrow you will live, you always say, 
In what blest region is that happy day? 
So very long it lingers, prithee tell, 
In Parthia or Armenia does it dwell? 
So vast the distance, if it do not fail, 
I fear you'll find the boon both dear and stale. 
The wise man's morrow, I am bold to say, 
Is always safe-he had it yesterday!" CHAPTER V. 
The class of maladies that I have designated the Diseases 
of Imprudence, are those which result from a specific con- 
tagion, and give rise to local suffering. They are due to a 
special morbid material. They are generally classed to- 
gether under one name, which is exceedingly indefinite, as 
it includes derangements that have nothing in common, 
except the seat of the malady, and the mode of contracting 
it. The affections alluded to are propagated by poisons, 
as definite and regular in their course as those which give 
rise to small-pox or scarlatina, and consequently can only 
be acquired from some person suffering in a like way. It 
will not be necessary to enlarge upon this, further than 
to state, that evils of a more serious and injurious nature 
follow in their train, which at times cause a lifetime of 
unhappiness and misery. It has been the inseparable qual- 
ity of wrongdoing, to involve the innocent in the afflictions 
of the guilty. We can readily imagine a man without wife 
or dependents, destroy his health, and ruin his worldly 
prospects by his own vices, and if we were certain it would 
end here, our compassion would be extremely limited, and 
our efforts would only be directed to restore and reform 
him, in the hope he would lead a better life. 
Think naught a trifle, though it small appear, 
Sands make the mountains, moments mark the year! 
I can scarcely imagine a young, much less a middle-aged 
man, seeking the society of the lost and abandoned when 
the good, virtuous, and true, surround him on all sides! 
How many of both sexes are yearly destroyed, morally and 
physically, by bad associates! Our streets, the low gilded 
concert and dramatic saloons, that infest all large cities, 
are hotbeds of viciousness. There the thieves, vagabonds, 
and vicious, of both sexes, congregate, seeking for their 
prey. Where is the youth or man who would not blush, 
and hang his head in shame, if it was known amongst his 
DEBILITY, ARISING FROM DISEASES OF IMPRUDENCE. 
38 DEBILITY ARISING FROM, IMPRUDENCE 
39 
friends and neighbors, that he even glanced at, much more 
visited such places! yet how many thousands are lured into 
these dens of iniquity, wasting the precious hours of night 
which ought to be devoted to sleep and preparation for the 
following day's toil, it is impossible to compute. Think 
what ulcerous spots these are upon society! It is from such 
places come bankruptcy, suicide, murder! Picture to your 
mind's eye, the country youth, on his first visit to the city, 
thrown amongst such characters! Is there, and can there 
be, nothing done to prevent this flaunting of the flag of 
vice and arrest the destruction which necessarily ensues? 
Why does not the pulpit fulminate its anathemas? Is the 
cure of these miseries, as well as the moral persuasion, to be 
left to the duty of tire practitioner? Must the physician 
look not only after the bodily ailments, but prevent from 
evildoing? No! the medical man has his hands full; it 
is to the clergy that we must look for those signs to point 
our youth to morality and virtue. As matters now stand, 
need we wonder whence comes scrofula, consumption, and 
premature death. It may be that the evil together does not 
lay in the producing cause, though that is fearful enough 
to contemplate; but perhaps some physicians are to blame 
for the method of treating results by the use of deadly 
minerals, etc. The social evil is the worst bane that civil- 
ized society can be cursed with. Its deleterious influence is 
easily demonstrated. How many good, virtuous women are 
by its means deprived of husbands, and the happiness of 
the married state! How ofttimes is a husband decoyed from 
a loving wife! Sin and vice obliterates from the brow of a 
man or woman, every vestige of pure love, and plants 
unholy desires in its place. The vicious and abandoned lure 
its victims to the commission of crimes against the laws 
of God and man, to supply their wants and extravagance. 
The words of Solomon are as true in the present age as 
when spoken by that wise man: Her lips droop as a honey- 
comb, and her mouth is sweeter than oil; but her end is 
bitter as wormwood, sharp as a two-edged sword; her feet 
take hold on hell!" Are we then to shut our eyes against 
the dangers and quicksands that surround our youth, and 
cry All is well! instead of stretching out a friendly hand 40 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
to save them? No! it is to a false delicacy we owe the state 
of things we have been alluding to. An eminent writer in 
the "Quarterly Review" says: "It is time to burst through 
the artificial bashfulness which has injured the growth and 
affected the features, of genuine purity. Society has suf- 
fered long enough from spurious modesty, which lets fear- 
ful forms of vice swell to rank luxuriance, rather than even 
hint at their existence, but coyly turns away its head from 
the wounds and pestiferous evils that are crowding our 
civilization, because, forsooth, it would have to blush at the 
exposure. There are many bigoted men (otherwise tal- 
ented) who think the people should be kept in ignorance 
upon some subjects of the greatest importance to their well- 
being. If this reticence was confined to a few, it would not 
be productive of much injury to society, but unfortunately 
it pervades the very schools of medicine, and the ignorance 
consequently existing amongst the people, constitute the 
strongest excuse of the physicians of old, for their constant 
failure to grapple effectually with the greatest foes to human 
life and happiness." 
"Vice is a monster of so frightful mien, 
As, to be hated, needs but to be seen; 
Yet seen too oft, familiar with her face, 
We first endure, then pity, then embrace." 
Let the youth of our country beware! Do not forget 
that sound health is one of the greatest earthly blessings, 
and its preservation should be the study of all. Do not 
then waste your hours in folly and dissipation, which will 
only end in misery and ruin. Shun the first temptation as 
you would the deadly upas-tree. Could my pen but paint 
the agonizing scenes that I have witnessed from the violation 
of God's laws, I think the lesson taught would never be 
forgotten. How many fond parents have hung over the 
death-bed of their loved ones, whilst the sufferer's last 
moments had in them but little consolation! I am daily 
in receipt of letters, in which the afflicted call upon me for 
help and consolation, some, alas! too late. 
There are individuals who indulge in the fond, yet irra- 
tional hope, that nature is capable of curing the ills that 
flesh is heir to. To such I can only say, that the time which DEBILITY ARISING FROM IMPRUDENCE 
41 
is wasted in delay is precious, and oft-times irreclaimable. 
Many are prevented from applying to their physician 
through poverty. To all such I say, most practitioners 
adapt the scale of their charges to the means at the com- 
mand of their patients, and therefore few can have that 
difficulty to complain of. I shall conclude this chapter by 
stating, that every affection to which the human frame is 
liable, may be an exciting cause in the development of 
nervous debility. Few can form the slightest conception 
except those persons who, like myself, have had experience 
in these cases. They undermine the general health, inter- 
fere with the process of nutrition and assimilation, and 
leave behind a constitution which is frequently a complete 
wreck. 
The importance of the nervous system, its power over 
life, and the direct bearing which it has on human happi- 
ness, are thoroughly recognized; its uses, and the danger 
of overtaxing it, whether through intense mental application 
or by the excessive indulgence of the appetites and propen- 
sities, are proper subjects for consideration. When the 
nervous system is deranged, it is absolutely necessary to 
promptly seek advice from an expert who, for a long series 
of years, has devoted his whole time and attention to this 
study, and who, from his experience and practice, has 
learned to discover at once the cause, and as promptly apply 
the remedy, thus avoiding the painfully slow seeking for 
the truth, so common to the inexperienced, and so annoying 
to the patient, who very naturally wants to know, without 
delay, what is the matter, the extent of the derangement, the 
probabilities of recuperation, and the time required. CHAPTER VI. 
DEBILITY ARISING FROM OLD AGE. 
Of course old age is a condition of the body in which it 
would naturally be expected that a number of diseases might 
very likely arise that were unknown in early life. And 
this is really so. But, on the other hand, age brings with 
it certain protective influences which are not to be met 
with in youth or middle age. "Old age, though the natural 
consequence of living, and the commencement of death, can 
itself, on the other hand, be a means for prolonging our 
existence. It does not, however, increase the power to live, 
but it retards its being exhausted; and one may thus affirm, 
that a man in the last period of life, at the time when his 
powers are lessened, would, were he not old, finish his 
careei' sooner. This position, which appears to be somewhat 
paradoxical, is confirmed by the following explanation: 
Man, during the period of old age, has a much smaller pro- 
vision of vital power, and much less capacity for restoration. 
If he lived with the same activity and vigor as before, this 
provision would be much sooner exhausted, and death would 
soon be the consequence. Now, the character of age lessens 
the natural irritability and sensibility of the body, by which 
the effects of internal as well as external irritation, and 
consequently the exertion and wasting of the powers, are 
also lessened; and, on this account, as consumption is less, 
he can with such a stock of powers hold out much longer. 
The decrease of the intensity of the vital processes, as age 
increases, prolongs therefore vital duration. Irritability 
being thus lessened, lessens also the effect of pernicious 
impressions and morbid causes, such as the passions, over- 
heating, etc.; it preserves, likewise, much greater quietness 
and uniformity in the internal economy, and in that man- 
ner secures the body from many diseases. It is observed, 
that, for this reason also, old people are much less attacked 
by infectious disorders than those who are young." There 
are, however, many diseases peculiar to old age which the 
42 DEBILITY ARISING FROM OLD AGE 
43 
young do not suffer from, and which require judicious and 
careful treatment. In old age many of the powers-indeed 
all the physical powers-become weakened, and as a mat- 
ter of course, debility or nervous exhaustion ensues. The 
changes that take place in the body in old age may be 
summarized as follows: The cellular tissue becomes more 
dense, which is the result of impaired circulation, caused 
by deficient nervous energy. The bones become hard and 
brittle, the cancelated structure disappears, and the sutures 
become obliterated. The muscles shrink and become tough, 
and are sometimes converted into tendon. They lose their 
flexibility, tonicity, sensibility, and contractility. The 
nervous matter diminishes and undergoes a change of a 
chemical character. The fluids diminish, the blood becomes 
thicker and darker, perspiration is deficient, less animal 
matter being removed by the skin and more by the mucous 
surfaces. The secretions undergo a change; those that par- 
take of the watery exhalations of the blood become more 
scanty, fibrin and phospate of lime increases, gelatinous 
matter almost entirely disappears, and what remains un- 
dergoes a change. The skin becomes loose and dry, and 
does not adapt itself to the other parts of the body that are 
in contact with it. Fat disappears from the subcutaneous 
tissue. The temperature of the body is lowered. The hair 
falls off or becomes gray. In the end, absorption fails and 
dropsy ensues. The heart loses its propulsive powers; the 
pulse consequently becomes slower, being, in the very old, 
reduced to about 50 in the minute. The blood vessels di- 
minish, the arteries become smaller, and the veins larger. 
The voice undergoes a change, losing its strength and full- 
ness of tone, and thus becomes shrill, and falls into the 
"treble pipes" of age; the organs of sense are also seriously 
affected, the eyes become flat through a disappearance of 
a portion of the aqueous humor, the pupil becomes dilated, 
and near objects will be indistinctly seen. The lens becomes 
hard, yellow, and opaque, and the retina loses its sensibility. 
The parts of the internal ear become hard and dry, and the 
result is that hearing is affected. Taste and smell share in 
the general diminution of sensibility. 44 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
"Time hovers o'er impatient to destroy, 
And closes all the avenues of joy; 
In vain their gifts the bounteous seasons pour; 
With listless eye the dotard views the store, 
He views and wonders that they please no more; 
Now pall the tasteless meats and joyless wines, 
And luxury with sighs her slave resigns." 
Whilst all these physical changes are taking place in the 
system, the mind frequently retains its full pristine vigor 
and strength. 
As a matter of course, the general decay in which the 
system is involved, gives rise to a debility which requires 
very special treatment. Dropsy I have already named as 
one of the diseases of old age, and there are many others. 
These can all be, if not cured, at least very considerably 
alleviated by judicious treatment. Hundreds of such cases 
have come under my notice, and I have invariably been able 
to afford relief. CHAPTER VII. 
MARRIAGE. 
Man is a social being. His social affections lie at the 
very root of his virtue and happiness. Connubial and 
parental love, when reciprocated, constitutes the highest 
degree of enjoyment with which man can be favored in 
this vale of tears. Even in paradise, man's social capacities 
rendered it necessary that he should possess a second self in 
order to complete his happiness. Marriage is a Divine ordi- 
nance, instituted in the time of man's primitive innocence, as 
a means to promote his happiness and the perpetuation of 
his race. The diversity of sexes was instituted for this pur- 
pose. Hence the Divine command, "Be fruitful and mul- 
tiply, and replenish the earth." 
It does not lie within our province to enter into the legal, 
social, or political impediments to marriage. Our work is 
intended rather to touch upon the physical and physiological 
part of the subject. The former are questions for the con- 
sideration of the political economists, the latter for the 
physician. 
We would here caution our readers against inter-mar- 
riages with relations. These marriages are rarely prolific. 
Where children are born to those who are nearly allied in 
blood, a very large percentage are either idiotic, deaf, blind 
or weak. Many are scrofulous, puny, and stunted, and not 
a few cripples. Of seventeen cases examined by the Lunacy 
Commissioners of persons who had married near relations, 
Dr. F. Winslow says, "Out of ninety-five children forty-four 
were idiotic, twelve were scrofulous, one was deaf, and 
one was a dwarf." 
As our remarks on marriage are made with reference to 
the principles enunciated in other parts of the work, we 
shall not enter into its nature and origin further than to 
remark, that it was evidently designed to secure the happi- 
ness of those who enter into the sacred engagement, as well 
as to promote the species. We, therefore, at once proceed 
45 46 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
to describe some of the causes which result in connubial 
infelicity. 
Marriage may be entered into too early as well as too 
late in life. No general rule can be laid down on this 
point which will apply to all cases. Hence the absurdity 
of the controversy which has been maintained on the subject 
of early and late marriages. All persons have not the 
same intensity of affection. It is as unwise to marry before 
a certain stamina of constitution is attained, as it is to defer 
marriage until old age. As prudential motives may render 
it desirable to postpone marriage to a later period in some 
cases than in others, for the same reason it would not be 
desirable for those persons who are of a sanguine tempera- 
ment to postpone marriage too late. This is a matter that 
must be regulated very much by the circumstances operating 
at the time, and must be left, therefore, to the individual 
judgment of those concerned. 
Dissimilarity of age, feeling, sentiment, and constitution, 
are certain to produce conjugal infelicity. Dr. Johnson has 
said: "Marriage has many pains, but celibacy has no 
pleasures." Again: "I shall for the future think it dan- 
gerous to connect my interest with that of another, lest I 
should be unhappy by my partner's faults." And again: 
"Though the wisdom and virtue of one can very rarely 
make one happy, the folly or vice of one can make many 
miserable." Hence we see how important it is, in choosing 
a partner for life, that we should not select one who has 
impaired his or her health by evil doings in early life, or 
the results after marriage my be bitterly deplored. Con- 
nubial happiness is too often marred by circumstances that 
should have been duly weighed before the state was en- 
tered upon, but which, when discovered too late, bring a 
long list of most deplorable evils in their train. The cup 
of anticipated bliss is but too frequently dashed from the 
lips almost untasted, leaving behind naught but misery, 
shame, and woe. This is the lot of thousands. In my ex- 
perience, such cases have come before my notice. For- 
tunately, I have ofttimes been enabled, from my long experi- 
ence in such matters, to point out a remedy which has had MARRIAGE 
47 
the effect of removing evil. There are large numbers, 
however, who have gone down to their graves without 
finding the cure for the ills from which they have suffered, 
and the misery that has consequently been entailed, no 
tongue can tell. Marriage is a most holy state, appointed 
by God himself, and it should not be entered upon lightly. 
When two souls are united in the true bond of affection, 
they create a little heaven by their presence. Offspring 
are brought up in purity and virtue, to bless their parents 
in after years. Of such it may be truly said, in the language 
of Holy Writ, "Blessed is the man that hath his quiver 
full of them." 
There are few misfortunes that a person would not 
prefer to incapacity for marriage. The charms of wedded 
life are so great, and the pride of being a parent so 
natural and so common, that those who have no hope of 
realizing this condition, are usually the most wretched. 
Melancholy never fails to take firm and deep-rooted pos- 
session of their mind. Since the Creation, when God made 
woman to be the partner of man, the sharer of his toils and 
his pleasures, his joys and his sorrows, and issued the 
mandate, "Be fruitful and multiply, and replenish the 
earth," true happiness has seldom been found except in 
connection with the wedded state. Marriage makes the per- 
fection of human character. "If we were to form an 
image of dignity in man," says Steele, "we should give him 
dignity and valor, as being essential to the character of 
manhood. In like manner, if you describe a right woman, 
in a laudable sense, she should have gentle softness, tender 
fear, and all those parts of life which distinguish her 
from the other sex, with some subordination to it, but an 
inferiority which makes her lovely." The blending union 
of these qualities in the sexes, when united in the holy ties 
of man and wife, constitute perfection such as can be real- 
ized by no other means. "Marriage is honorable in all," 
writes a divinely inspired apostle, and is not only honorable, 
but the highest and happiest condition of humanity. 
The very highest qualities of woman are displayed in 
her relationship to man. In no position is she seen to such 
advantage as in this. "She is," remarks a modern author, 48 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
"the presiding genius of the fireside, where she creates 
an atmosphere of serenity and contentment, suitable for the 
growth and nurture of character in its best form. She is by 
her very constitution, compassionate, gentle, patient, and 
self-denying. Loving, hopeful, trustful, her eye spreads 
brightness everywhere." Her presence sheds halo around 
the domestic hearth, and crowns her husband with a wreath 
of glory. Her love is more to be prized than all the 
wealth of crowns, and her charms constitute the main part 
of the sunshine of life. She dispels cloudiness, relieves 
suffering, consoles the downcast, cheers the broken-hearted, 
and is ever ready to assist the unfortunate. The domestic 
circle, graced with the presence of a good loving woman is 
"That truest, rarest light of social joy, 
Which gleams upon the man of many cares." 
At home, the rough man of the world throws off his stern 
business aspect, and becomes one with his children in their 
gambols and their joys. "Business," remarks Sir H. Taylor, 
"does but lay waste the approach to the heart, whilst mar- 
riage garrisons the fortress." When a man marries-this, 
of course, supposing the union to be one of love-he enters 
upon a new state of existence, and in reality begins to live. 
His children are showers of blessings, and his home a 
paradise. Sorrow and trouble may come, 'tis true, but this 
is all far more than compensated for by the pleasure that 
belongs exclusively to the wedded life. The celibate may, 
perhaps, better devote himself to the procuring of worldly 
gain, but the brightest side of existence is hidden from 
his view. His heart is cold, and his character austere; his 
humanity, in truth, is crushed and stunted in its development. 
The charms of wedded life, or that which adds to them 
their peculiar beauty-the birth of offspring-there are few 
persons who are not enamored of it at some part of their 
existence. The feeling may, of course, be conquered, but it 
is far better that this should not be attempted, since the 
doing such violence to the feelings cannot be accomplished 
with impunity. God designed woman as a helpmeet for man, 
and that the union of the two should result in this wise ar- 
rangement. Wifeless and childless, his life becomes a MARRIAGE 
49 
blank, with nothing to relieve the dismal monotony of the 
scene-a desert, in the wide stretch of which there is no 
oasis. Is it, therefore, to be wondered at, that he who feels 
himself excluded from entering upon this state, should be- 
come a prey to melancholy and sad thoughts, that gloom 
should fix itself indelibly and permanently upon his bosom, 
and that the bright sun of happiness in his life should be 
eclipsed? This knowledge is always associated with the 
most terrible feelings of depression and despair. Of such, 
Sir Astley Cooper has well remarked: "No genial spring 
is here, no blooming summer, no fertile autumn; but all is 
winter- a dreary, desolate, and barren winter, in which 
the springs of life are frozen up, and the propensities de- 
stroyed." The truth of this description few can doubt, who 
have had experience in the treatment of such cases. True 
marriages should realize the following lines: 
"We had experience of a blissful state, 
In which our powers of thought stood separate, 
Each in its own high freedom held apart, 
Yet both close folded in one loving heart; 
So that we seemed, without conceit, to be 
Both one, and two, in our identity." CHAPTER VIII. 
The following are a few of the disorders to which human 
beings are subject, together with the symptoms by which 
they may be known, and the treatment to be adopted: 
Amaurosis.-This is a defect of vision-frequently total 
blindness-arising from a derangement in the optic nerve, 
and usually considered incurable. It may exist to such 
an extent as to cause total blindness, and yet the whole 
mechanical parts of the eye remain perfectly sound. It 
arises, sometimes, from any great drain upon the system. 
Hundreds of persons have come to me suffering from this 
disease, and never for a moment suspecting its origin. 
They had tried every remedy, but had found no relief, which 
is not much to be wondered at, considering the fact that 
the physicians who treated it never traced the malady to 
its true cause. 
Asthma.-This is a disease whose principal symptoms 
are, of course, located in the organs of respiration; still, 
like the rest that I have described, it owes its origin, in 
the majority of cases, to Nervous Debility. The bronchial 
tubes become closed by a sort of spasmodic action during 
a paroxism which gives rise to great difficulty in breathing. 
Their spasmodic effects are purely nervous, and may be 
traced to the same cause as the rest of the diseases previously 
named. 
Brain, Softening of.-This is a disease which arises 
usually from great mental anxiety, overwork with the brain, 
intemperance, and sometimes other causes. Fortunately it 
is not very common, but where it does exist, it is alarmingly 
serious. It is really what its name implies-softening of 
the brain, the tissues of that organ becoming reduced some- 
times to a substance of not much greater consistency than 
cream. The symptoms by which it is indicated at the com- 
mencement of the attack are vertigo, severe pain in the 
head, numbness in the limbs, twitching of the extremities, 
THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY. 
50 THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
51 
tendency to sleep after meals, dimness of vision, with di- 
lated pupil of the eye, partial deafness, and above all, in- 
tense mental depression. 
Catarrh.-This disorder is so exceedingly common that 
a description of it is, perhaps, almost unnecessary. It is 
usually termed "a cold" from the general idea that it takes 
its origin in a lowering of temperature. This is hardly 
correct, however, since in no sense does it spring from 
actual cold, but from a sudden change of temperature, or 
from exposure to wet. The disease consists of an inflamma- 
tion of some portion of the mucous membrane which lines 
the air passages, and may, therefore, attack the nasal cavity, 
the throat, the windpipe, or the bronchial tubes. 
Where the disease becomes chronic, as it very frequently 
does, it is a most troublesome complaint, and can only be 
got rid of with very great difficulty. In such cases I have 
found my Concentrated Remedies prove most effectual. 
Constipation.-This malady depends on some morbid 
condition affecting a portion or the whole of the alimentary 
canal, where some kind of derangement of the peristaltic 
action of the bowels has taken place, which may be due to a 
deficiency of the healthy secretions, torpid action of the 
liver, scrofula, impaired vital action, and general debility. 
The latter cause is by far the most common, and hence the 
failure of the treatment that is usually resorted to-treat- 
ment which consists mainly in the administration of purga- 
tive medicines. The retention of foecal matter in the bowels 
is not only a source of great discomfort, but is productive 
frequently of very serious results. It prevents the assimi- 
lation of food, and thereby interferes with the process of 
nutrition. 
Consumption.-This disease is known to arise from a 
morbid taint in the system, somewhat analogous to scrofula. 
There is a deposit in the lungs of the tuberculous matter, 
which gives rise to the presence of small ulcers. These 
break down the lungs; the matter is brought away by ex- 
pectoration, and a number of small cavities is the result 
By this means, a large portion of the lungs is destroyed. 
Now, in all cases where great debility has been brought 52 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
about by vicious causes, the whole system becomes weakened 
and the blood deteriorated. The consequences of this is, 
that nutrition takes place imperfectly, large quantities of 
effete, worn-out particles of matter, which ought to be 
thrown off from the system, are retained, and the normal 
function of the organs becomes impeded. Now, this is pre- 
cisely the condition of the system in which what is called 
tuberculosis occurs, and consumption is one form of this 
general disease. Should there consequently be in the con- 
stitution of the person in whom this occurs the slightest 
hereditary taint, the chances are almost a thousand to one 
that it will become developed, and consumption make its 
appearance. Whenever there is the slightest tendency to 
tubercular' disease, the nervous debility, consequent upon an 
imprudent life referred to, is next to certain to act as a 
proximate or exciting cause, and render the development a 
matter of certainty. Nor does it follow that the father or 
mother of the affected person should have shown any tend- 
ency to the disease; it may have come down from a much 
more remote ancestor-so remote, in fact, that the present 
sufferer may never have even heard of him. In Mr. Dar- 
win's great book on "Animals and Plants under Domestica- 
tion," many instances are given of physical and mental 
peculiarities having been handed down in this way, very 
frequently only appearing once in six or seven generations. 
And this is particularly the case with diseases, or, at all 
events, what is the same as far as the present subject is 
concerned, the tendency to disease. I have myself, no 
doubt-and I do not speak rashly on the subject, but after 
great experience-that the main cause of consumption is 
the nervous debility so exceedingly prevalent, as a con- 
sequence of the violation of the laws of health. In truth, 
it is next to an impossibility for any one who has the 
slightest tendency to consumption to escape the manifesta- 
tion of the disease in all its terrible reality who have ig- 
nored the laws of their being. Whenever a patient comes to 
me suffering from the symptoms of tubercular disease, I al- 
ways endeavor to ascertain, if possible, to what cause it is 
due, and having done that, my treatment is almost in- 
variably successful. THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
53 
Deafness.-This disease may, of course, depend upon a 
great variety of causes, according to the part of the organ 
of hearing that is attacked. There is, however, one form 
of deafness-a by no means uncommon one-that has its 
seat in none of the mechanical parts of the ear, but in the 
auditory nerve. This kind of deafness invariably sets at 
defiance all the appliances of surgeon aurists, and physi- 
cians treat it as incurable. Now, from the seat of the 
malady, it will be at once perceived that it is a nervous 
affection, and must be dealt with accordingly. The cause 
of it, in a large number of cases, is precisely the same as 
that of the other diseases that have been mentioned. The 
last not being recognized by the profession at large, of 
course they always fail to effect a cure. 
Delirium Tremens.-This disease consists of delirium, 
accompanied with tremors, or trembling, from which it 
takes its name. Sometimes it has been termed Delirium 
Ebriositatis, from the fact that it usually springs from in- 
temperance. It consists essentially of nervous irritation, 
caused by the poisonous influence of alcohol on the brain. 
It is characterized by a trembling of the hands, sleepless- 
ness, constant muttering, and, in the worst stages, very 
violent delirium. 
Depression of Spirits.-This can hardly be considered a 
disease of itself, being a leading symptom in a number of 
different maladies. It arises from a great variety of causes, 
all, however, more or less connected with debility and nerv- 
ous prostration. The treatment, therefore, to be resorted to 
must be directed to this end. 
Dipsomania.-This disease, as its name implies, consists 
in an inordinate and uncontrollable desire for alcoholic 
stimulants. In great numbers of cases, a habitual drunkard 
will require to be treated as an irresponsible person, in 
whom the inclination to take alcoholic stimulants has 
become so strong as to be altogether beyond the power of 
his will to control it and keep it in subjection. This is a 
fact which science has now recognized; and hence, although 
very little has been done at present, we are in a fair way of 
effecting a general reform in the treatment of this very 
serious malady. 54 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Dropsy.-This disease usually results from some derange- 
ment of the heart, liver or kidneys, all of which may be 
caused, and very frequently are, by Nervous Debility. 
Hence the success of the treatment that recognizes it upon 
this principle, which, I need hardly say, mine does. 
Epilepsy.-This is another of the maladies that frequently 
owe their origin to Nervous Debility. In this disease, the 
attack comes on suddenly, the patient utters a scream, and 
falls to the ground insensible. He breathes with great diffi- 
culty, his face becomes turgid, he foams at the mouth, and 
inexperienced by-standers generally consider him at the 
point of death. The paroxysm, however, passes away, his 
consciousness gradually returns, and he arises much ex- 
hausted from the fit. Now, whatever may be the modus 
operandi of this disease, I am perfectly certain that in a 
large majority of cases it springs from the same cause as 
the rest of the maladies that have been named. 
Females, Diseases of.-There are several maladies 
which are peculiar to females, and from which they very 
frequently suffer intensely. Some few of them are fatal, 
and many of them become chronic, remaining for years, 
setting at defiance every kind of treatment. As I propose 
writing a work exclusively upon these diseases, to be en- 
titled "Diseases Peculiar to Women: their Symptoms and 
Cure," I must refer the reader to it (when published) for 
further information. In it I shall deal at some length with 
all the maladies to which females are usualy subject. 
Gravel.-This is a disease which is of a very painful 
character, and by no means easy to cure. The suffering 
experienced during what is called a "fit of gravel," is most 
severe, especially while calculus or stone is passing down 
the ureter from the kidney to the bladder. 
Heart Disease.-This is one of the most common results 
of nervous debility, especially that form of it with which 
I am more particularly dealing. It must be remembered 
that the heart is a muscular organ, and subject, therefore, 
to all the changes and conditions that apply to muscles 
generally. The principal and most noticeable of these is 
enlargement, consequent upon violent and excessive exercise. THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
55 
Palpitation o£ the heart-a common symptom o£ debility- 
does not necessarily arise from any disease of that organ, 
but if continued it is certain to produce it. The violent 
action of the muscular walls of this organ must, in the end, 
cause those walls to become thickened and increased in bulk, 
and the disease known by the name of hypertrophy is the 
result. Thus it will be at once apparent that palpitation 
of the heart, from whatever cause produced, will, in the 
end, lead to disease of that organ. 
Hypochondriasis.-This disease usually arises from 
some kind of functional derangement of the liver, kidneys, 
stomach, or bowels, producing general disorder of the 
system. The whole frame falls into a most morbid con- 
dition, the intellect is impaired, there is intense languor, 
great lassitude, want of energy, excessive dread of disease 
or other future evil, running on frequently to insanity 
and death. 
The treatment is by no means easy, but I have never- 
theless been exceedingly successful in my practice in deal- 
ing with such cases. A special preparation of phosphorus 
which I use, may be almost described as a never-failing 
remedy. Great attention must be paid to the diet in cases 
of this kind. All alcoholic drinks, together with tobacco 
and tea,'must be strictly prohibited. 
Hysteria.-This malady usually occurs in females of 
nervous or nervous-sanguine temperament, accompanied 
usually with a cheerful, lively, and ardent disposition. It 
is generally associated with some functional disease. It is 
a disease of essentially a nervous character. It comes on 
with convulsive movements of the trunk and limbs, clinch- 
ing the hands, tearing the hair or the clothing, and a 
general violent agitation of the system. There is convulsive 
crying, or violent fits of laughter, frequently alternating 
the one with the other. The most characteristic symptom 
is what is called a globus hystericus, which is the sensa- 
tion of a ball rising upwards to the throat, frequently 
producing a sense of suffocation. 
Indigestion.-This is one of the most troublesome dis- 
orders that human beings are subject to, and, withal, one 56 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
that is so common that those who are sufferers from it 
receive very little sympathy. It is, of course, a malady 
that is located in the stomach, but as that organ is very 
largely influenced by the brain, it has, in the great ma- 
jority of cases, its seat in the nervous system. Every per- 
son knows how a sudden shock, caused by receiving news 
exceedingly bad or unexpectedly good, will destroy in an 
instant the keenest appetite, and even sometimes give ris- 
ing to vomiting. This is caused by the fact that the 
stomach is entirely under the control of the brain. Hence 
it is that Nervous Debility, produced by the causes already 
described, will almost certainly give rise to indigestion. 
Liver Disease.-Most of the affections of the liver are 
due to Nervous Debility, and must, therefore, be treated 
upon the same principle as the rest of the diseases that I 
have named. Whenever, therefore, the patient suffers from 
pain between the blade-bones, sickness, headache, and other 
symptoms indicating derangement of the liver, he should 
at once endeavor to ascertain whether there may not be a 
cause for this in the nervous system of the character of 
those already named. 
Lassistude.-This, like headache, cannot be considered 
as a disease itself, but simply as a symptom of a malady, 
and may accompany a great number of different disorders. 
Nevertheless, it is so exceedingly common, and persons so 
frequently come to consult me with regard to it, that I 
feel justified in treating it under a separate heading. I 
have already referred to it as a distinguishing symptom 
of two or three diseases, and many more might be named. 
Wherever it exists, it of course arises from some abnormal 
condition of the system, which ought at once to receive 
attention, since where there is perfect health no lassitude 
ought to be experienced. Its principal cause will be gen- 
eral Nervous Debility, arising from some of the causes 
which I have already dealt with in an earlier portion of 
this book, and in such cases it is demanding of immediate 
attention. Patients, consequently, who suffer from it, ought 
at once to apply for advice. THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
57 
Pains in the Back.-This is also a symptom of several 
diseases, and may arise from rheumatism, derangements 
of the kidneys, and a variety of other complaints. It is, 
however, a characteristic symptom of Nervous Debility, 
and whenever experienced, should receive immediate atten- 
tion-at least, the patient should inquire seriously to what 
cause it is due, and having ascertained that fact, he will 
know what course of procedure to take. In no case should 
so well marked a symptom be for one moment neglected. 
Paralysis.-This disease, in hundreds of cases, owes its 
origin to the prevalent vices of the age. Nor is it to be 
wondered at, since it is well known to be an affection of 
the spinal cord. It is a common occurrence for patients 
who consult me to complain of a prickling sensation in 
the arm, which they actually treat with the greatest care- 
lessness, never seeming to have the least idea that such a 
symptom is a forerunner of paralysis. Sometimes there is 
a shaking or trembling in one of the limbs, with an in- 
ability to keep it steady. These are grave symptoms, and 
should be at once attended to, or the result may be serious. 
Occasionally this disease attacks one side of the body, and 
sometimes it is confined to the lower half. Any of the 
premonitory symptoms should be looked upon with sus- 
picion where irregular habits have been indulged in. For- 
tunately I have discovered remedies which if taken in 
time, will effectually prevent the attack, and if resorted 
to afterwards, never fail to effect a cure. 
Pimples on the Skin.-Pimples on the skin form one 
of the most common, and, at the same time, one of the 
most troublesome maladies which human nature is subject 
to. Skin diseases are so numerous, and at the same time 
so various, that it is impossible here to draw those nice 
distinctions between one and another, which are necessary 
to be understood in order to meet them satisfactorily. 
There is one form, however, which consists of a slight 
eruption of pimples on different parts of the body, due, 
in the majority of cases, to some disturbance in the organs 
of digestion, which is much more frequent than any other, 
and is, in a great number of cases, the source of a con- 58 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
siderable amount of anxiety. This malady I have made 
an especial study, and have discovered remedies which will 
invariably be found successful in removing the disease in 
a very short space of time. 
Rheumatism.-This disease, is also very common in 
this country, owing mainly, perhaps, to changes in tem- 
perature. The disease may be divided into two classes- 
1. Acute Rheumatism, or what is usually known by the 
name of rheumatic fever; 2. Chronic Rheumatism. The 
first of these is a most serious and painful malady, which, 
as it requires the immediate attention of some local prac- 
titioner who is on the spot, I need not further enlarge 
upon. The chronic form of rheumatism sometimes comes 
on as a sequel of an acute attack, but more frequently it 
exists as a separate disease. There is usually very little 
constitutional disturbance, but an intense pain, which pre- 
vents the patient from experiencing any comfort during 
the day, or procuring any sleep at night. In many cases 
the pains are worse at night, being aggravated by the 
warmth of the bed. In other cases, the warmth serves to 
afford relief. Rheumatism may exist in almost any part 
of the body, frequently changing its name according to 
the part attacked. Thus, when it occurs in the loins, it is 
called lumbago; when in the sciatic nerve, sciatica; and 
when it attacks the intercostal muscles, between the ribs 
or the fasciae lining the chest, it is called pleurodinia. The 
diagnosis of this disease is exceedingly easy. The treat- 
ment, however, is very difficult. There is hardly a remedy 
in the Pharmacopoeia that has not been at some time or 
other recommended as a cure for rheumatism, and the 
patent medicines that are advertised as remedies for this 
disease are innumerable. Local applications are greatly 
in favor with the public, but in point of fact they are, in 
nine cases out of ten, perfectly useless. I find no difficulty 
in treating the very worst cases successfully with my Con- 
centrated Remedies. 
Scabies.-This is a very offensive disease, and is known 
in common language by the somewhat objectionable term, 
the itch. It occurs usually between the fingers, on the THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
59 
wrists near the joints, and sometimes extends over the 
entire body. It is aggravated by the heat of the fire or 
bed-clothes, and particularly so by scratching-an opera- 
tion which is exceedingly difficult to be avoided, as the 
itching is intense. It is very contagious, and may continue 
for many years, or throughout life. It is now known to 
be occasioned by a small parasite, which burrows in the 
skin. It may occur in any climate, or at any age. It has, 
however, a predilection for youth, and those whose skins 
are tender, and never attacks a surface covered with hair. 
It is most common among the poor, and those negligent 
of cleanliness, but does occasionally attack the rich, the 
refined, and those who are most particular with regard to 
their daily ablutions. My treatment is invariably successful 
in curing this disease in a few days. 
Scrofula.-Struma, as this disease is technically called, 
is a constitutional malady, depending upon a morbid con- 
dition of the blood, but manifesting itself in a variety of 
well-marked external symptoms, of which the swelling of 
the lymphatic glands, especially those of the neck, is the 
most conspicuous. Many persons regard scrofula and 
tuberculosis, of which consumption is one form, as identical, 
but the question is one which is still unsettled. Scrofula 
may be either hereditary or acquired, but when once it 
has been established in the system it is exceedingly difficult 
to get rid of. Its ravages frequently commence before 
birth, and terminate only with death. Scrofula infants 
have small limbs, large abdomen, big head, weak spines, 
and are liable to convulsions, hydrocephalis, tabes, and 
many other fatal infantile diseases. Scrofula may attack 
any part of the body, and it usually seizes that which is 
weakest. Thus, if a scrofulous person takes cold, con- 
sumption will probably follow. If there be irritation of 
the bowels, diarrhea, disease of the mesenteric glands, and 
other intestinal disorders will ensue. And if the brain is 
in any way affected, the malady will settle in that organ, 
giving rise to what is called tubercular meningitis, a form 
of inflammation of the membranes of the brain. It will 
he seen, therefore, that scrofula modifies almost every other 
disease to which the patient may be subject, and hence the 60 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
importance that successful treatment should be resorted to 
immediately the symptoms are observed. If in the case 
of an infant, so much the better. 
The treatment that has been resorted to at different times, 
has been both varied and curious. In the past, the royal 
touch, drinking out of human skulls, pilgrimages to various 
shrines, and the touch of the hand of a felon who had 
suffered capital punishment, were resorted to. But fresh 
air, plenty of light, exercise, cleanliness, bathing, and 
nutritious diet, and flannel next the skin, will prove most 
valuable adjuncts to treatment. 
Sleeplessness.-This, like some of the other disorders 
that I have named, can hardly bo considered a separate 
disease, and it is usually associated with some other malady. 
Sometimes, however, it arises from intense nervous pros- 
tration, due to mental anxiety, excessive brain-work, the 
use of alcoholic drinks, and even tea and coffee, and dis- 
sipation. Sleeplessness, where it occurs persistently, is 
a most serious affection, since it not only causes derange- 
ment of the organs of digestion, of the secretions, and of 
the general physical frame, but it is also the most common 
cause of insanity. Wherever it exists, therefore, treatment 
should be resorted to without a moment's delay. 
Winter Cough.-This malady may really be considered 
as a species of asthma, of a chronic character. It is a most 
troublesome disorder, and one which is very difficult to 
cure. In the warm weather of summer, the patient gets 
quite well, but no sooner does the cold weather, especially 
if damp, come on, than the most painful symptoms of the 
malady become apparent. There is a cough, which may 
be loud and violent, like that of bronchitis, or short and 
hacking, like that of consumption, frequently leading the 
patient to suspect that he may be afflicted with the latter 
disease. 
GENERAL DISEASES. 
The derangements to which the human frame is subject 
are so numerous, that it is utterly impossible I can even 
name them all in a small work of this kind. Suffice it to THE CONSEQUENCES OF NERVOUS DEBILITY 
61 
say, that very many of them spring from Nervous Debility, 
and this even so in the case of those maladies situated in 
parts of the body farthest removed, apparently, from this 
influence. 
Whenever any of the following symptoms are experi- 
enced, the patient may conclude that his nervous system is 
deranged, and that, therefore, he should at once apply 
for treatment where that fact will be considered. A vicious 
course of life will have invariably the effect of producing 
these symptoms, for the obvious reason, that Nervous 
Debility is at the bottom of them. The symptoms are:- 
Pain in the head, giddiness, swimmings in the head, sick- 
ness, specks floating before the eyes, dimness of vision, 
deafness, loss of sense of smell, pain in the neck and 
shoulders; dull, heavy feeling; low spirits, apprehension 
of coming evil, melancholy, despondency, twitching in 
various parts of the body, tremors, shivering fits; clammy 
perspiration; pain in the stomach, stitch in the side, heart- 
burn, pain in the loins, coldness of feet and hands, palpita- 
tion of the heart, drowsiness, shortness of breath, hacking 
cough, sense of suffocation in the throat, pain in the arm, 
restlessness, fatigue after slight exertion, constipation, etc., 
etc. CHAPTER IX. 
TREATMENT. 
The most important part of the subject of Nervous 
Debility is the treatment that requires to be adopted to 
effect its thorough and entire removal. For it will be of 
little value to point out to patients the minute symptoms 
of their disorder, so as to enable them at once to recognize 
the disease from which they are suffering, unless we are 
in a position to advise what had better be done under the 
circumstances, with the view to effect a thorough and 
complete cure. And I should hardly feel myself justified 
in devoting so much time and space to a consideration of 
this question, did I not feel confident that I possess the 
means of supplying the antidote to the bane. The cure of 
these diseases is not easy. Any physician, who relies simply 
upon the use of drugs contained in the United States Dis- 
pensatory, will assuredly fail in his endeavor to remove 
nervous debility in its worst forms, whatever may be the 
skill and judgment that he may bring to bear upon his 
profession. In these diseases especially-but in all, more 
or less-will the remedies in common use be found to be 
ineffectual. Unless others are therefore employed, a failure 
must be the result in the case of any attempt to cure the 
derangements treated of in these pages. 
In the whole range of medical science, there is no class 
of disorders that require in their treatment such sound 
judgment, consummate skill, long experience, and practical 
powers of observation, as the maladies in question. Of 
course, I do not lay claim to any other power in the treat- 
ment of these diseases than that which arises from the most 
devoted application of years to the subject; but this, surely, 
is something that should entitle me to be heard. I have 
had under my care, and conducted to a successful issue, 
thousands of cases of debility of the very worst character 
-cases that had been given over by medical men-and 
the conclusion at which I have arrived is, that the ordinary 
62 TREATMENT 
63 
treatment is perfectly useless, and very much of it perfectly 
injurious, and that some of the so-called remedies are 
pernicious in the extreme. 
As has been already stated, my practice in these maladies 
has extended over a period of twenty-eight years, eighteen 
of which have been spent in New York, and during that 
period some of the very worst cases that have ever been 
seen have come before my notice. If, therefore, I had 
nothing but my own experience to guide me, it of itself 
would be sufficient to have enabled me to judge better 
than most practitioners. But to this fact must be added 
the circumstance of even greater importance, that I have 
during that time devoted myself assiduously to the endeavor 
to discover the best remedies for treatment. The method 
that I adopted in order to discover the remedies which have 
since proved so successful in my practice in the treatment 
of the various diseases which have come before my notice, 
and to which my professional skill has been mainly de- 
voted, was to test the action of each medical agent for 
myself. A few years' practice sufficed to show me that the 
remedies contained in the United States Dispensatory were 
next to useless in the various diseases whose urgent symp- 
toms I had to combat. One after another of these remedies 
was tried and dismissed, as being of no value whatever, 
and when occasionally I found one that was a little more 
effectual than the rest, I soon found that on the one hand 
it was incompetent to cure the worst cases, and on the 
other, was so uncertain in its action at different times and 
on different constitutions, that it could never be relied upon. 
The consequence of this was that I devoted myself to the 
study of the Pharmacopoeias of France, Germany, and other 
European countries, with a view to ascertain if their rem- 
edial agents were more effectual than our own. To my 
great surprise, I found that the great majority of medicines 
employed abroad were either compounds, consisting of 
many of the drugs in general use in this country, or were 
medicines that had once occupied a conspicuous position 
in the United States Dispensatory, but had been discarded 
as of little or no value. It is true, that occasionally I came 64 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
across one or two remedies of more potent effect than those 
which we were in the habit of employing at home, but by 
no means sufficiently certain in their action to be adopted. 
Knowing that a new class of medicine, consisting prin- 
cipally of alkaloids obtained from various organic sub- 
stances, were becoming pretty generally used, I next devoted 
myself to the study of these, and, I am free to confess, 
with some considerable success. The new remedies are 
much more potent in their action in all the diseases to 
which humanity is liable, than the mineral preparations 
so much in fashion in the countries of the old world. These 
medicines, many of them, I continued to use for some 
years, and even at the present time I not unfrequently 
employ them-in combination with my own-with consid- 
erable success. Still, these alkaloids are not all that could 
be desired, or anything like all that was predicted of them. 
Most potent they no doubt are in most cases of acute 
diseases, such as inflammations, fevers, and the like; but 
in chronic affections, which fall principally under my 
notice, they proved of very little value. I was, therefore, 
compelled to seek for remedies not known to any class of 
practitioners, and not recognized in any Pharmacopoeia. 
There was, I knew, an abundance of herbs and plants 
whose leaves, flowers, roots, and seeds, had never been 
tried in the treatment of disease, and to make experiments 
with these was the only resource I had left, since mineral 
drugs I had set my face against forever. In these investi- 
gations my efforts were crowned with the greatest success, 
since, after many years of research, I am confident I have 
discovered remedies, if not for all diseases, at least for 
the majority of those with which I am called upon to treat. 
There are certain facts in connection with the treatment 
of diseases, which require to be specially borne in mind. 
It is necessary to take a sort of median line between two 
extremes, and the course is not an easy one. It may seem 
curious to say, that there is a danger on the one hand of 
overrating, and on the other hand of underrating the im- 
portance of any malady, yet, in a sense, it really is so. 
In the first place, there is a sort of fatal reserve exist- TREATMENT 
65 
ing between medical men in general practice and their 
patients. Nor is this fact to be at all wondered at. Pa- 
tients oft-times shrink from communicating all their symp- 
toms. The physician may look at a patient's tongue, 
feel the pulse, inquire into the state of his bowels, ask 
what he eats and drinks, how he sleeps, what is the state 
of his appetite, how he feels, and whether he has a cough; 
he may probably apply the stethoscope, and finding noth- 
ing amiss with the lungs, he will write a prescription for 
some harmless tonic. This producing no effect, he recom- 
mends change of air, and great quietness. In ninety-nine 
cases out of every hundred, the physician never dreams of 
inquiring into the habits of the patient, with a view to the 
ascertaining the real cause of the malady under which 
he is suffering. And yet upon the discovery of that fact, 
in all probability, hangs the whole of the success of the 
treatment to be adopted. We must not, however, blame 
him too severely for the omission-though it is a most 
important one-since he but follows out the instructions 
he has received during his days of pupilage; and besides, 
even had he questioned the patient regarding his past life, 
he would probably have gained no information. Patients 
frequently experience a great reluctance in disclosing mat- 
ters connected with themselves to medical men, to whom 
they are personally known, and who may frequently meet 
them in private life afterwards. For a patient to open his 
mind to the medical attendant of the family, sometimes 
requires a power of stern and daring resolution. Perhaps, 
therefore, it is better that the treatment of chronic diseases 
should be left-as it practically is-to those medical gen- 
tlemen who devote their whole time and attention to obscure 
affections. To such, the patient will freely open his mind, 
and describe not only his worst symptoms, but, what is 
of much greater importance, the causes which have led to 
the disease. In my own individual case, as a rule, I do 
not see my patient, and it is not essential that I should, 
since a cure can be effected equally well by letter. Indeed, 
in most instances, correspondence is not only the better, 
but the more expeditious mode of conducting the treatment. 
Most persons suffering from debility will prefer writing 66 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
a description of their case to a personal interview, as their 
very nervousness might cause them to omit stating some 
of the points most essential for the conscientious physician 
to know. But in a letter, a patient can sit quietly down, 
and with deliberate distinctness make a plain record of 
his symptoms, unconfused by those mental distractions 
which are attendant upon personal viva voce communica- 
tions. Hence, I generally find that a written statement 
leads to a more speedy and safe diagnosis than an inter- 
view. 
This fact, which is a very important one, leads, however, 
on the other hand, to an evil of a very alarming character. 
The patient becomes a prey to melancholy and desponding 
thoughts, which fact is taken advantage of by a class of 
practitioners who use every means to exaggerate his dan- 
gers, which result in so terrifying him that he is rendered 
worse and the cure much more difficult. Now, although 
chronic diseases are of a dangerous nature, and require 
careful and judicious treatment, yet to exaggerate the 
dangers, and terrify the patient, is a course which cannot 
be too highly condemned. My course has always been to 
soothe the minds of my patients, and this I take to be the 
true business of the physician. 
One other point of importance may be referred to here, 
which is, the great danger of self-treatment. Nothing can 
be worse, than for patients to tamper with their own con- 
stitutions, by attempting to treat themselves. In any case, 
this is a most fatal case of procedure. Therefore, any 
one who suffers from the symptoms described in this little 
volume, and who is desirous of ascertaining accurately the 
nature of his or her case, should at once communicate 
with me. 
I am frequently applied to by persons who are in doubt 
upon the question, to know whether I undertake the treat- 
ment of all diseases. I take this opportunity, therefore, 
of stating, that my practice is not strictly confined to any 
particular class, but that I am in the habit of treating every 
kind of chronic ailment to which the human frame is liable. 
Acute diseases requiring immediate attention on the part TREATMENT 
67 
of the medical man cannot, as a matter of course, be under- 
taken by a physician who lives far away from the residence 
of the patient, and who carries on his practice mostly by 
correspondence; but in all cases such as Rheumatism, Gout, 
Dropsy, Heart Disease, Affections of the Chest and Air 
Passages, Disorders of the Throat, Derangement of the 
Liver, Chronic Indigestion, Diseases of the Kidneys and 
Bladder, Eruptions of the Skin, Nervous Prostration, Cancer 
and other blood diseases, Disorders of the Head, General 
Restlessness and want of Sleep, etc., I am continually 
called upon to treat, and in them have experienced un- 
varying success. Persons, therefore, who may be suffering 
from any of these, or others of a chronic character, on 
stating their symptoms fully to me, in writing, will be at 
once attended to, and dealt with in a manner calculated 
to lead to their entire and permanent recovery. MATRIMONY 
Why All Should Marry.-From the earliest ages, the 
institution of matrimony has been cherished as the holiest 
and best of human institutions. The wisest and purest in 
all times have been its most strenuous advocates. In its 
sacred associations the painter has found his highest visions 
of beauty; and the orator, poet, and essayist, a theme most 
potent in its aspirations of eloquence. It is spoken of as 
the "silver link, the silken thread that binds two willing 
hearts to joy." It has been likened to the tuning of two 
lutes in one key; the melting of two clouds in one, to the 
blending of the lily with the rose, and of the natural with 
the more heavenly constituents of our nature. Marriage 
is spoken of as a "heaven upon earth," "life's paradise," 
"the soul's earthly quiet," "earth's immortality," and as an 
"eternity of pleasures." 
We do not, of course, take the position that unhappiness 
cannot have a foot-hold in the marriage relation. All 
observation shows that there is no condition of life exempt 
from trouble and care; from the harrowing influences of 
grief and woe. But we do say that a man's joys are in- 
creased and his sorrows, lessened by marriage; for it is an 
institution that has been wisely said to double the joys and 
divide the griefs of earthly existence. We believe that this 
institution was given to man for his highest good-that the 
sweetest and purest, most earnest and heavenly of earthly 
happiness is to be found in the sacred enjoyments of the 
home circle. This is substantiated by the united testimony 
of the wisest and best of all time; by a silent but earnest 
witness and ardent advocate in every bosom; and finally, 
by that best of all evidence, the direct and unmistakable 
testimony of the Great Giver of all good. There are none 
so bad that matrimony may not redeem; none so bright, 
and pure, and good, but it will make brighter, purer, and 
68 MATRIMONY 
69 
better still. So long as aught holy or lovely remains on 
earth, it will be found in the marriage relation. So long 
as there is joy, its chosen abode will be within the home 
circle; and, should earth ever become so vile that the spirits 
of purity and goodness would be impelled to take their 
leave forever, their last footprints will be on the hearth- 
stone of the home least depraved, and their last association 
will be with the sacred characters of husband and wife. 
Why Every Man Should Marry.-Every man should 
marry for three special reasons that effect himself, namely: 
The full and complete development of his own moral, 
social, and intellectual attributes; his own happiness, and 
finally, his own interest. To this may be added, the respect 
due to the direct injunctions of the Almighty, and the duty 
every man owes to society. 
No man can possibly reach as full a development of his 
moral, social, and intellectual nature, without marriage, as 
he can in it. Matrimony is natural, and celibacy is un- 
natural. It might as well be expected that the trees would 
blossom and fructuate in the frosty atmosphere of mid- 
winter, as to believe that a man can reach his development, 
especially in the more genial virtues, as an unnatural and 
unsatisfied condition. God and nature contemplate man 
and woman together, and each, alone, is a fragment, aye, 
and a useless fragment of that relation. An unmarried 
man of full maturity may only be compared to an old 
glove, an old shoe, a footless stocking, a hat minus its rim 
and its crown. The wisest and greatest men of all times 
have been from the ranks of the married, and shine con- 
spicuous ornaments of the home circle. Washington, 
Adams, Jefferson, Madison, Jackson, Calhoun and Clay 
were not only husbands, but exemplary husbands, proud 
husbands and happy husbands; the heads and monarchs 
of happy home-centres; and there is no part of the history 
of these great men which exhibits them in a light more 
attractive, or on which the mind more loves to linger, than 
those bright pages which refer to them as husbands, as 
fathers. These men not only loved, but loved with all the 
ardor and intensity of their great hearts. HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
70 
Every man should marry out of respect to his own hap- 
piness and self-esteem. As to be successful, requires that 
a man should have a centre of effort superior to all other 
centres, so it is necessary that to be fully happy, he should 
have a centre of enjoyment equally superior, and where 
his hopes and his joys should concentrate. Many-very 
many-we know, reject this philosophy, and seek their 
enjoyment from other sources. Man must have some 
sources of enjoyment, natural or unnatural, real or 
fictitious. The enjoyments of married life are natural, 
real, and known, and understood, and ample. With these, 
the mind is happy and contented, and moves on with a 
greater zest to the fulfillment of its purposes. But if it 
has not this natural and real source of enjoyment, it will 
search for those which are unnatural or fictitious. De- 
prived of the pleasures of the home circle, and of the 
sweet gratifications of marital existence, which are elevat- 
ing and refining in their tendencies, he seeks their counter- 
feit in fast company and fast horses, in the theater, the 
bottle, the gaming saloon, and in short, in the many ways 
of false enjoyment, "whose feet take fast hold on hell"- 
those damning counterfeits of enjoyment, which wither life, 
blast pleasure, brutalize the heart, enfeeble the mind, and 
sear both to every good and genial influence, and to every 
pure thought and association of humanity. 
Another reason why every bachelor should marry, is on 
the score of interest. We are aware that this is the very 
reason of common philosophy, and very common philos- 
ophy it is. There are plenty of Old Fogies, who advise 
the young man not to marry, until he has gathered a suffi- 
ciency to support a wife and family. Do not these men 
know that it costs more to support one vice than two 
children? Does not all experience go to show that if a 
man does not acquire the one, he is very sure of the other? 
Does not the same experience show that ten married men 
have made fortunes to one bachelor? Aye, and that ten 
bachelors have gone literally to the dogs, where one mar- 
ried man has traveled the undesirable highway? 
Why Every Woman Should Marry.-Because with her MATRIMONY 
71 
it is a matter of necessity. For a woman to live through 
life unmarried is to be worse than dead. A woman's whole 
life is a history of the affections. The heart is her world, 
and it is there her ambition strives for empire; it is there 
her avarice seeks for hidden treasures. She sends forth 
her sympathies on adventure, and embarks her whole soul 
in the traffic of the affections. What with man may be a 
thing which admits of a possible question has no question 
with her. If she, indeed, escape a part of the snares that 
beset the path of the man unmarried, she encounters others 
of even a more deadly tendency. Some fall, others save 
themselves to-a prolongation of misery. The career of 
the old bachelor is bad enough in the name of all that is 
sensible, but his case is a paradise, compared to the 
"ancient maiden." He, at least, has his dissipations which 
can fly to in temporary relief from his wretchedness, which 
in her would be destruction. No, the desert of her affec- 
tions has not even a mirage-not even the delusive appear- 
ance of an oasis. Her forlorn misery has no end but in 
the grave; "the smoke of her torment goeth up forever!" 
Unhappy, peevish, discontented-a standing joke with the 
other sex, and a butt and a scape-goat of her own, it is no 
wonder that she has many foes and few friends, that the 
trials and temptations of her situation should render her 
obnoxious and repulsive, and an object at best, of pity 
and commiseration. 
She shall never have the delicious ecstasy of a husband's 
love, his protecting care. No children to love, or to love 
her in return; no home-the sweet empire of woman's 
ambition, she may call her own. All these, which consti- 
tute the all of woman's existence on which her thoughts 
have been fixed from infancy, on which her whole hopes 
have rested, and her ambition centered, are denied her. 
All May Marry.-As God has commanded that all 
should marry, so he has kindly arranged that all may 
marry. The statistics of the world show that he has pro- 
vided for this necessity, by providing an equality in the 
numbers of the sexes. "Every Jack," says a true, but 
homely proverb, "may have his Jill." The same idea has 72 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
been no less truthfully expressed in the beautiful lines of 
Longfellow: 
No one is so accursed by fate, 
None so utterly desolate, 
But some fond heart, although unknown, 
Responds to its own- 
Responds, as if with unseen wings, 
A breath from Heaven had touched its wings, 
And murmured in its song, 
"Where hast thou stayed so long?" 
The Difficulties of Making Marriage.-They are 
many. Pride of family, pride of caste, of wealth and 
position, and a proneness to sacrifice the material of the 
immaterial in this life are among them. Often the man 
is over choice in his selection, over fastidious in his re- 
quirements of beauty, wealth, refinement, or position; for- 
getting that he may be happier with the least desirable of 
the opposite sex than without them. Often, the lady is 
equally over-choice in the gratification of her fancies; for- 
getting that she runs the risk of the horrors of solitary 
misery. Sometimes, the proud father or mother oppose 
their son in a match not sufficiently advantageous; forget- 
ting that by such opposition they may drive him into the 
shoals and quicksands of bachelor existence. Oftener still, 
the heads of the family oppose the union of the daughter 
from similar motives; forgetting that thus they may plunge 
her into a worse than living death. Again, in this moving 
and changing country, the equality in numbers of the sexes 
is often destroyed; western towns and cities having more 
male, and eastern towns and cities more female inhabitants. 
Again, we have all our own beau ideal. The one, "tho' 
unseen," to which our heart-wiser than our sense-yearns 
with instinctive fondness. Many a gentleman cannot find 
among the limited circle of his lady acquaintances such 
a person as his fancy has dictated. Many a lady similarly 
situated experiences similar difficulties. But, perhaps, the 
worst foe of matrimony is that thing of quirks and quib- 
bles, of backings and fillings, of treacheries and tortuosities 
called modern courtship. Indeed, we can scarcely imagine 
a more palpable humbug. If it is sincere, it is in half its MATRIMONY 
73 
instances ridiculous and unreliable; if sincere, wicked, de- 
grading, and destructive. 
The Married Happy.-There never was a truer saying 
than that good husbands make good wives, and vice versa. 
Let, then, every husband who is disposed to complain of 
his wife, ask himself if it may not be his fault. Let him 
review his own conduct strictly, and see if he has in all 
things acted as he should-if there has not been some 
specific neglect or unkindness, in which the difficulty has 
originated. Let the wife make the same rigid self-exam- 
ination. Above all, let each be solicitous to trace the 
blame to their own fault. This spirit alone is half a 
guarantee of the most absolute reconciliation. If either 
luckily find the fault is their own, let no false, iniquitous 
and absurd pride keep them from acknowledging it, and 
in carefully abstaining from a subsequent commission. 
The husband should remember that when he cannot make 
his wife "a good wife," it argues badly for his influence. 
The wife, in a similar case, should remember that the same 
implied charge lies against her attractiveness. A true 
woman admires, loves, and even worships the higher at- 
tributes of manly character; and if a husband possesses, 
and always exhibits these attributes, she cannot quarrel 
with him. If she is always in the eyes of her husband 
what she appeared to be, and always is in his eyes what 
she was and may still be, he must be worse than a dog 
to quarrel with her. Let each remember that they married 
for happiness, and that happiness is only to be found in 
domestic peace, that that should be the subject of the 
husband's highest solicitude, and of the wife's most earnest 
prayers. Let each, too, remember, that while there is noth- 
ing to both so honorable as domestic harmony, there is 
nothing so utterly shameless and disgraceful as its opposite. 
Let, then, husbands and wives avoid the beginning of 
difficulties; yet forgive, if any has occurred. Let them be 
kind to each other, if to no other human being. Let them 
be forbearing to each other, if exacting to the balance of 
mankind. Let the wife strive in all things, so far as pos- 
sible, to appear in her husband's eyes the lady he courted, 74 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and hold his heart by the same means with which she won 
it. Let the husband strive to appear in the eyes of his 
wife the gentleman that won her. Let each remember that 
they are the world to each other, and that either be ready 
to offend the world than the other. Let the husband be 
all this to his wife, and were she ten-fold a Zantippe, she 
would hold him next to her God. Let the wife be all this 
to her husband, and, were he a veritable savage, he would 
each day love her more, and esteem her above the angels. 
Let both observe these rules, and married unhappiness can 
never set its cloven foot within this blissful home. Remem- 
ber, then, and be cautious that you do not forget that good 
husbands make good wifes, and good wives make good 
husbands. BOTANIC MEDICINES ORDAINED 
BY GOD 
King David said, "purge me with hyssop (not calomel 
or blue pills), and I shall be clean."-Ps. Li. 7. St. John 
said, "the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the 
nations."-Rev. xxii. 2. St. Paul said, "the weak eateth 
herbs."-Roms. xiv. 2. Who, then, shall deny that the 
Vegetable and Botanic Kingdom is not the true source 
from which medicines shall be derived. When man was 
formed, God particularly declared vegetables to be "food 
for man."-Gen. i. 29 and 30. And God said, behold I 
give you every herb bearing seed, which is upon the face 
of all the earth, and every tree, in the which is the fruit 
of a tree yielding seed, to you it shall be meat-when 
Jeremiah lamented for the Jews, he said go up into Gilead 
75 76 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and take Balm. Good old John Wesley speaking of the 
healing art, says in a very natural and simple manner: 
In the earliest ages of the world, the philosophers of nature, 
by various experiments, or accidents, discovered that cer- 
tain plants, roots and herbs, possessed medicinal properties; 
these were found sufficient to cure diseases. The wise men 
of nature were called Cabalists or Magicians, and some- 
times Seers, as will be found in the Book of Genesis, and 
other parts of Holy Writs-John Wesley evidently regarded 
the mineral practice as the most dangerous, and destructive 
imposition, the world ever saw. His views are beginning 
to be appreciated by many of the Allopathists themselves. 
I was a dogmatic at twenty, an observer at thirty, an 
empiric at forty, and now, at fifty, I no longer have any 
system.-S. Hordeau. Let truth and falsehood grapple. 
Who ever knew truth put to the worst in a free and open 
encounter?-Wilton. If the employment of the lancet were 
abolished altogether, it would, perhaps, save annually a 
greater number of lives than in any one year the sword 
has ever destroyed.-Dr. Ring. The man who wantonly 
wields the bloody knife, for the sake of experience, or a 
vain display of his adroitness, is a human savage, in whose 
breast soft pity never dwelt.-Dr. Cumming. Abominable 
is the murderous quack, who, forever impatient to unsheath 
his blood-thirsty lancet, draws from a fever patient the 
irreparable balsam of life.-Dr. Hunn. I am neither for 
the ancients nor for the moderns, but shall be of every 
age and nation.-Baglivi. Let us study the character of 
disease, and let us study the effects of the loss of blood.- 
Hall. We have not in any instance yielded our accent to 
authority, however, high, when it has been contradicted 
by our own experiences.-Dewees. It is owing to our 
ignorance that there is any necessity for instruments to 
cure diseases.-Abernethy. If the Reformed System be a 
good one, let it flourish and progress. If it be a bad one, 
let it be frowned down by the just censure of an enlight- 
ened community.-Medical Banner. Both surgery and 
medicine can and will, in the present astounding strides 
of human intellect, be forced to pass a rigid scrutiny and 
under a radical improvement.-Smead. "Minerals exert a VEGETABLE AND BOTANIC REMEDIES 
77 
pernicious and baneful influence on the system; they sel- 
dom or never cure, but often destroy the patient. Their 
operation is altogether uncertain, depending entirely on 
the state of the stomach whether they act at all, or prove 
injurious." Among the numerous poisons which have 
been used for the cure or alleviation of diseases, there are 
few which possess more active, and, of course, more dan- 
gerous powers, than mercury.-Hamilton. "Mercury, the 
lancet, and the knife are now almost the only means made 
use of to cure disease, notwithstanding their deleterious 
effects are evidently fatal to multitudes." The popular 
belief that every country produces simples suitable to cure 
all the prevailing local diseases, is not void of truth; vege- 
table substances afford the mildest, most efficient, and most 
congenial remedies to the human frame. The numerous 
cures that are daily performed by the use of vegetable 
medicines are sufficient evidences of their super-excellent 
virtues.-Prof. Rafinesque. An obstinate adherence to an 
unsuccessful method of treating a disease is self-conceit; 
it generally proceeds from ignorance; it is a specie of 
pride to which thousands have been satisfied.-Gregory. I 
am here insensibly led to make an apology for the insta- 
bility of the theories and practice of physic. And those 
physicians generally become the most eminent who have 
the soonest emancipated themselves from the tyranny of 
the school of physics.-Dr. Turner. Our want of success 
is occasioned by the following course: 1st, our ignorance 
of the disease; 2d, our ignorance of a suitable remedy; 
3d, want of efficacy in the remedy.-Turner. The whole 
nation is groaning under the present practice of the medical 
profession, which fosters disease more than it cures, and 
debases or ruins our constitutions.-Morison. Physicians 
have been tinkering the constitution for about two thousand 
years, to cure diseases; and the result of all their discov- 
eries is, that brimstone and mercury are the only two 
specifics. Diseases remain what they were.-Lacon. All 
men ought to be acquainted with the medical art. I believe 
that a knowledge of medicine is the sister and companion 
of wisdom.-Hippocrates. In early times, skill in healing 
was esteemed a part of wisdom. I believe the practice of 78 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
medicine should be agreeable to reason.-Celsus. As 
health is the most precious of all things, and is the founda- 
tion of all happiness, the science of protecting life and 
health is the noblest of all and most worthy the attention 
of all mankind.-Hoffman. "Not only a reformation in 
medicine is necessary, but a revolution." "Oh! that men 
would stoop to learn, or at least cease to destroy."-Stoke's 
Practice. Dr. McNair, of Philadelphia, a physician of 
the old school, makes the following candid confession: 
"I have employed," says he, "the treatment recommended 
in the books, and used indiscriminately by medical men 
during the last forty years, and found them altogether 
useless, not only in my hands, but also in the hands of 
others, who stand at the head of the science."-Medical 
Suggestions, p. 168. The whole art of healing may be 
comprised in three verbs of words, viz.: What? How? 
and When?-in other language, what agent to prescribe? 
how and when to administer it.-Dr. M. Beach. 
"The day has certainly arrived when medicine, like reli- 
gion, should be placed before the fact of the world, stripped 
of all its mysteries, and professional intricacies, and appear 
in its genuine simplicity and rationality, open and undis- 
guised before all who wish to examine and understand it." 
I have too exalted an opinion of Deity to believe that he 
will permit mankind to be tortured much longer with a 
practice so nearly pernicious to the workmanship of his 
hands. The ice has been broken, or the way prepared; the 
flame is here and there bursting forth; and it appears to 
me that the cause of reform will hereafter spread more 
suddenly and rapidly than at any former period, SYMPTOMS AND CURES FOR 
MANY IMPORTANT DISEASES 
Hacking Cough.-All these are either direct or indirect 
symptoms of Consumption. 
Nervous Fevers, etc.-Countenance pale and dejected, 
tremors of the extremities, much weariness, few days after- 
ward the chest oppressed, giddiness, confusion of intellect, 
with sinking or fainting. In violent cases, eruptions on 
the surface, a peculiar hollow sounding of the voice, swell- 
ing of the abdomen, and the patient rapidly sinks, with all 
the symptoms of Typhus. Treatment-Equalize the circu- 
lation, remove local congestion, support the powers of the 
system, emetics in the early stage; after which, gentle pur- 
gatives, cold drinks of a beer made from spicewood, sassa- 
fras, burdock, and black alder; sponge the body. In the 
sinking stage, a glass of good Madeira wine, or porter and 
yeast, may be given. 
Fevers Generally.-Hot breath, dull eyes, nausea, pulse 
quick and small, tongue and mouth coated. Use some mild 
opening medicine, and take two or three drops of the 
tincture of American hellebore, in water, every five or six 
hours. 
Inflammation of the Brain.-Fever, flushed coun- 
tenance, dislike of light, throbbing of the artery on the 
temples. Bathe the feet in warm water, in which is a little 
potash ley; administer a purgative every morning, and give 
a dose of sweating drops occasionally. 
Whooping Cough.-This disease is too well known to 
need description; a removal, for a short time, to another 
quarter, usually cures-if not, take five grains of powdered 
alum, three or four times a day. 
Catarrh and Influenza.-Commences with sneezing 
coughing, hawking, rawness of the lungs and throat, pain 
in the head, etc. The vapor bath will usually remove this 
complaint, but if not, bathe the feet in warm water, and 
79 80 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
upon going to bed, drink hot teas of boneset, or hoar- 
hound. 
Coughs and Colds-are familiar to all. Open the 
bowels with a brisk purge, and take a teaspoonful of the 
following, whenever the cough is troublesome; Syrup of 
Ipecacuanha, one and a half oz.; Syrup of Squills, half 
oz.; Spirit of Sweet Nitre, half oz.; Syrup of Senega, 
half oz. 
Asthma, and Elongation of Palate.-For Asthma, 
smoke, mixed with tobacco, a few leaves of dried stink- 
weed; and for elongation of the palate, gargle, with a 
strong infusion of red pepper or alum water. 
Pleurisy is an inflammation of the lining of the chest, 
and covers all that is contained in that cavity. It begins 
similar to many fevers, chilliness, shivering, pain in the 
parts, etc. Foment the seat of pain with infusion of red 
pepper, and take a teaspoonful of the sweating drops in a 
cup of hot Catnip tea. Repeat as occasion requires. 
Disease of the Heart.-We have inflammation, enlarge- 
ment, thickening of its walls, with palpitation. Take four 
times a day a teaspoonful of the juice of Asparagus, mixed 
with sugar, or a few drops of Tincture of Foxglove, three 
times a day. 
Inflammation of the Diaphragm.-Violent pain, deep- 
seated under the short ribs, extending to the back; breath- 
ing quick, faint and hard; pulse very low, but hard and 
frequent. 
Inflammation of the Stomach.-Fits, cold extremities, 
pulse hard and quick, great thirst, burning heat, pain and 
swelling, hard to breathe or to swallow, with great loss of 
strength and general prostration. 
Inflammation of the Spleen.-Fever, tumor and pain 
in the side, shivering, extremities cold and clammy when 
in the air. 
Liver Complaint-Inflammation and other Diseases 
of the Liver.-Pain in the right side, extending up to the 
shoulders, sometimes, indeed, extending over to the heart, 
dry, short and frequent cough, cannot lay well on the left CURE FOR DISEASES 
81 
side, pain in breathing; vomiting of bilious matter; coated 
tongue; urine deep saffron color. In enlargement, bathe 
the liver with eight pints of water, and two ounces of 
spirit of sea salt, and take five grains of extract of dande- 
lion. 
Intestines or Bowels, Inflammation of.-A highly 
dangerous disease, acute pain, much increased on pressure, 
pain around the navel, costiveness, vomiting of bilious 
matter, sometimes the stools come through the mouth; take 
an ounce of castor oil every two hours until it operates, 
give injections of warm water with a teaspoonful of Laud- 
anum in it. 
Inflammation of the Peritoneum.-This is a skin that 
covers all the contents of the belly or abdomen-it is a 
painful disease; apply a poultice all over the belly, of 
boiled pumpkin, and give three drops of tincture of Ameri- 
can hellebore, every four hours. 
Inflammation of Kidneys.-Pain in the small of the 
back, Testes are drawn up, urine high colored, sometimes 
vomiting; take occasionally a tablespoonful of the follow'- 
ing mixture: carbonate of soda, one drachm; almond mix- 
ture, four oz.; copavai, two drachms; laudanum, sixty 
drops. 
Prolapsus Uteri, or Falling of Womb.-All females 
know this complaint, how sick and weak it makes them feel, 
besides the discharge from the parts. 
Inflammation of the Bladder.-Burning pain, con- 
stant desire to pass water, uneasiness, vomiting, etc.; settle 
the stomach by taking one drop of creosote in water, then 
drink freely of infusion of the herb buchu. 
Diabetes is an inability to retain the urine, which con- 
stantly runs from the patient, wetting the bed, etc. Take 
two of the following pills, night and morning: Powdered 
kino, two scruples; camphor, thirty grains; aromatic pow- 
der, one scruple; mucilage, sufficient to make twenty pills. 
Stone in the Bladder, or Gravel.-Pain in the stom- 
ach, and in passing urine, dissatisfaction with self, and 
disgust of life. Phosphoric acid is a splendid remedy, but 82 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
unless I know the full particulars, I do not think it proper 
to give the prescription. 
Stricture arises from many causes, the passage to the 
neck of the bladder becomes in part closed up, so as to 
stop the passage of water; the pain is intense, and the 
suffering great; the old treatment of the Allopathists is 
•terrible; but I can cure it in a short time, and by easy and 
gentle means. 
Inflammatory Rheumatism, and Rheumatism in Gen- 
eral.-This terrible disease usually commences with weari- 
ness and shivering, followed by heat, anxiety, restlessness, 
thirst, and a full, hard, quick pulse, and ofien with symp- 
toms of inflammatory fever. Pain is felt in both large 
and small joints, sometimes with swelling; the most alarm- 
ing and fatal symptoms ensue if it attacks the Heart, Lungs, 
Stomach, Bowels or Diaphragm; this disease sometimes 
arises from cold, damp, exposure, etc., but more often it 
is the effects of mercury, given by those sly poisoners, the 
Allopaths. You can try the following, for Chronic Rheu- 
matism: Pwd. resin of guaiacum, two drachms; gum arabic, 
three drachms; ext. bitter sweet, three drachms; syrup mal- 
lows, one oz.; water, seven oz.; mix, and take a table- 
spoonful every three hours-if you think Rheumatism is 
caused by mercury, I will send a preparation to put in a 
bath, that will draw it all out like a magnet. 
Eruptions, Small-pox, Itches, Blotches, Cutaneous 
Diseases, etc., all come from impurity of the blood. Space 
will not permit me to enter into them all. For the blood 
is the life, Deut. xii. 23. For the life of the flesh is in 
the blood, Levit. xvii. 11. For the life of all flesh is the 
blood thereof, Levit. xvii. 14. 
Sick Stomach.-Take one drop of creosote in a wine- 
glass of water. If that don't cure, mix one drachm of 
carbonate of potash, with eight ounces of mint water, and 
take one tablespoonful every hour. 
Fits, Convulsions, etc.-The patient is suddenly seized 
with twitchings of the muscles of the face, teeth clinched, 
eyes closed, saliva issues from the mouth, etc. Cramp is 
very similar in many respects. CURE FOR DISEASES 
83 
Suppression of the Catamenia.-This arises from a 
variety of causes, among which may be mentioned want 
of blood in the system, taking cold, wet feet, late hours, 
etc. 
The following is a very good prescription: Take am- 
moniac, pill aloes and myrrh, each one drachm; castile 
soap, extract of conium, each one drachm and a-half; mix 
thoroughly, and make into pills, weighing three grains 
each, and take one pill three or four times a-day. Highly 
useful in green sickness. Ladies who are thus suffering 
would do well to consult a physician without delay, as the 
foundation of fatal maladies are ofttimes laid by careless- 
ness or neglect. 
White Swelling is the result of an effusion of water 
betwixt the joints of the knees. The Allopathists go in for 
cutting off the leg, but I prefer to use an ointment, four 
parts nitrate of silver, and lard eight parts; apply to the 
joint occasionally, and for internal medicine, write to or 
consult some physician of the Reformed practice. 
Dropsy, local or general, depends upon general de- 
rangement of the system, and cannot be cured by tapping. 
I never fail in curing it with some of the following internal 
medicines: Indian hemp, infusion horse-radish, wine of 
bryony, carrot seeds, foxglove, henbane, elder bark, helle- 
bore, squirting cucumber, dandelion, or veratria. 
Exercise.-Too much rest during pregnancy is injurious 
to both mother and child. Hence, ladies so circumstanced 
should take moderate exercise in the open air. 
Insanity, Mental Derangement, etc.-The symptoms 
of this unfortunate disease are so well known, and so 
obvious to all, that I deem a description unnecessary. The 
old school bleed, blister, and cup-generally killing the 
patient, a method of treatment I am strenuously opposed to; 
as there are many forms of insanity, it is always prudent 
to consult a physician. I have succeeded in many cases. 
Delirium Tremens, Hysteria, etc., present symptoms 
peculiar in themselves; the former imagines he sees ani- 
mals, snakes, etc.; the latter is one moment convulsed with 84 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
laughter, and the next weeping. The use of the bromides 
of potassium or ammonia is here valuable. 
Palsy is the paralyzation of a nerve, or set of nerves. I 
cure it with pills made from the bean of St. Ignatia, etc. 
Swooning and Fainting.-Throw cold water in the face, 
and apply to the nose, to smell, strong water of ammonia. 
Apoplexy.-The patient falls suddenly down, vomits, 
foams at the mouth, features very red. Good treatment and 
nursing will save. 
Summer Complaint in Children.-Produced by teeth- 
ing, green fruit, exposure to the sun, producing derange- 
ment of the liver. Feed the child very sparingly; let it 
drink plenty of the infusion of the Benne leaves, or black- 
berry root tea. 
Excessive Flow of the Catamenia.-All know when 
this is in excess; and the best treatment they can pursue is, 
to lay in a horizontal position, and take one of the fol- 
lowing pills every hour, until the discharge moderates: 
Tannic acid, half drachm; extract of opium, one grain; 
conserve of roses sufficient to mix and make twenty pills. 
Painful Flow of the Catamenia.-Take southernwood, 
six drachms; boiling water, one pint; let is soak for two 
hours, then strain and drink a cupful hot, every one or two 
hours. 
Scurvy.-Eruptions all over the body, cracking of the 
joints, pain when moving about. Take of the following 
mixture one teaspoonful, every two or three hours: conserve 
of scurvy-grass, one drachm; calamus, one drachm; syrup 
of orange peel, four oz.; aromatic sulphuric acid, one 
drachm. Mix. 
Worms.-Paleness and flushing 
of the face; irritation and itching 
of the nose; grinding the teeth; 
sour breath; great thirst and 
swelled bowels; convulsions, fits, 
etc. Any of the following medi- 
cines are useful in removing these vermin, but it is impos- 
sible for me to prescribe the dose, as each class of worms 
require a peculiar remedy. Aloes, wormwood, asafcetida. CURE FOR DISEASES 
85 
azedarach, cochineal and salt, male fern, cabbage tree bark, 
cowage, castor oil and ether, savin, pink root, tansy, tur- 
pentine and jalap, oppoponax, etc., etc. Don't take the 
Allopath's remedy-calomel and scammony. 
Cancer.-This fearful affection makes itself known to 
the patient by sharp pains in the seat of the disease; it is 
knotty and uneven to the touch, and when it breaks, it is 
an ulcer of the most unfavorable kind. Treatment-en- 
deavor to destroy it at once by applying a mixture of 
chloride of zinc and bloodroot, or ointment of cherry laurel, 
or ointment of iodide of potassium and opium; and for 
internal use, pills made as follows: extract belladonna, 
twelve grains; extract of dandelion, twenty-four grains; 
powdered ipecacuanha, twelve grains. Divide into 24 pills, 
and take one pill three times a day. 
Hemmorrhoids or Piles are enlarged veins. They are 
either internal or external, bleeding or not. They arise 
from sedentary habits, taking drastic purges of aloes, etc. 
For* piles that do not bleed, apply the following ointment: 
Powdered alum, six scruples; opium, ten grains; simple 
ointment, one oz. And take internally a piece the size of 
a nutmeg, three times a day, of the following mixture: 
Powd. black pepper and elecampane, of each eight oz.; 
fennel seed, twenty-two oz.; honey and sugar, of each, one 
pound; mix well together. 
Scrofula or King's Evil.-This disease is the result of 
eating too much pork; it is a fearful disease. I remove 
every particle of it from tire system. 
Diseases of the Eyes are numerous and various, and I 
shall not prescribe any treatment, as it takes great experi- 
ence to discriminate and judge of the proper remedy, and 
I should have to have a full description of symptoms to 
form a diagnosis. 
Lockjaw.-The lower jaw is contracted and hard, and 
the patient cannot open the mouth. Treatment depends 
upon remedies that will relax the nerves. Opium, extract 
hemp, dippels, animal oil, etc., all stand high. 
Hernia or Rupture is tire protrusion of any of the 86 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
viscera of the body. The term is usually applied to pro- 
trusion of the intestines; bad and old cases can only be 
relieved (not cured) by the truss. For young and middle- 
aged men who have not been ruptured many years, I fre- 
quently succeed in permanently curing them with a remedy, 
the secret of which I bought in Europe, many years ago. 
No truss is employed. 
Mortification.-When the process of mortification is 
going on, there is acute pain in the part. After it is com- 
pleted, the pain ceases, and if we cannot save the part in 
the first instance, we must direct our attention to limiting 
its spread, and wait until nature throws off the dead por- 
tion ; sufferers had better consult me or some other member 
of the Reformed practice. 
Wounds.-Lacerations, contusions, falls, accidents. All 
these and in many more ways are wounds produced, as gun 
shot wounds. Pain and loss of blood with fever, loss of 
strength, etc., are active symptoms, and often indicate the 
degree and extent of the wound. There are wounds of the 
tendons, joints, head-poisoned wounds, as of the snake, 
serpent, lizard, and scorpion, which usually give a strong, 
full and agitated pulse, with swelling of the whole body, 
bloody sweats, faintings, chatterings; groans and pains of 
the sufferer indicate that his last hour in this life is near 
at hand. Wounds should be washed with a decoction of 
common plantain. It may also be drank. It is almost a 
sure cure for all poisoned wounds. If there is bleeding 
from a blood-vessel, press the finger on the artery, and 
retain it until professional aid arrives. 
Felons.-Commence with pricking, throbbing, swelling, 
and inflammation. Steam the finger in hot herbs, such as 
catnip, sage, wormwood, hoarhound, timothy, tansy and 
hops, an ounce of each boiled till the strength is drawn 
out. 
Salt Rheum is an inveterate eruption on the body, hands 
and legs, scabs appear and are rubbed off, there is much 
itching. Wash with the following: Celadine, one table- 
spoonful; Irish whiskey, one pint; mix and let it stand a 
few days before use. CURE FOR DISEASES 
87 
Chilblains are familiar to all. Wash the feet frequently 
with the following lotion: carbonate of potassa, one oz.; 
water, one pint. 
Ringworm.-Apply an ointment made of the cocculus 
indicus. 
Tumors or Wens.-Apply occasionally strong tincture 
of iodine. If they do not disappear, write to me. 
Tic Douloureux.-Steaming the face over hot bitter 
herbs, applying a plaster of belladonna on the side of 
the face, or taking five or six drops of wine of colchicum, 
three or four times a day; all of these are good. 
Deafness.-The following is a good remedy: Take bal- 
sam of peru, half drachm; narcotic oil and onion juice, 
each one oz.; mix, and apply a dossil of lint dipped in the 
above, to the inside of the ear. If that does not cure, write 
to me. 
Scalds and Burns.-Keep the air as much as possible 
from the part burned, and apply an ointment made of 
wild indigo and lard. 
Poison.-When it is suspected that poisons have been 
taken from any cause, give the patient, as soon as you can, 
large quantities of fresh milk, also lamp oil, and repeat till 
vomiting commences. It will generally produce a cure. 
Cholera.-Cholera commences with griping pains in 
the stomach, cramp, vomiting, etc. Let the patient as soon 
as he feels these symptoms make some very weak ley from 
hardwood ashes, and drink freely till he feels the symptoms 
subside. Or, if this is not handy, take a piece of gum 
camphor, the size of a pin's head, every three minutes, 
until convalescent. 
Infantile Diseases.-All ordi- 
nary diseases of children, such as 
gripes, purging, acidity of stom- 
ach, nausea, convulsions, canker, 
thrush, rash, hives, etc., need but 
ordinary care and attention, and the right sort of remedies, to 
be speedily obviated. I have made up a family course, which 
contains everything necessary to cure any of the complaints 
to which little children are subject. Or3Do not murder 88 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
your babies by giving them old school poisons. I may as 
well say here, and in this connection, that I must enjoin 
upon all persons who use my medicines the necessity of 
indulging in fresh, pure air, and plenty of exercise. Both 
are imperatively required. Added to this is a seasonable 
regulation of diet. 
Sore Nipples of Nursing Mothers.-Make a powder 
of equal parts of powdered gum arabic and borax, and 
dust it over the nipples after nursing. To prevent Cracked 
or Sore Nipples get five grains of powdered Alum and five 
grains of Tannin, and mix them with half-ounce of brandy 
and half-ounce olive oil, and apply a little daily for a 
few days, prior to the anticipated birth of the child. 
Inflammation of the Womb is recognized by continu- 
ous burning in that organ, a sense of weight, darting and 
shooting pains; sometimes the whole abdomen becomes ex- 
ceedingly painful and swollen. 
Treatment.-Thoroughly evacuate the bowels with cool- 
ing medicines, such as cream of tartar or rochelle salts, 
and apply mustard draughts and hot fomentations of bitter 
herbs to the lower part of the body. Smartweed, hops, hore- 
hound, and the like are all valuable for fomentations. 
Milk Leg, a swelling occurring a few days after child- 
birth, commences usually with swelling in the groin, ex- 
tends down the thigh, and often to the feet. 
Treatment.-The bowels should be freely opened with 
rochelle salts or cream of tartar, and the leg bathed con- 
stantly with a solution of salt, vinegar, and water, with 
occasional fomentations of hot herbs. Also apply the fol- 
lowing liniment, twice a-day: sweet oil and spirits of 
camphor, each two oz.; creosote and laudanum, each one oz. 
Mix them all together. The disease generally terminates 
with copious sweating, and a profuse flow of urine. 
Nursing Sore Mouth.-Women are often subject to 
cancerous sores in the mouth, of a whitish gray appearance, 
at the time of nursing. 
The treatment consists of taking one teaspoonful of the 
following mixture, twice a day: hydriodate of potassa, two 
drachms, dissolved in four ounces of cold water, and wash- CURE FOR DISEASES 
89 
ing out the mouth several times a day with a strong cold 
infusion of cinchona bark. 
Sore Breast, or Nipples, are ofttimes caused more 
by tight dresses than the child nursing. 
Treatment.-The nipples should be well dried after each 
nursing, and a little powdered starch or magnesia sprinkled 
upon them. If this is not sufficient, make an ointment by 
simmering, with mutton tallow, a small quantity of the 
herbs smartweed and bittersweet, and apply it two or three 
times a day. 
To Dry Up the Milk.-Take four oz. of strong tincture 
of camphor, and add to it one oz. of powdered castile 
soap. Rub it on the breasts twice a day. 
Inflamed Breasts, usually the result of taking cold, or 
retention of milk. 
Treatment.-Apply the skin of a Mink, a fresh one from 
the animal if possible. If it cannot be had, dip a dried 
one into warm water, and apply it all over the breast. Do 
not cut off the fur. 
Ague in the Breast is an inflammation and induration 
of the mammary or milk-glands, attended with redness, pain, 
swelling, and hardening, often ending in suppuration and 
cancer. 
Treatment.-Mix equal parts of tinctures of smart- 
weed, mayweed, and camomile flowers, and give a teaspoon- 
ful every half-hour until free perspiration is induced. Also, 
mix vinegar and water, and add all the salt that will dis- 
solve in it, and apply to the breasts with flannel, as hot as 
possible. 
Vomiting During Pregnancy.-In the early months of 
pregnancy, many females (especially when with the first 
child), endure much suffering from vomiting; in fact, in 
a few cases the life of the female has almost been despaired 
of. In urgent cases it is, therefore, necessary to endeavor 
to mitigate the suffering, and this will be best accomplished 
by an abridgment of the diet, using nothing but light food, 
such as milk, vegetables, etc. It is highly injudicious to 
use brandy, opium, or other drugs, as they only aggravate 90 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and protract the evil; but, in general, a recumbent position, 
resumed for the morning sickness as soon as it occurs, and 
abstinence from food for a few hours, with a full draught 
of cold water, will moderate the disorder, and in a short 
time it usually disappears. For the heartburn, and other 
symptoms of indigestion, a teaspoonful of calcined mag- 
nesia, once or twice a week, at night, followed by a glass of 
cool lemonade. 
Hints to Mothers.-All the statistics of children show 
that about one-half of them die before they reach the age 
of five years. It is a little short of mockery of creative 
wisdom to suppose this is unavoidable, and in many cases it 
arises by the mothers having no regular principle in the 
nurture of their infants. The lower classes are excessively 
ignorant, and far from cleanly, or attentive to a variety 
of circumstances affecting the comfort of their children. 
The upper ranks of society are, as a general thing, by no 
means ignorant of the duties necessary to the preservation 
of their children, and even where ignorant of those duties, 
are at least able to purchase advice; but the most of those 
known as the aristocracy are culpably careless in regard 
to the nurturing and bringing up of their family. A visit 
to the nursery once a day, and the care of an ignorant 
and ofttimes vicious nurse girl, is all the care and attention 
such children receive. These mothers, who generally man- 
age their children the best, are the wives of tradesmen, 
farmers and men of business. They are not above attending 
to the wants of their children in their proper person; and 
as the sitting-room is usually also the nursery, the principles 
of morality, religion, and decorum become implanted in the 
susceptible infant's mind. To bring up children in close, 
heated rooms renders them liable to take cold, on the 
slightest exposure, and it is, therefore, judicious to allow 
them an access of plenty of pure air in moderate weather. 
The heads of children should be kept cool, and their bodies 
comfortably clad. No greater mistake can be made than 
piling on their bodies pyramids of woolens and furs-they 
become over-heated, fretful, and debilitated. Children 
should not be set too early upon their feet; much deformity 
frequently results from neglect of this precaution. Plain CURE FOR DISEASES 
91 
diet is the best for all children; this pampering with rich 
cake, sweetmeats, and sugar-plums soon destroys the rosy 
cheek, and lays the foundation for dyspepsia and kindred 
affections of the stomach. Do not be constantly physicing 
your child, and particularly with the different nostrums, 
such as the soothing syrups, Godfrey's cordial, paregoric, 
etc.; they all contain opium in some shape or another, and 
as a result destroys the mental faculties. LOVE HATH ITS MAGNET 
Where true love reigns, sorrow has no permanent abiding 
place, and hatred can never come; each soul is a delight 
unto the other; each person is a fountain of happiness to 
the partner of life. Where there is true love between wife 
and husband, neither will tire of the other, nor grow weary 
in providing each for the other's comfort and happiness. 
By love is the whole world stimulated for good and bap- 
tized into various deeds, directly or indirectly. Through 
the influence of this, the one sex is willing to labor day and 
night to gather that which shall give happiness to its com- 
panion. Love has greater power than is contained in all 
other forces of the universe combined. Destroy lawful love, 
and the vitrue, the happiness, and all the choicest of earthly 
blessings would be obliterated from among men. Pure and 
uncorrupted love is the prime mover for joy and happiness 
upon earth to man and woman; and it must not be suffered 
to be destroyed, or deteriorated by unlawful impressions, 
for thereby unhappiness, disease and death would come, to 
make miserable the whole human race. 
Love is the fountain of happiness for man in domestic 
life; it is the ruling power of all animal creation. And if 
in this, mankind obeyed the obvious dictates of God, and 
married young and kept themselves pure, consumption and 
many other diseases would soon be banished from among us, 
and the whole race would become healthier, happier, and 
wiser. Shame upon the judges and the rulers of the land, 
that they do not put forth the power for the suppression of 
vice, and thereby save thousands! Shame upon the mem- 
bers of the medical profession, that they do not instruct the 
people of the evils, instead of curing themselves from the 
pockets of the ignorant! Shame upon the divines who 
should be bold teachers of the people, that they do not 
cry aloud against the continuance of the evil in our midst! 
Why should they be dumb to the interests of man and of 
heaven? Why not come forth, clothed in the armor of God, 
92 LOVE HATH ITS MAGNET 
93 
and speak the truth unto the people, even though it cut 
right and left, like the two-edge sword of the angel of God? 
Shame upon those who pronounce sin "a necessary evil," 
and thus discourage early marriage, virtue and purity; from 
which discouragement come disease and degeneration. 
Upon the women of the country I would call-upon the 
mothers and daughters of the land-to come out and uphold 
the purity of their sex, and labor for the regeneration of 
the fallen; to strive to banish sin. If they will do this, they 
will receive the thanks of millions yet unborn, and find laid 
up for them in heaven a crown of glory, for saving thou- 
sands from sorrow, sickness, pain, and early death. 
The magnetism of true love is wonderful, its electric 
fires have led many and many a person over sea and land. 
Truly has it been said that "love is strong as death."- 
Songs viii. 6. 
True love is an offspring of God; for God himself is 
love. And when the soul of man or woman has found its 
counterpart-its own attracting magnet-and is joined to 
its fellow in the bonds of matrimony, the very angels of 
heaven will smile of gladness and joy. But if the soul 
find not its magnet, the true breath, and essence, and spirit 
of the marriage relation cannot be enjoyed. How often do 
we see the magnetism of love operate to carry a man thou- 
sands of miles away, that he may unite his soul to the soul 
of her who seems to have been appointed for his bride. 
How often do we see the maiden refuse many offers of 
marriage, feeling within herself that she has not yet found 
the counterpart of her heart-that her attracting magnet 
has not yet drawn her soul away into the soul of another. 
The man and woman feel within them an instinctive long- 
ing after the magnet of their souls, and are not satisfied 
until they feel the magnetism of another soul and are drawn 
irresistibly to the bosom where the longing of love is 
quenched in matrimonial bliss. As the soul of the godly 
man searches out the soul of another like unto itself, or 
as the soul of the ungodly searcheth out for another un- 
godly soul, so does the love of man or woman go forth to 
find and meet its attracting magnet. And when finally the 94 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
heart has found its magnet, and two earnestly loving spirits 
are united together, there peace and happiness will abound; 
there health will be much more likely to be found than 
where two dissimilar and unloving hearts are joined to- 
gether; there will be better tempered, more lovely, more 
intelligent, more healthful, offspring. But where marriage 
has taken place without this affinity of soul-discords, and 
coldness, and contentions come, breeding unhappiness and 
longing for what is not possessed, which in their turn gen- 
erate often, declines and consumption, that lead swiftly to 
the tomb. MONEY MAKING RECIPES 
To Restore Black Beaver Hats.-Brush them with a 
coarse brush thoroughly, then carry over them a hot iron, 
after which drop ten drops of sweet oil in the palm of the 
hand and spread it over the hairs of a fine brush, with which 
brush the hat; if the hat is broken, mould it out, and apply 
inside a piece of cardboard; to fasten it on, make a glue by 
dissolving shellac in alcohol. 
Imitation Cognac Brandy.-Take thirty gallons of pure 
spirits, half pound essence of cognac, one-half gallon of 
syrup of gum arabic, half gallon of coloring, made by 
burning sugar and dissolving in water, one pint of tincture 
of oak bark, half an ounce of acetic ether. By reducing the 
quantity of the oak bark and burnt sugar, a pale brandy can 
be made. 
Rochelle Brandy is Imitated-By one-half pound of 
extract of cognac, to two and a half barrels of pure spirits 
(a barrel contains about 45 gallons), one-quarter pound 
essence of violets, one-half gallon of syrup of gum arabic, 
one pint of tincture of oak bark; to the above, add five gal- 
lons of genuine rochelle brandy, and mix. 
To Make Imitation Whiskeys.-Bourbon whiskey: add 
to four barrels of common rectified corn whiskey one pound 
essence of Bourbon, one-quarter ounce of spirits of sweet 
nitre, one gallon of syrup. Irish whiskey: one pound 
essence of Irish whiskey, one-quarter of an ounce of sweet 
spirits of nitre, one-half gallon of syrup of gum, four bar- 
rels of good rye whiskey. Scotch whiskey is made in the 
same way, only add the essence of Scotch whiskey, instead 
of the Irish essence. 
To Make Aquaria, or Artificial Fish Ponds for Par- 
lors.-Take two plates of glass, two feet long by fourteen 
inches broad; also two other plates sixteen inches long by 
fourteen inches deep-now take a slab of slate or marble, 
two feet two inches long by sixteen inches broad, and draw 
a line all round the slab, two inches from the edge, and 
95 96 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
with a fine chisel dig a groove about a sixth or eighth of 
an inch deep, just broad enough to receive the edge of the 
glass; then make a framework of wood, tin, or iron, to 
receive the corners of the glass after it is fixed in the 
grooves-cement the whole together, firmly, with Roman 
cement. When it is dry, if you wish to keep fresh water 
fish, take some of the deposit from the banks of the river 
from which you intend to obtain your fish; also, the roots 
of some of the water plants that grow there; plant them 
in the bottom of your glass frame, and fill with the water 
from the same river; now obtain some of the grubs and in- 
sects that inhabit that water, and put them in, and as soon 
as the plants begin to grow, obtain some of the smallest 
fishes you can, and put them in the aquaria-where you 
can keep them alive for years, without changing the water. 
Shells and pieces of rock may be thrown in for ornament. 
If you wish to make a salt water aquaria, proceed in the 
same way, only obtain all your material from the sea. The 
philosophy of this arrangement is this: the plants are 
nourished by the effete matter thrown off by the fish; the 
insects and grubs feed upon the decaying vegetable matter, 
and the fishes feed upon the insects, etc. It being an equal 
exchange all around, no food is required, as the grubs 
multiply and supply the demands of the fish. 
To Fill Hollow Teeth.-Dissolve a little gum mastic 
in ether, and thicken with prepared chalk; pul into the tooth 
when soft. 
To Prevent Kerosene from Exploding.-Take a strong 
stone jug, and put in a little chalk, on which pour sulphuric 
acid, one or two ounces; over the mouth of the jug secure a 
piece of india-rubber piping, and let the pipe lead into 
your can of kerosene. Occasionally agitate the kerosene 
can, and the carbonic acid gas will become impregnated 
with the kerosene. This will prepare over one hundred 
gallons. It burns with a wick, the same as other kerosene, 
but it is impossible for the lamp to explode. 
Instantaneous Hair Dye.-Take one drachm of nitrate 
of silver, and add to it just sufficient rain-water to dissolve 
it, and no more; then the strong spirit of ammonia, and MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
97 
gradually pour on the solution of silver until it becomes 
as clear as water (the addition of the ammonia at first 
makes it brown); then wrap round the bottle two or three 
covers of blue paper, to exclude the light-otherwise it 
will spoil. Having made this, obtain two drachms of gallic 
acid; put this into another bottle which will contain one- 
half pint; pour upon it hot water, and let it stand until 
cold, when it is fit for use. 
Directions to Dye the Hair.-First wash the head, 
beard, or mustache, with soap and water; afterwards with 
clean water. Dry, and apply the gallic acid solution, with 
a clean brush. When it is almost dry, take a small tooth 
comb, and with a fine brush, put on the teeth of the comb 
a little of the silver solution, and comb it through the hair; 
when it will become a brilliant jet black. Wait a few 
hours; then wash the head again with clean water. If you 
want to make a brown dye, add double or treble the quantity 
of water to the silver solution, and you can obtain any shade 
of color you choose. 
To Make the Hair Soft and Glossy.-Put one ounce 
of castor oil in one pint of bay rum or alcohol, and color 
it with a little of the tincture of alkanet root. Apply a 
little every morning. 
Indelible Ink for Marking Clothing.-Nitrate of sil- 
ver, five scruples; gum arabic, two drachms; sap green, one 
scruple; distilled water, one ounce; mix together. Before 
writing on the article to be marked, apply a little of the 
following: carbonate of soda, one-half ounce; distilled 
water, four ounces; let this last, which is the mordant, get 
dry; then, with a quill pen, write what you require. 
Inodorous Preparation for Cleaning Kid Gloves.- 
Take fine curd soap, say one pound, and scrape it into a 
fine powder; put it into a jar, and pour upon it, from time 
to time, sufficient strong alcohol to make it into a thick 
jelly; now add one teaspoonful of ether, and one-half tea- 
spoonful of liquor potassae; mix together, and put it into 
small bottles well corked. When you desire to clean gloves, 
put them on the hand, and with a piece of flannel rub on a 
little of the preparation, when the dirt will disappear. 98 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Poudre Subtile for Removing Superfluous Hair.- 
Take powdered quick-lime, two parts; sulphuret of arsenic, 
one part; starch, one part; mix into a fine powder, and keep 
in a close corked bottle. When required for use, take a 
small quantity and add two or three drops of water, and 
apply on the part you desire to remove the hair from-let 
it remain about ten minutes, or until it becomes red, then 
wash off. 
Imitation Madeira Wine.-Take two gallons of honey; 
two gallons of white sugar syrup; ten gallons of pure spirit; 
ten gallons of cider; ten gallons of common Hungarian 
wine; ten gallons of any of the German light wines, or 
water; one pint of tincture of hops; one-half pound of 
essence of Madeira wine; two gallons of elderberry juice; 
one gallon of huckleberry juice; mix together. 
Imitation Champagne from Cider.-Take fifty gallons 
of good cider; put in one and a half gallons of strained 
honey, or twelve pounds of white sugar; stir them up, and 
set aside for nine days-clear the cider by adding two 
ounces of dissolved isinglass; then add two gallons of pure 
spirits-after four or five days, bottle the clear liquid, 
and it will sparkle and drink like champagne. 
Two Cures for Drunkenness.-Tartar emetic, two 
grains; rose water, four ounces; mix. Put a tablespoonful 
into the whole quantity the man drinks through the day, 
and let him take it as usual-be sure not to exceed this 
quantity. Another cure is to compel the patient to drink 
nothing but spirits for a w7eek-he will be thoroughly dis- 
gusted. 
To Promote the Growth of the Hair.-Garlic, four 
cloves; alcohol, two pints; let it stand for two days, then 
strain, and add burdock, eight ounces. Sponge the head 
every night, for some weeks. 
Hair Restorers and Invigorators.-There are hun- 
dreds; Lyon's, Woods', Barry's, Bogie's, Javne's, Storr's, 
Bakers', Driscol's, Phalon's, Haskel's, Allen's, Spalding's, 
etc. But though all under different names, are similar in 
principle; being vegetable oils dissolved in alcohol, with 
the addition of spirit of soap, and as astringent material, MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
99 
such as tincture of catechu, or infusion of hark. The best 
is to dissolve one ounce of tincture of cantharides, two 
ounces of tincture of catechu, two ounces of lemon juice, 
two ounces of tincture of cinchona; and to scent it, add oil 
of lavender or oil of rosemary, or both. 
Liquid Rouge for the Complexion.-Four ounces of 
alcohol, two ounces of water, twenty grains of carmine; 
twenty grains of ammonia, six grains of oxalic acid, six 
grains of alum-mix. 
Viniagre Rouge.-Cochineal, three drachms; carmine 
lake, three drachms; alcohol, six drachms; mix, and then 
put into one pint of vinegar, perfumed with lavender; let 
it stand a fortnight, then strain for use. 
Good Imitation of Port Wine.-Take five gallons of 
hard cider, one-half gallon of huckleberry juice, one gallon 
of elderberry juice, one-half pound of essence of port 
wine, one gallon of syrup, five gallons of pure spirits, five 
gallons of soft water. 
Gooseberry Champagne.-To ten gallons of ripe mashed 
gooseberries, add nine gallons of boiling water, and a few 
ounces of orris root and ginger, and boil for half an hour; 
then strain and add twenty-five pounds of yeast, one-half 
pound of cream of tartar, one-quarter pound of rock candy; 
let it ferment for several weeks; then add one-half gallon 
of good brandy, and two ounces of Russian isinglass; stir 
it up well, and set the casks aside for some months-then 
draw off in champagne bottles, cork and wire them. 
Imitation of French Claret Wine.-Five gallons of 
red wine, one-half gallon of raspberry juice, one-quarter 
pound of essence of claret, two and one-half gallons of pure 
spirits, five gallons of water, two and one-half gallons of 
cider-to make it a deeper color, if desired, add a little 
tincture of red saunder's wood; or to make it sweeter, add 
common syrup. 
Sparkling Wines.-Any wine may be made to sparkle 
by putting it through a second course of fermentation, and 
bottling quickly. If starch sugar is added to any light wine 
this can be brought about; rock candy answers the purpose 
very well. 100 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Feuchtwanger's Tooth Paste.-Powdered myrrh, two 
oz.; burnt alum, one oz.; cream tartar, one oz.; cuttie fish 
bone, four oz.; drop lake, two oz.; honey, half a gallon. 
Mix. 
Fine Tooth Powders.-Powdered orris root, one oz.; 
Peruvian bark, one oz.; prepared chalk, one oz.; myrrh, 
one-half oz. 
Superior Cologne Water.-Alcohol, one gallon; add 
oil of cloves, lemon, nutmeg, and bergamot, each one 
drachm; oil neroli, three and a half drachms; seven drops 
of oils of rosemary, lavender, and cassia; half pint of spirits 
of sweet nitre; half pint of elderflower water. Let it stand 
a day or two, then take a culender and at the bottom lay 
a piece of white cloth, and fill it up, one-fourth of white 
sand, and filter through it. 
Complexion Pomatum.-Mutton grease, one pound; 
oxid of bismuth, four oz.; powdered French chalk, two 
oz. Mix. 
Artificial Coffee.-Take chicory and coffee, wheat or 
rye, or Hunt's breakfast powder, sassafras, nuts or chips, 
and roast the whole, and grind together. To improve coffee, 
take thirteen parts, chicory three parts; grind together. 
Substitute for coffee-Bread raspings, or peeled acorns 
roasted in a little fat. 
Artificial Guano.-Bone dust, fifty pounds; urine, five 
gallons; sulphate of soda, twenty pounds; sulphate of 
ammonia, ten pounds; mix together. Another guano- 
Bone dust, two bushels; sulphate of ammonia, twenty 
pounds; sulphate of soda, twenty pounds; common green 
vitriol, four pounds; dried bullock or other animal blood, 
twenty pounds; grind the whole in a bean mill. 
Artificial Manure.-To two bushels of pulverized bones 
(or charred bones that have been used in sugar refineries), 
add forty pounds of oil of vitriol; twenty gallons of gas- 
house liquor; twenty pounds of sulphate of soda; two bu- 
shels of street dirt or garbage; ten gallons of urine; let 
the whole dry in a mass, and grind into powder with a 
bean mill. MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
101 
Peruvian Guano.-Plaster of Paris, two hundred 
pounds; sulphate of ammonia, forty pounds; saltpetre, 
twenty-five pounds; bone dust, two bushels; grind up. 
Poudrette.-Bone black, two bushels; sulphate of am- 
monia, twenty pounds; nitrate of soda, ten pounds; dried 
blood, forty pounds; grind up. 
Tests for Guano.-Burn one ounce in an iron ladle, and 
it ought to leave two and half drachms of ashes-good 
guano weighs sixty-eight to seventy-eight pounds per bu- 
shel; adulterated, it will weigh one hundred and ten to 
one hundred and twenty pounds; all the above chemical 
manures can be manufactured by any farmer, at cheap 
rates, and by using them on his land will raise immense 
crops-in fact double or treble the quantity he could with- 
out them-they are applicable to all kinds of plants and 
seedings. 
Paste Resembling the Diamond.-Take white sand; 
nine hundred parts; red lead, six hundred parts; pearl-ash, 
four hundred and fifty parts; nitre, three hundred parts; 
arsenic, fifty parts; manganese, half a part. Fuse and 
cool. To make it harder use less lead, and if it should 
have a yellow tint, add a little more manganese. 
Imitation Topaz.-Strass, five hundred parts; glass of 
antimony, twenty-one parts; purple of cassius, half a part- 
fuse for twenty-four hours, and cool slowly. 
English Imitation of Holland Gin.-Juniper berries, 
two pounds; silent spirit (proof), eighty-three gallons; 
water sufficient-draw off one hundred gallons. 
English London Cordial Gin.-Of the oil of bitter al- 
monds, vitriol, turpentine, and juniper, one-half a drachm 
each. Kill the oils in spirits of wine-fifteen gallons of 
rectified proof spirits; to which, add one drachm coriander 
seeds; one drachm powdered orris root; half a pint of 
elder-flower water; ten pounds of sugar, and five gallons of 
liquor or water. 
Imitation of the Ruby.-Strass, eighty parts; oxide of 
manganese, two parts. Mix, and fuse same as topaz. 
Imitation Emerald.-Strass, five hundred parts; glass 102 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
of antimony, twenty parts; oxide of cobalt, three parts. 
Fuse with care for twenty-four hours, then cool slowly. 
Imitation Sapphire.-Oxide cobalt, one part; strass, 
eighty parts. Fuse carefully for thirty-six hours. 
To Cure Corns and Warts.-Take galvanum, one oz; 
pitch, one-half oz.; litharge plaster, two drachms. Melt, 
and add verdigris and muriate of ammonia, of each, one oz., 
and apply over the corn, or wart, with a strip of leather. 
To Make Artificial Lightning.-Take finely powdered 
rosin, five parts; gunpowder, one part. Scatter it rapidly 
and extensively, over the flame of a candle that gives very 
little light, in a room nearly dark. 
To Make Water Boil Faster by Pouring Upon It Cold 
Water.-Take a round-bottomed glass flask (best glass), 
that will hold about eight ounces, fill it two-thirds full of 
cold water, leave out the cork, and hold it over a spirit lamp 
until it boils; immediately this takes place, put in the cork, 
and turn it bottom upwards, and wait one minute until the 
boiling has ceased; now pour on the bottle of cold water, 
and it will boil and bubble furiously. The more cold water 
you add the faster it boils. 
To Remove Freckles and Tan.-Tincture of benzoin, 
one pint; tincture tolou, one-half pint; oil rosemary, one- 
half oz. Put one teaspoonful of the above mixture in one- 
quarter pint of water, and with a towel wash the face night 
and morning. 
To Cure Baldness.-Take water, one pint; pearl-ash, 
one-half ounce; onion juice, one gill. Mix, and cork in a 
bottle. Rub the head night and morning, with a rough 
towel, dipped in the mixture. 
Solder for Metals.-Two parts brass, one part zinc. 
Silver Solder.-Six parts brass, five parts silver, two 
parts zinc. 
Liquid Solder.-One part chloride zinc, two parts sal 
ammoniac. 
Silvering of Brass.-Two parts chloride of silver, one 
part sal ammoniac, one-half part of salt, one-half of glass 
gall. MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
103 
Warm Silvering.-One-half ounce chloride of silver, 
two ounces salt, two ounces of sal ammoniac, two ounces 
of glass gall. 
Cold Silvering.-One-half ounce chloride of silver, three 
ounces of salt, three ounces of cream of tartar. 
Dry Silvering.-One part of chloride of silver, three 
parts pearl-ashes, one part chalk, one part salt. 
Alloy for Writing Pens.-Four parts platina, three 
parts silver, one part copper. 
Imitation Silver.-Eleven ounces refined nickel, two 
ounces metallic bismuth. Melt the composition three times, 
and pour them out in ley. The third time, when melting, 
add two ounces of pure silver. 
Imitation Gold.-Four ounces platina, three ounces sil- 
ver, one ounce copper. 
The New Gold.- (Abyssinian)-To one hundred parts 
copper, melt, with six parts magnesia, three and one-half 
parts sal ammoniac, one and eight-tenth parts quick-lime, 
and nine parts cream of tartar; and, when fusing for some 
time, add seventeen parts zinc, and stir it quickly. 
Another Gold Imitation.-Sixteen parts copper, seven 
parts platina, melted with borax and charcoal, and one part 
zinc added. 
Tough and Elastic Platina.-To one ounce platina 
scraps, add one hundredth part steel. If one three hun- 
dredth parts steel are added, it will be suitable for cutting 
instruments-if equal parts of platina and steel, a very 
white, ductile alloy is obtained, capable of taking a very 
high polish-if eight parts steel are added to one part 
platina, it forms the best material for mirrors. 
Copper Amalgam for Dentists.-Three parts copper, 
seven parts mercury. 
German Silver for Sheet.-Twenty parts nickel, sixty 
parts copper, twenty parts zinc. 
German Silver for Castings.-One pound nickel, three 
pounds copper, four pounds zinc, one and a half ounces 
lead. 104 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
White and Soft Metallic Composition.-Forty-four 
ounces steel, four and three-quarter ounces nickel, three and 
three-quarter ounces antimony, one-half ounce cream of 
tartar. 
White Metal.-Thirty-two parts tin, three parts of cop- 
per which has been previously soaked in vinegar, sal am- 
moniac and pitch. 
White Metal for Casting and Rolling.-Fifty-five 
parts copper, thirty-three parts nickel, seventeen parts zinc, 
three parts iron, two parts tin. 
Metallic Pencils (for writing on paper).-Seventy 
parts lead, thirty parts bismuth, eight parts quick-silver. 
Mosaic Gold.-Copper and zinc, equal parts; fuse at 
the lowest temperature, and stir well; then add more zinc, 
until the mass becomes nearly white; lastly, pour it into 
moulds. 
Gold Solder.-Pure gold, six parts; pure silver, one 
part; pure copper, two parts. 
Mercurial Plating.-Quicksilver, four parts; nitric 
acid, four parts; cream of tartar, two parts; salt of sorrel, 
one part. Dissolve the silver in the acid, then add the rest. 
It plates copper beautifully, but not lasting. 
To Gild Copper, Brass, etc. (patent).-Fine gold, five 
parts; nitric acid (sp. g. 1, 45), twenty-one parts; hydro- 
chloric acid (sp. g. 1, 15), seventeen parts; digest with heat 
in a glass vessel until all the gold is dissolved, and till 
red or yellow fumes cease to rise; decant the clear liquid in 
another vessel, and add water, five hundred or six hundred 
parts; boil for two hours, let it stand and settle, then pour 
off the clear liquid in another vessel. 
Directions for Use.-Heat the liquid, and suspend the 
article to be plated (previously well cleaned), by means of 
a hair, or very fine wire, until sufficiently coated, then wash 
in clean water. 
Manheim Gold.-Copper, three parts; zinc, one part. 
Melt separately, then suddenly mix and stir well. 
Pinchbeck.-Five ounces of pure copper, one ounce 
zinc. MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
105 
A Metal That Resembles Silver.-One pound of cop- 
per, melted with three-quarters of an ounce of tin, makes 
a beautiful metal, which rings very near to sterling silver. 
To Make Transparent Silver.-Refined silver, one 
ounce; dissolve in two ounces of aqua fortis; precipitate it 
with a pinch of salt; strain through paper; then melt in a 
crucible. Pour it out, and it will be transparent. 
Alumina.-Take a solution of almu, filter, then add a 
little ammonia, to precipitate the whole. 
To Preserve Our Bodies After Death.-Take dry sul- 
phate of alumina, two and one-half pounds, dissolve in a 
pint of warm water, and inject it in the carotid artery of 
the neck three or four times. This quantity will fill all the 
arteries of the body. 
Silver and Gold Solutions are merely these metals dis- 
solved in acids, then diluted. The article to be plated is 
suspended in the solution, and a common galvanic battery 
brought into play-the negative wire in the solution, and 
the positive attached to the article. 
To Make Copper Into a Metal Like Gold.-Distilled 
verdigris, four ounces; tuttae alexandria preparatae, two 
ounces; borax, one-half ounce. Mix altogether with oil into 
a paste, then melt in a crucible, and pour it into a shovel, 
first warmed. 
To Transfer Engravings to Plaster Casts.-Cover the 
plate with ink, polish its surface in the usual way, then 
put a wall of paper round; then pour on it some fine paste 
made with plaster of paris. Jerk it to drive out the air 
bubbles, and let it stand one hour, when you have a fine 
impression. 
To Make Brown Teeth White.-Apply carefully over 
the teeth a stick dipped in strong acetic or nitric acid, and 
immediately wash out the mouth with cold water. To make 
the teeth even, if irregular, draw a piece of fine cord be- 
twixt them. 
Elastic Waterproof Paint.-Hot water, one gallon; 
soap, two pounds; dissolve and add boiled oil, three 
gallons; linseed oil and turpentine, each, one gallon. This 106 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
is a good paint for canvas. If you omit the linseed oil and 
use less water, you can put in what colors you choose. 
To Render a House Fireproof.-When painting and 
while the paint is wet, sprinkle on sand that has been steeped 
in a solution of caustic alkali. 
To Raise Water Out of Rivers on to High Land.- 
This machine consists of a tube coiled round a shaft, and 
the whole standing in an inclined position. The machine 
must have such inclined position, that the portions of the 
tube under the shaft will be lower than the next half turn 
toward the bottom, so that if water once gets into the lower 
coils of the tube, it will not run back. By turning the 
shaft with a crank, the points which are now the lower 
coils of the tube are raised, and the water is raised with 
them, and raised to a greater inclination than the inclina- 
tion of the shaft, hence the water runs on all the wThile, run- 
ning down hill, until it pours out at the top, at each turn 
of the shaft. If the water is a running stream, it may be 
made to raise itself, by placing a wheel at the lower part 
of the tube, to which is attached, cogs to turn the shaft, 
which the stream will do, as in an ordinary water mill. 
The New and Beautiful Art of Transferring on to 
Glass.-Colored or plain Engravings, Photographs, Litho- 
graphs, Water Colors, Oil Colors, Crayons, Steel Plates, 
Newspaper Cuts, Mezzotinto, Pencil, Writing, Show Cards, 
Labels-or in fact, anything. 
Directions.-Take a glass that is perfectly clear-win- 
dow glass will answer-clean it thoroughly; then varnish 
it, taking care to have it perfectly smooth; place it where 
it will be entirely free from dust; let it stand over night; 
then take your engraving, lay it in clear water until it is 
wet through (say ten or fifteen minutes), then lay it upon 
a newspaper that the moisture may dry from the surface, 
and still keep the other side damp. Immediately varnish 
your glass the second time, then place your engraving on it, 
pressing it down firmly, so as to exclude every particle 
of air; next rub the paper from the back, until it is of 
uniform thickness-so thin that you can see through it, then 
varnish it the third time, and let it dry. MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
107 
Materials Used for the Above Art.-Take two ounces 
balsam of fir, to one ounce of spirits of turpentine, apply 
with a Camel's hair brush. 
To Make Cellars and Marshes Empty Themselves.- 
For this purpose, make a syphon, which is nothing but a 
tube; bend it about one-third; now fill it quite full with 
water, excluding all the air; insert the short end into the 
place the water is to be emptied from, and dig a trench 
on the outside, so deep that the long end of the tube is 
considerably below the short end, which is in the water- 
by this means, the water will be emptied. The philosophy 
of this arrangement is, that the atmospheric pressure being 
greater on the body of the water to be emptied than that 
in the syphon, it forces the water up the tube-water, by 
these means, has been carried over a hill not less than thirty- 
three feet to houses situated on a lower level. 
The Great American Horse Tamer's Secret.-The 
principle which underlies the whole art of horse taming 
may be stated thus: 
That obedience to man is a ruling principle in the nature 
of the horse; and, therefore, to make him obey is not 
necessarily to do violence to him. That disobedience is, 
in fact, forced upon him, by conduct toward him which does 
violence to his nature. 
That to make him obey, it is only necessary to make him 
fully comprehend what is required of him. 
That he has originally no conception of his own strength 
and powers; and, 
That it is part of wisdom to keep him in ignorance, which 
can only be done by mastering him without force; that is, 
by kindness. 
That, in the horse as well as in man, fear is the result 
of ignorance: and, 
That, therefore, it is only necessary to accustom him to 
any object of which he may at first stand in dread, to make 
him lose the sense of fear. , 
That the best means of accomplishing this end is to 108 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
allow him to examine the dreaded object himself, and in 
the manner which is most natural to him. 
All which amounts to just this: that the horse is an in- 
telligent creature, and that the only way to develop fully 
all his powers of usefulness to man is to treat him as such, 
and to convince him that his master is also his superior 
and his best friend. 
Until he is convinced of this fact, and by that conviction 
has obtained the fullest reliance upon the kind intentions 
and the superior knowledge of him who guides him, he is 
not fully educated; that is to say, he is not perfectly broken 
in. 
So, according to this humane plan, to break in a horse, 
is simply to educate him, and to habituate him gradually 
to a new condition of life; which new condition, if properly 
imposed, he readily accepts as a natural one. 
This is the theory, stated simply; and every sensible man 
will recognize its truth and justice. In its application, we 
disclaim the use of any of all those odors and mysterious 
passes which other horse tamers pretend to have relied on; 
but which, we assert, were useful only so far as their 
administration was gentle and accustomed the horse to the 
presence of his new master. 
To Drive a Kicking Horse.-Bend one fore-foot up 
until the hoof looks upward, then draw a loop over the 
knee and up to the pastern joint, and secure it; of course 
he cannot kick with three legs. If he gets angry and tries 
to strike the knee on the ground, sit still; after a time he 
is mastered. Then get down and take it off, and pet him. 
This will show him that if he obeys, he will receive kind- 
ness-if it should be necessary, resort to the same course 
several times. 
If a Skittish Horse shies at a red blanket, or other 
object, throw it down in the stable, and leave him with it, 
and he will find out himself, during your absence, that it is 
harmless. 
To Saddle a Colt After You Have Educated Him so 
as to Appreciate Kindness.-Take the saddle and tie up MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
109 
the stirrups; put it before his nose, and let him smell it; 
then gently lay it on his neck, and move it about, occa- 
sionally taking it off; at length, place it in its proper sit- 
uation; then gently drop the girths, and very gently begin 
to draw on the buckles-the whole operation takes about an 
hour. Having got the saddle secured, your next object is 
to mount him. For this purpose get a high stool, and place 
it by his side; get upon it, and press with both hands, 
gently at first; afterward lay the whole body across his 
back, and habituate him to feel your full weight; after a 
short time, you can mount him safely. 
To Make Your Horse Lie Down.-Is only an extension 
of the hampering operation. The horse's left fore-foot 
being fastened up, put a surcingle about his body, and 
fasten a strap to the right fore-leg, just above the hoof, 
which strap is passed through the surcingle, and held in the 
right hand, as you stand on the left side of the animal. 
Then, holding the bit in the left hand, bear against the 
horse, till it moves, when the right fore-foot is raised, and 
the astonished horse comes down on his knees. Now turn 
his head to the left, and bear against his shoulder, steadily, 
but strongly. It takes from eight to ten minutes to bear the 
animal over on his side; but when you get him there, he is 
completely conquered. Ugly as he may have been before, 
you can then handle him as you please. Take off im- 
mediately all the straps, and then caress the horse, rubbing 
him first about the head and neck, and then all over, pay- 
ing particular attention to his heels, which you may handle 
without the least fear. Keep him thus, about twenty or 
twenty-five minutes, and then let him up. It sobers a horse 
astonishingly to go through this course. In half an hour 
repeat the whole operation; and so for three or four times. 
In the afternoon, the animal undergoes a similar course of 
lessons. After a couple of days it has got so used to the 
routine, that it will lie down by merely touching its fore- 
foot. Throughout the whole operation, the whip is not 
once used; nothing but soft words and caresses. 
To Prevent Horses Being Teased by Flies.-Boil three 
handsful of walnut leaves in three quarts of water; sponge 110 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the horse (before going out of the stable) between and 
upon the ears, neck and flank. 
To Prevent Botts.-Mix a little wood-ashes with their 
drink daily. This effectually preserves horses against the 
botts. 
Liniment for Galled Backs of Horses.-White lead 
moistened with milk. When milk cannot be procured, oil 
may be substituted. One or two ounces will last two months 
or more. 
Remedy for Strains in Horses.-Take whiskey, one- 
half pint; camphor, one ounce; sharp vinegar, one pint. 
Mix. Bathe the parts affected. 
Another.-Take opodeldoc, warm it, and rub the 
strained part two or three times a day. 
Lotion for Blows, Bruises, Sprains, etc.-One part 
laudanum, two parts oil origanum, four parts water am- 
monia, four parts oil turpentine, four parts camphor, thirty- 
two parts spirits of wine. Put them into a bottle, and 
shake them until mixed. 
To Multiply Grain.-In July, 1852, Mr. Palmer put 
one grain of wheat in a common garden pot; in August, 
he divided it into four plants, which in three weeks were 
again divided into twelve; which, in September, were 
divided into thirty-two; which, in November, were again 
divided into fifty, and set in open ground, July, 1853. 
Twelve failed, but the remaining thirty-eight were healthy. 
They were cut down on the 19th of August, and counted 
1,972 stems, with an average of fifty grains to the stem, 
affording a yield of 98,600! 
Chinese Depilatory for Removing Superfluous Hair. 
-Fresh burnt lime, sixteen ounces; pearl-ash, two ounces; 
sulphuret of potash, two ounces. Reduce them to fine 
powder in a mortar, then put it into closely-corked phials. 
For use, the part must be first soaked in warm water, then 
a little of the powder made into a paste must be imme- 
diately applied. Should it irritate the skin, wash it off 
with hot water or vinegar. 
Pearl Powder for Complexion.-Take white bismuth, MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
111 
one pound; starch powder, one ounce; orris powder, one 
ounce. Mix, and sift through lawn. Add a drop of ottar 
of roses or neroli. 
To Banish and Prevent Mosquitoes from Biting.- 
Dilute a little of the oil of thyme with sweet oil, and dip 
pieces of paper in it. Hang it in your room, or rub a little 
on the hands and face, when going to bed. 
Ventriloquism, from the Latin ventri, from the belly; 
loqui, to speak. Uncertainty with regard to the direction 
of sound, is the foundation of the art of ventriloquism; 
therefore, the first step to be taken by those who wish to 
practice deceptions with the human voice is, to obtain a 
ready facility of directing the attention of an audience by 
narrating some anecdote or story in which the narrator 
intends to sustain the characters. The next step for him 
to pursue is to go into the open roads and practice daily, 
by imitating the sounds of the lower animals, also the 
human voice in different individuals. Having thus per- 
fected himself, he must attempt to throw his voice in 
various directions, and after some practice he will find 
that the sounds are in another quarter than where he is 
standing, though perhaps remote from the place he in- 
tended for them to apparently issue from, but with con- 
tinued effort he will be able to locate all sounds he may 
make. It must be remembered, in making the attempt to 
throw his voice in another quarter, that the mouth must 
be kept shut and the lips still, and the sound must be 
made by the top of the windpipe; this can be done by 
drawing in the abdominal muscles. When the belly is 
drawn in, let the air rush out of the lungs into the mouth, 
and at that moment make the sound you desire. Some put 
a silver thimble into the mouth at the same time, but I do 
not think this will facilitate the operation. 
Artificial Honey.-Take brown sugar, ten pounds; bee 
honey, two pounds; hot water, one quart, and mix; then 
add strong infusion of slippery elm bark, one quart; cream 
of tartar, one-half ounce. 
The Art of Binochromatics.-Take plain glass jars 
or cases, in any shape, and clean them thoroughly; then 112 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
obtain two or three sheets of figures, flowers, or views, in 
imitation of Chinese, Egyptian, or Swiss painting. These 
goods, as well as the jars, can be obtained in any of the 
principal cities. Now, in whatever style you determine to 
ornament your vase or jar in, cut out the figures from your 
sheet, and secure them in different parts inside your jar, 
with the figures looking outward. The best material for 
making them adhere is to boil a piece of parchment; this 
makes a good size. Having secured the prints, make a 
varnish of balsam of fir and turpentine, and apply all 
over inside with a fine brush. When the first coat is dry, 
give another coat; now, take any color you choose-black, 
blue, green, yellow, white, pink, brown or red-and grind 
the paint fine, with the best white varnish, and apply a 
coat of this paint over the whole inside; let it dry, and 
then repeat the coat upon coat, until the color is sufficiently 
strong to show even and bright outside. Jars and vases 
may be decorated in endless variety by this method. Some 
use cuttings from prints, silks, etc. 
Cure for Stammering and Squinting.-For stammer- 
ing, apply a slight chock of electricity to the lingual nerve, 
and the same to the side of each shoulder, for squinting. 
I have known this effectual when all other means failed. 
Repeat occasionally. 
To Light a Lamp with Ice.-Attach a very small piece 
of potassium of the size of a small shot to the wick of 
a lamp. Have also ready a piece of ice, with which, when 
you touch the potassium, the lamp will blaze immediately. 
The above article can be obtained of an apothecary or 
chemist. 
Experimental Receipts with Metals.-1.-Take a little 
red lead; expose it to an immense heat in a crucible, and 
pour it out when melted. The result will be a metallic glass, 
and will furnish an example of the vitrification of metals. 
2.-Dissolve an ounce of acetate of lead in about a quart 
of water, and filter the solution. If this be put into a glass 
decanter, and a piece of zinc suspended in it by means of 
a brass wire, a decomposition of the salt will immediately MONEY-MAKING RECIPES 
113 
commence; the lead will be set at liberty, and will attach 
itself to the remaining zinc, forming a metallic tree. 
3.-Add a little colorless solution of galls to a clear 
solution of antimony, in nitro-muriatic acid, and the metal 
will be precipitated of a pale yellow color. 
4.-If a solution of the green sulphate of iron be dropped 
into a nitro-muriate of gold, the last metal will be imme- 
diately precipitated. It is employed in gilding china. 
5.-If flowers, or any other figures, be drawn upon a 
ribbon or silk, with a solution of nitrate of silver, and the 
silk moistened with water be then exposed to the action of 
hydrogen gas, the silver will be revived, and the figures, 
firmly fixed upon the silk, will become visible, and shine 
with metallic brightness. 
6.-By proceeding in the same manner, and using a solu- 
tion of gold in nitro-muriatic acid, silks may be permanently 
gilt at a most trifling expense, and will exhibit an appear- 
ance the most beautiful that can be conceived. 
7.-Take an amalgam of lead and mercury, and another 
amalgam of bismuth; let those two solid amalgams be 
mixed by triture, and they will instantly become fluid. 
8.-Dissolve some sulphuret of potash in alcohol, and 
immerse a slip of white silk in the solution. If a drop 
of an aqueous solution of manganese be now applied, films 
of metallic manganese, bright as silver, will instantly ap- 
pear. 
9.-If a piece of silk be immersed in an aqueous solu- 
tion of muriate of tin, and exposed while wet to a stream 
of the same gas; reduced tin of great brightness will im- 
mediately cover the surface, and in a little time this will 
be accomplished by various colors, such as blue, orange, 
purple, etc. 
10.-A piece of silk, treated in the same way, but dipped 
in an aqueous solution of muriate of arsenic, will be cov- 
ered with resplendent metallic arsenic, attended with a 
citron-yellow color. 
11.-The Tree of Diana.-Make a mixture of four parts 
of silver leaf and two of mercury, and dissolve this amal- 114 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
gam in diluted nitric acid; then add water to the solution, 
equal to thirty times the weight of the metals employed, 
and put the whole aside for use. If an ounce of this 
solution be at any time poured in a phial, and a small 
piece of soft amalgam of silver be dropped in, filaments 
of reduced silver will shoot from it, and extend upwards 
in the form of a shrub, which is called the Arbor, or Tree 
of Diana. GAMBLING, ETC 
How Gamblers Cheat.- 
Since the days when games of 
chance, as well as skill, were 
first invented, numbers of men 
have devoted themselves sys- 
tematically to the study of 
methods on these games, by 
which they could not only 
make their chances of success 
greater than that of their 
opponents, in legitimate or 
fair play, but to make chance 
a certainty; and as this could 
only be brought about by 
actual cheating, plans have been 
and are adopted by those 
chevalier de industrie, which rival in ingenuity the sleight of 
hand of some of the professors of legerdemain. It is not 
my intention to enter into the history of gaming, nor to 
explain the old and exploded tricks of these men; I will, 
therefore, merely give a synopsis of the latest tricks by 
which these vagabonds trap the innocent. The most popu- 
lar among them is, the deceptive card backs; therefore, let 
no consideration induce you to play with strangers, if the 
backs of cards have any design or figures upon them. 
Cards are ofttimes variegated with patterns of diamonds, 
flowers, and marbling, and as the least variation of the 
position of the pattern is sufficient to guide the eye of these 
men, and enable them in a moment to know the value and 
denomination of the card. Cards are manufactured with 
this special object. Next, if you are playing with plain 
white-backed cards, examine the deck carefully, to see 
they are of uniform length, breadth and thickness; look 
also carefully at the four corners, to see there is no frayed 
edges, or that there is no gum or adhesive material sticking 
to them-for gamblers ofttimes, if they think the pigeon 
115 116 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
is pretty smart, pare the skin of the fingers carefully down, 
so that when it comes in contact with what they call the 
doctored cards, the finger is so sensitive that it feels and 
recognizes the card at once. Next we have palming; this 
is retaining a master-card in the palm of the hand, to be 
used in short games, and when shuffling, to drop in the 
lap. Again, it must be remembered these men provide 
themselves with master-cards from decks of every pattern. 
In faro, boxes are made with slides so that the dealer can 
shut off what card he chooses, and insert another in its 
place. Most of the cheating boxes now used at faro are 
made double, so that apparently it looks like one box; 
others again have a spring, so that it will allow of ten 
or fifteen cards being dealt, which gives the dealer a chance 
of passing underneath a deck of packed cards, ^less the 
quantity dealt.-Let me advise my readers never to play 
faro. 
Strangers, when they visit gaming houses, are ofttimes 
drawn into small bets by these men, when they find they 
are unable to induce them to play. The two following 
tricks have been very successful, which I now proceed 
to explain: 
The Four Accomplices.-Let a person draw four cards 
from the pack, and tell him to think of one of them. When 
he returns you the four cards, dexterously place two of 
them under the pack, and two on the top. Under those 
at the bottom you place four cards of any sort, and then, 
taking eight or ten from the bottom cards, you spread 
them on the table, and ask the person if the card he fixed 
on be among them. If he says no, you are sure it is one 
of the two cards on the top. You then pass those two 
cards to the bottom, and drawing off the lowest of them, 
you ask if that be not his card. If he again say no, you 
take that card up, and bid him draw his card from the 
bottom of the pack. If the person says his card is among 
those you first drew from the bottom, you must dexterously 
take up the four cards that you put under them, and plac- 
ing those on the top, let the other two be the bottom cards 
of the pack, which draw in the manner before described. GAMBLING, ETC. 
117 
To Make a Card Jump Out of the Pack.-Take a pack 
of cards, and let any one draw any card that they choose, 
where to find it at pleasure; then take a piece of wax and 
put it under the thumb nail of your hand, and fasten a 
hair to your thumb, and the other end of the hair to the 
card; then spread the pack of cards open on the table, 
and say "come forth," and the card will jump out of the 
pack. 
Dice.-Should you ever be induced to rattle the bones, 
i. e., play with dice, take the following precautions before 
you commence:-Drop each die several times in a large 
empty porcelain bowl, and see that the turn up does not 
come the high numbers every time-if so, they are loaded. 
Next, look into the box and examine with the finger, to 
see that it is not packed with a brass ring (which is oft- 
times put in to make one dice sound like two or three.) 
Everything being correct, insist upon all throws being made 
in the bowl, for if you are playing upon a plain table, 
nothing is easier, in sweeping up the dice with the right 
hand, than to catch one that is faced with a high number 
betwixt the first point of the small finger and the palm 
of the hand, and hold it there during the operation of 
shaking, and placing it on the table when the box is upset. 
Teetotums.-Beware of them. They are now made with 
a shifting peg, which, if moved the breadth of a hair, can 
make you win, or lose. 
The Patent Safe Game.-The patent safe consists of 
a small box, round or square, about one and a half inches 
long, by three-quarters of an inch across. It consists of a 
double bottom, similar to deceptive cigar cases. The 
article is put in, and the bottom, which revolves on a pivot, 
turns over and fastens-therefore, those who bet lose. 
Never, in visiting cities, be induced to take trips into the 
country with strangers, as these fellows are constantly 
waiting for such opportunities, and when they induce 
strangers to go with them, their plan of operation is, to 
meet a friend who has a curiosity to show; they then com- 
mence to haggle about its merits, and at length bet, but 
the gentleman who is with you will pretend that all his 118 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
small change is at his hotel-but if you can oblige him 
with $50 or $100 he will give you his check until you 
return, or perhaps he will offer as security a $500 bill 
(bogus of course). The story is soon told-he loses, and 
you are swindled. 
Pocket Book Droppers.-If you are walking out after 
dusk, and any one pretends to pick something up close to 
your heels, and another man collars him and brings him 
to you, and asks you if you have lost anything, deter- 
minedly say no, even if they show you a pocket book con- 
taining money to the amount of thousands. Don't buy 
it for a cent-it is all bogus. 
Peter Funks are men who pretend to sell watches, 
chains and other jewrelry, at ruinous sacrifices. They are 
all plated goods, of the worst kind. When you hear them 
crying loudly, going, going-remember if you are inside 
and buy, you are gone. Mock auctions of dry goods, pic- 
tures, and books, operate in the same way. HOUSEHOLD recipes 
Waffles.-Milk, one quart; eggs, five; flour, one and 
one-quarter pound; butter, one-half pound; yeast, one 
spoonful. When baked, sift sugar and powdered cassia 
on them. 
To Pickle White Walnuts.-Pare them, until the white 
appears, then simmer for ten minutes in salt and water, 
drain, and put them into the bottles with a little mace 
and sliced nutmeg; lastly, pour on the vinegar (hot), and 
cork immediately. 
Jumbles.-Take flour, one and one-half pound; sugar, 
one pound; butter, three-quarters of a pound; four yolks 
and two whites of eggs; rose-water, one wine-glassful. Roll 
thin with fine powdered sugar, and make on tins. 
Hazlenut Kisses.-Beat one pound of pulverized white 
sugar with the whites of eight eggs, over a slow fire, until 
they are light, then add four ounces of blanched filberts, 
cut fine; lay them out on paper, and bake in a slow oven. 
Apple-Water Ice.-Pare and core some fine apples, cut 
them in pieces into a preserving pan, with sufficient water 
for them to float, boil until they are reduced to a marma- 
lade, then strain; to a pint of apple-water, add half a pint 
of syrup, the juice of a lemon and a little water; when 
cold, freeze. 
Pear-Water Ice is also prepared in the same way. 
Rennet, or Wine Custards.-Very simple, and prepared 
in five minutes. Cut a bit of rennet about four inches 
square into strips, which put into a bottle filled with wine. 
It will be fit for use in two or three weeks. To make your 
custard, first warm and sweeten the milk, then stir into it 
a teaspoonful or tablespoonful of the rennet wine, accord- 
ing to its strength, and pour immediately into a pudding- 
dish, or cups, as you prefer; put away in a cool place 
for an hour, and grate nutmeg on them. The whey, of 
which you can make enough by the addition of extra wine 
119 120 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
when you prepare it, is a very nourishing drink for in- 
valids. 
Sausages, Quite Rich Enough for an Epicure.-Take 
thirty pounds of chopped meat, eight ounces of fine salt, 
two and one-half ounces of pepper, two teacups of sage, 
and one and one-half cups of sweet marjoram, passed 
through a fine sieve. For the latter, thyme and summer 
savory can be substituted, if preferred. 
Tomato Catsup.-To a gallon skinned tomatoes add four 
teaspoonfuls salt, four do. black pepper, half a spoonful 
allspice, eight red peppers, and three spoonfuls mustard. 
All these ingredients must be ground fine, and simmered 
slowly in sharp vinegar for three or four hours. As much 
vinegar is to be used as to leave half a gallon of liquor 
when the process is over. Strain through a wire sieve and 
bottle, and seal from the air. This may be used in two 
weeks, but improves by age, and will keep several years. 
Lemon Blanc-mange.-Isinglass, one part; water, six- 
teen parts; lemon juice, two parts; Lisbon wine, eight 
parts. Sugar to sweeten, and a little grated lemon-peel 
to flavor. Clarify with an egg. 
Mrs. Hoffmann's Blanc-mange.-Isinglass, one-quarter 
pound; rose-water, one-half pint; milk, two quarts; milk 
of almonds, one-half pint. Boil, and when milk warm, 
pour into the moulds. 
Drop Cakes.-One quart of milk, a large teaspoonful of 
saleratus, dissolved in a cup of cream; to which stir in 
floui' very smoothly, until a thick batter. Then dip your 
spoon in milk, and with it place your batter at short dis- 
tances, in a buttered pan. Very delicate, made entirely of 
cream, either with or without eggs. 
Calves' Feet Jelly.-Take eight calves' feet, and boil 
them until the water becomes a good jelly, then add sugar, 
one pound; port wine, two pints-; white of two eggs and 
shells. Boil for five minutes and clarify. 
Cream for Ices.-White sugar, two and one-half ounces; 
yolks of two eggs; new milk (warm), one pint. Rub to- 
gether, strain and keep for use. HOUSEHOLD RECIPES 
121 
Creme d'Orange.-Six dozen of oranges (sliced); orange 
flower water, one gallon; spirit, four gallons; saffron, one- 
half ounce. Macerate for fourteen days; then add sugar, 
forty pounds; dissolved in water, ten gallons. 
To Pickle Cucumbers.-Trim and wash them in salt 
and water, drain, and put them into the bottles; add a 
little mace, cloves, capsicum and mustard seed; then cover 
them with white vinegar, nearly boiling hot; cork imme- 
diately. 
Rob of Currants.-Take the juice, and evaporate it 
slowly, to a proper consistence. Some persons add sugar. 
Ice Cream.-Any preserved fruit, five pounds; cream, 
one gallon; juice of six lemons; sugar to sweeten. Pass 
the whole through a sieve, then put it into the freezing 
pot, and work it until frozen. 
Clove Cordial.-Cloves, bruised, seven pounds; pi- 
mento, one pound; proof-spirit, fifty gallons. Macerate 
for fourteen days; then add sugar, one hundred and fifty 
pounds, dissolved in water, forty-five gallons. Mix well, 
and fine down with twelve eggs. 
Portable Eggs.-Take fresh-laid eggs, any quantity, 
break them into an evaporating basin, and expose them to 
a heat of 125° Fahr, in a water-bath, until hard; then pack 
them in air-tight vessels. For use, take cold water, three 
parts; dried egg, one part. Beat them well together. 
To Preserve Fruit.-1.-Pick the fruit from the stems 
and put it into bottles, which must be quite filled; place 
the corks loosely in them, and set them upright in a pan of 
warm water; place them on the fire, and heat the water 
until it nearly boils; let them stand fifteen minutes, then 
fill each bottle within an inch of the cork with boiling 
water; cork tight, and let them cool. Pack them on their 
sides to keep the corks moist. The fruit is better when not 
quite ripe; in this case it will keep two or three years. 
2.-Take the fruit, hardly ripe, and put it into bottles, 
and fill them with good spirit and brandy. In this way, 
any fruit may be preserved whole. 
Lemon Brandy.-Proof-spirit, seventy gallons; essence 122 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
of lemon, three ounces; sugar, fifty pounds; dissolved in 
water, twenty gallons. Mix, and rummage repeatedly for 
fourteen days. 
To Preserve Fruit with Sugar.-Clarified syrup boiled 
to a weak candy height, and pour it hot on the fruit; let it 
stand for twenty-four hours, then pour off the syrup, and 
again concentrate it by heat, to the same consistence as 
before; lastly pour it on the fruit in wide-mouthed bottles 
or jars, and bung close. Should the fruit be very succulent, 
it should be previously soaked in weak alum-water and 
drained. 
To Preserve Fruit Whole.-Put them into wide- 
mouthed bottles, fill them up with clarified saturated syrup, 
put them into water in a copper, and when it boils, cork 
them tight and keep them in a cold place. A small quan- 
tity of spirit added to each bottle will prevent fermenta- 
tion. 
Marasquin.-Bitter almonds (bruised), two ounces. 
Macerate for three days in one gallon of spirit, then add 
four pounds of sugar dissolved in two quarts of boiling 
water. 
Moutarde Superbe.-Vinegar, one hundred parts; shal- 
lots, one part; thyme, one part; lemon peel, one part; 
cayenne, one part. Mix, and make your mustard with the 
liquor, after it has stood for two or three days or more. 
Mushroom Catsup.-Mushroom juice, one gallon; all- 
spice, one ounce; pepper, cloves, ginger, each, one-half 
ounce; salt, four pounds. Boil for one hour, strain and 
bottle. 
To Pickle Mushrooms.-Clean them with salt and 
water, then put them into a sauce-pan with a little salt, 
keep them over the fire until the heat draws the liquor 
from them, then put them to drain; next bottle them, add- 
ing a blade of mace, and distilled vinegar sufficient to 
cover them. 
M. Soye's Patent Mustard.-Mustard-seed, one part; 
weak wood vinegar, two parts. Macerate for a fortnight, 
then grind the whole into a paste, in a mill, and put it into 
pots; lastly, thrust a red-hot poker into each of them. HOUSEHOLD RECIPES 
123 
Patent Mustard.-Flour of mustard, eight pounds; 
wheaten flour, two pounds; bay salt, two pounds; cayenne 
pepper, three ounces; water to mix. 
Poundcake-Gingerbread.-Eggs, six in number; sugar, 
one pound; molasses, one pint; ginger powder, one-half 
teacupful; pearl-ash, one ounce; butter, one pound;'a little 
mace and nutmeg. Well mix, then beat in flour, two 
pounds. 
Short-Gingerbread.-Sugar, five pounds; butter, three 
pounds; flour, nine pounds; eggs, twenty in number; cream, 
one-quarter pint; pearl-ash, one-half pound. Bake on tins, 
and mark it for cutting. 
Transparent Marmalade. - Cut very pale Seville 
oranges into quarters; take out the pulp, put it into a 
basin, and pick out the skins and seeds. Put the peels 
into a little salt and water, and let them stand all night; 
then boil them in a good quantity of spring water until 
they are tender; cut them in very thin slices, and put 
them into the pulp. To every pound of marmalade, put 
one pound and a half of double refined beaten sugar; boil 
them together gently for twenty minutes; if they are not 
transparent, boil them a few minutes longer. Stir it gently 
all the time, and take care not to break the slices. When 
it is cold, put it into jelly and sweetmeat glasses; tie down 
tight. 
To Pickle Onions.-Take off the outside skin, and "top 
and tail" them, then put them into the bottles and add 
sufficient vinegar to cover them. Put. also a few mustard 
seeds into each bottle, a blade of mace, and a capsicum. 
It is said that a spoonful of salad oil to each bottle will 
keep the onions white. 
To Preserve Fish.-Salmon and some other kinds of 
fish are often preserved by placing them in jars, and pour- 
ing sweet salad oil over them until covered, then bunging 
up quite air-tight. 
Filbert Ice Cream.-One quart of cream, one pound 
of nuts, and twelve ounces of sugar, or one pint of syrup; 
break the nuts, and roast the kernels in the oven; when 124 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
done, pound them with a little cream, and make a custard; 
then mix, and finish by freezing. 
Fish Sauce.-Red wine, one gallon; white wine, three 
pints; walnut catsup, four pints; anchovies, two pints; 
spice to relish. Boil, strain, and bottle. 
Picalilly.-White cabbages (sliced), cauliflowers (in 
pieces), radishes, French beans, celery (in pieces), elder 
flowers (in clusters, unopened), equal parts. Salt them 
for two or three days, then drain and mix them with apples 
and cucumbers (sliced), equal parts, and spice and ginger, 
garlic, turmeric, long pepper and mustard seed. Put them 
all into the bottles, and pour on them strong vinegar. 
Miser's Sauce.-Sliced onions, one pound; vinegar, one 
quart; cayenne and salt to flavor. Boil for fifteen minutes, 
and serve it up with a little butter. 
Mock Turtle.-A fine calf's head; cut the meat clean 
from the bones, then boil the bones in water; season with 
cayenne, nutmeg, and mace; pour into the gravy a pint 
of Madeira wine, with a little parsley and thyme. 
To Make Catsup that will Keep Good Twenty Years. 
-Take a gallon of strong stale beer; one pound of an- 
chovies, washed and cleaned from the guts; half an ounce 
of mace, half an ounce of cloves, a quarter of an ounce of 
pepper, three large races of ginger, one pound of shallots, 
one quart of flap mushrooms, well rubbed and picked. Boil 
all these over a slow fire until it is half wasted, then strain 
it through a flannel bag; let it stand until it is quite cold; 
then bottle and stop it very close. This is thought to exceed 
what is brought from India, and must be allowed the most 
agreeable relish that can be given to fish sauce. One 
spoonful to a pint of melted butter gives taste and color 
above all other ingredients. The stronger and staler the 
beer is, the better the catsup will be. 
Savoy Biscuit.-Sugar, twelve parts; flour, seven parts; 
eggs, twelve parts; lemon rind (ground), to flavor. After 
being in the oven a few minutes, grate on a little sugar. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
Natural and celestial magic-the hermetic art-. 
THE CONSTELLATORY PRACTICE-THE WONDERS OF NATURAL 
AND CELESTIAL AFFINITY-THE POWERS OF PEAD SERPENTS 
-WONDERS OF THE CABALA, OR CELESTIAL AND TERRESTRIAL 
125 126 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
FORCES - ALCHEMY - CEREMONIAL MAGIC ILLUSTRATED - 
THE OCCULT PROPERTIES OF STONES, CRYSTALS, HERBS, AND 
METALS. 
Copied from old and rare manuscript, many of them 
HAD BEEN HIDDEN IN TOMBS, CAVES, AND MONASTERIES, AND 
ZEALOUSLY GUARDED FROM THE PEOPLE FOR HUNDREDS OF 
YEARS; ALL THE SECRETS WORTH KNOWING, OF THE GREAT 
SEVENTH BOOK, UNDER THE GREAT SEAL. 
Remarkable imaginations, by ancient and modern 
PHILOSOPHERS-THE ACTUAL OR IMAGINARY RESULT OF 
THEIR RESEARCHES. 
Witches and witch finders-Persian and Indian mys- 
teries-DRUIDICAL INIQUITIES MANY UNEXPLAINED MYS- 
TERIES OF THE HEAVENS AND EARTH, WHICH INCLUDE THE 
NATURAL AND THE SUPERNATURAL. 
Dreams, fortune-telling, enchantments, etc., etc., 
WITH MODERN STRANGE SCIENCES. 
The WHOLE COLLECTED at IMMENSE cost of money, 
TIME AND LABOR, AND NOW GIVEN TO THE PUBLIC TO CRIT- 
ICIZE AND INVESTIGATE. 
The Goldometer.-This instrument is used for the dis- 
covery of mines, minerals, etc. It is made of mercury, 
gold and magnetic sand, about equal parts of each; these 
are then sealed up in an egg-shaped piece of white cedar, 
that has been soaked for three months in borate of soda 
solution, to take out the acid. It is then dried in the open 
air, and its hollow filled with the before-named materials. 
This is then suspended by an elastic cord to a handle of 
lignum vitae, and held over the part where the treasure is 
suspected to be. If it is there, the egg of wood will, it 
is said, oscillate or tremble, and be slightly attracted to- 
ward it. 
How to Cheaply Build a House.-Bricks eighteen 
inches long, eight inches thick, and twelve inches wide, 
may be cast into moulds of the following substances; sand 
and refuse, fourteen barrels; lime, one barrel; let it be as 
wet as brick clay. Thus every poor man can raise a com- 
fortable and even magnificent habitation of his own, without 
much labor or expense. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
127 
Increase of Milk and Butter.-If cows are given four 
ounces of boiled hemp-seed, it will greatly increase the 
quantity of milk. If pans are turned over this milk for 
fifteen minutes when first milked, or till cold, the same 
milk will give double the quantity of butter. 
To Bring Dead Trees to Life.-Bore a deep hole in 
the earth, near the roots, and fill it nearly full of green 
oak leaves. If there is any life remaining in the roots it 
will soon be reinvigorated, and flourish with exceeding 
beauty. 
To Prevent Cattle, Fowls, etc., from Looking Old. 
-If cattle are occasionally fed a little of the extract of 
the June berry, it will renew or extend the period of their 
lives. Use it in connection with the vanilla bean, and we 
do know that the two in connection will produce the most 
wonderful results. It will act on people the same as on 
the animal kingdom. New flax-seed, frequently given to 
cattle in small quantities, will make them, whether young 
or old-or if as poor and thin as skeletons, soon to appear 
fat and healthy. 
Another Curious Thing is, when a black snake is killed 
in the day time, hundreds of black snakes will gather 
around him at night. Many kinds of serpents are at- 
tracted in a like manner. Who will say that there is not 
natural affinity, or Celestial and Terrestrial magic? 
To Discover Things Lost, Stolen or Hidden.-Learn 
the time and place the person losing was born under, and 
trace his horoscope. It will give the full particulars. 
To Raise Grass, Clover, Mushrooms, etc., Without 
Seed.-Spread a little lime on waste moss-ground and you 
get an abundant crop of clover. Cow and horse manure 
mixed will produce mushrooms. Oats sown at the usual 
time, and kept eaten down or cropped down without getting 
ripe, will, the next season, from the same stalks, produce 
an abundant crop of rye. We can only account for these 
things upon the simple ground, that the most primitive 
types under a law to which that like production is sub- 
ordinate, give birth to the next above it; this again pro- 
duced the next higher, and so on to the very highest known 128 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
existence. It is well known that often when trees or forests 
are burned down that other species or genera of trees will 
rise in their stead, of course without seed. It is also well 
known to all learned physiologists, that the brain of man- 
kind passes through the form, character and substance of 
seven different existences or types, before we are allowed 
to breathe the breath of life. I will remark in connection, 
it is said, it has been claimed that human beings have been 
and can be artificially made. If the vital fluids are put 
into a receiver and surrounded by certain circumstances, 
may not the same result be produced, or, will not the same 
causes produce the same results? Many things of a like 
nature, and some certain others, that no man dare refer 
to in an open way, are done by the use of plants, animals, 
vegetables, stones, crystals, serpents, scorpions, civet cats, 
chameleons, basilisks, seeds, fumes and vapors, so as to do 
all wonderful things, and sometimes to subvert the powers 
of nature. Some of these things are used from the product 
of dead bodies. All is given here, but in a careful and 
guarded way. 
Living Creatures Roasted and Baked Alive.-Make a 
fire round the body, then continually give as much cold 
water as it will drink. It will drink ravenously. Also 
keep cold water dropping upon the heart. The water cools 
his heart and vital parts, and thus you cook him alive. Set 
him on the table when done, and he will cry as you carve 
him into pieces. 
To Increase the Weight of all Grains, etc.-Fill an 
open mouthed vessel with water and sink it partly down 
into the heap of grain. Soon, the dry grain will absorb 
all the water, and thus measure and weigh more. Moisten 
silk, it will weigh more.-Add ashes of bones to soap, 
bean-meal to wax; chestnut-meal to honey; rail besin in 
oil, etc. 
A Mode of Preparing Paper to Resist Water.-Plunge 
unsized paper, once or twice, into a solution of mastic, 
in oil of turpentine, and dry by a gentle heat. This has 
all the properties of writing papers, and may be used for 
that purpose. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
129 
To Render Paper Fireproof.-Whether the paper be 
plain, written, printed, or even marbled, stained or painted 
for paper hangings, dip it in a strong solution of alum 
water, and thoroughly dry it. In this state it will be fire- 
proof. 
An Apparition of a Ship in the Air.-In 1549, a ship 
with many passengers set sail from New Haven. In the 
next spring no tidings came from Europe of Capt. Lambert 
and his vessel. New Haven's heart began to fail. In the 
June ensuing, a great thunder storm arose and the lost 
ship appeared at the mouth of the harbor, all sails set- 
the children cried out, there is a brave ship, and the people 
praised and rejoiced. At last, when the ship was apparently 
so near the wharf that a stone might be thrown on board 
of her, her main top seemed to be blown off and left hang- 
ing in the shrouds, then all her upper works seemed to be 
blown away. Soon after, her hull seemed to settle, and 
vanished into a passing cloud. This was the very model 
of the lost ship, and doubtless her tragic end. Here, we 
have spiritual, natural, and celestial affinity. The above 
is narrated by the Rev. James Pierpont. 
To Cause Various Dreams.-Before you retire eat a 
little balm. Pleasant sights will appear in your dreams, 
as fields, gardens, trees and flowers-you feel that you see 
and behold the whole face of living nature. If you use 
oil of poplar and balm of gilead when awake, it enables 
you to see and behold all things in nature, and to foretell 
things to come. Dark and troublesome dreams are brought 
about by eating French beans, leeks, wearbine and new 
red wine. You will think you are being carried into the 
air, with lightning and fearful apparitions. 
To Change the Color of the Eyes.-Anoint the fore- 
head with a solution from the ashes of hazel nut, and by 
its oil you can make the eyes white, gray, or black, varying 
by solution. 
Jade-Stone Fetiches.-It is known to have been used 
in the classical days of Greece and Rome, although the 
nilion of Pliny agrees well enough with its more usual 
appearance. It occurs in many different shades of green 130 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and gray, sometimes mottled or "mossy," sometimes with 
a rosy hue. The pale-green and dark-green, milky-white 
or clouded varieties seem to please the fastidious tastes of 
Oriental artists and princes. But something more than its 
beauty has lent it the high reputation it enjoys. Various 
popular beliefs which are founded upon powers, both in 
practical medicine and the art of magic, have given it a 
position among minerals which rarer stones have not at- 
tained. Jade-stone exerts a strong impression on the 
Orientals. On one side, the feeling has a root in actual 
belief in the curative properties of the stone when admin- 
istered to a patient in the form of powder. Diseases of 
the kidney are so treated, and hence the term nephrite arose 
from the Greek word nephros, kidney. On the other side, 
a magic virtue was attributed to the stone; it was believed 
to keep off evil or unlucky spirits. The mandarin kept it 
near him at night in an ornamental as well as useful form. 
The commoner who could not afford the luxuries bore it 
about his person in the shape of an amulet called felt-sui, 
and, as usually happens, consumed far more of the ma- 
terial in commerce than did his rich superior with his 
expensive taste for the elaborated article. The dignity of 
the jade-stone among minerals is such that Prof. Heinrich 
Fischer, of Freiberg, published a large volume on its merits 
alone. The book is hard to get in this counrty; it treats 
exhaustively of jade both as a mineral, an ornament, and 
an object of superstition. 
An account of the extraordinary properties of the jade- 
stone was published in the "New York Times," on Novem- 
ber 24th, 1878, to which interested people are directed for 
further examination on this remarkable product of nature. 
To Change the Human Features.-To look pale, lean 
and old, or full of pimples.-The fumes of saffron, brim- 
stone and sublimate of mercury will do it. Then, if the 
person acted on is put under the influence of lobion sul- 
phuris, ether, or nervous ether, made from extract of opium 
and aconite, both of which are dangerous in the hands of 
an unskilled person, the person operated on will look as 
the operator shall think or wish them to look like, and UNSEALING THE CABALA 
131 
act like an animal, and imitate the same in gesture, action, 
etc. If any one shall go into a public assembly, with an 
uncorked bottle of this subtle substance, it is said he can 
cause the speaker, or any one present, to speak anything 
he desires. Ladies may thus be made to dance in the 
streets, judges to quit the bench, prosecuting attorneys, etc., 
to quit business, and to laugh, and sing, as if they were a 
company of jugglers or shaking Quakers. Necromancers 
assert, by combining spiritual influence with this means, 
all papers can easily and quickly be removed, and no one 
but the operator can ever know how, or by what means it 
was done. It is true, that packages and papers are every 
day moved by invisible means from one place to another. 
It is asserted that the operator, or he who has this mixture 
with him, can go where he likes, without being seen or 
suspected, and to remove what he pleases, and no one can 
ever be the wiser of it except himself. He can travel on 
boats, stages, railroads, etc. He can cause people to do 
anything for him that he desires. He can cause the result 
to be temporary or permanent. He can inspire fear, terror 
or gladness, and can, by this same means, a little varied, 
injure people at whatever distance. Besides doing all of 
these wonderful things for sport, gain, profit and evil, he 
can also accomplish a vast amount of good by it. He can 
cure many diseases by it, and especially liver and nervous 132 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
diseases. I forbear to write any further on this subject, 
as the writings of old authors on these subjects are exceed- 
ingly intricate. 
To Make the Human Face Grow.-The decoction of a 
chamelion, rubbed on the forehead, will make the eyes 
green. The hair of the head can be made to fall off by 
touching the body with the milk of boak or of salamander. 
The leprosy. Pliny says, may be produced by similar means. 
Plutarch says that to soak a hen's egg in vinegar, the shell 
will soon get so soft as to be put into the smallest bottle. 
Also, that a hen's egg, kept in the spawn of the cuttie fish, 
will soon be larger than a man's head. 
To Make a Room Seem all on Fire, Fearful to Be- 
hold.-Sal ammoniac, half an ounce; camphor, one ounce; 
burn it. Be careful that no women are in the room. 
To Handle Fire Without Harm.-Quicksilver neutral- 
ized in vinegar, and the white of an egg smeared on, will 
preserve anything from fire. These are ways by which 
conjurors, buffoons and mountebanks operate. 
To Make a Light Burn Forever Without Replenish- 
ing.-A lamp filled in a glass globe, and arranged with 
pipes, so as to continually return the escaping substances 
of the oil back into the lamp again without any loss, will, 
of course, produce the above result. 
To Fry Fish on Paper.-On white paper put oil or fat, 
and your fish. Set it on a slow fire of coals that has no 
flame. The fish will soon be well cooked. 
How to Roast Chickens without Fire.-Clean a 
chicken, and run a red-hot iron through his body, and cover 
it up with wet cloths. In a short time it will be well 
baked. 
How to Make a Bird or Chicken Roast Himself.- 
The celebrated philosopher, Albertus,' writes thus: A fowl 
that has a stick of witch-hazel run through it, and it is 
hung before the fire, the fowl will keep turning round till 
it is well roasted. 
Living Creatures are Drawn Together by Sympathy. 
-Throw a chameleon into water, or sand or chaff; weasels, UNSEALING THE CABALA 
133 
mice, cats, fleas, frogs, rats, dogs, etc., are brought to- 
gether, so that you can catch and destroy them. 
To Renew all Old or Defaced Letters and Other 
Papers.-Boil galls in wine, and sponge over the surface; 
the letters or writings will be as fresh as ever. 
To Make the Face Swelled, Pressed Down, or Full 
of Scars.-Nothing deforms the countenance more than 
the stinging of bees. Tumors and cavities are made by 
tithymot to the eyes, nose and mouth. 
To Make Dogs and Cats Bewitched and Stupid.-The 
Ophrastus says the herb almerra will do it. Henbane will 
also do the same thing. A dog's color may be changed by 
quick-lime and litharge. A dog cannot run from you or 
bite you if you have another dog's heart in your pocket. A 
bird cannot fly if you cut the upper and lower nerves of 
its wings. 
To Cure the Bite of Vipers, Scorpions, Lizards, Ser- 
pents, and Snakes.-A few drops of ivy, almond wood, 
ash, juniper, elder wine and bay leaves, or an extract of 
these, will soon cure any venom. Alexander the Great used 
to cure drunkenness by similar means. The courage of 
men and armies, it is stated by Timotheus, may also be 
drawn out of them by things of nearly a like nature. 134 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
To Alter the Human Face.-Anoint with shells of wal- 
nuts and pomegranates in vinegar, the face will be black; 
oil of honey washes red and yellow color. 
Images to Hang in the Air.-This is done by inverted 
mirrors. People, when walking, can be made to look as if 
they were upside down, and many other wonderful things 
may be produced. There is much deception about it, how- 
ever. An image may be thrown upon any object, in any 
place, of a dark night-terribly frightening those not know- 
ing how it is done. 
A Simple, Yet Curious Thing.-Any one may wet a 
thread with very salt water, and suspend a button from a 
ceiling, and then burn the string to ashes, and yet the but- 
ton will still hang. This is a strange thing to look at, 
yet it is easily seen that it is brought about on the globule 
principle. 
To Multiply Trees without Seedlings or Grafts.- 
Clip off the last year's growth, and stick the cut end in 
pulverized wood ashes, and then stick the end into a large 
potato and plant it. It will flourish like a rose, and grow 
four times as fast, and bear more and better fruit than 
trees that are raised by what is called natural means. 
How Ladies and Gentlemen May be Made to Throw 
off Their Cloaks, Coats, etc.-A lamp of hare's fat set 
in a room and let burn will cause the gentlemen and ladies 
to throw off their coats, cloaks, hats, etc., quickly, and 
they will dance, laugh and sing as long as the oil burns. 
The effluvia of the hare's fat must, it seems, penetrate the 
brain in a wonderful manner. There are herbs, which, 
thrown into the fire, will make any one present both 
drunk and foolish. They will leap and dance like a lot 
of fools. The face may be made to appear lean and pale 
by throwing on it the fumes of old wine and salt. Sulphur 
and deadly nightshade burned in company will make such 
company look pale and terrific. 
Do the Inhabitants of Other Planets Ever Visit 
This Earth?-I propose in this connection to make a few 
remarks on the following: Mr. Henry Wallace and other 
persons of Jay, Ohio, have recently detailed to me the UNSEALING THE CABALA 
135 
annexed. There are thousands o£ such cases on record. 
These gentlemen state that some time since, on a clear 
and bright day, a shadow was thrown over the place where 
they were. This necessarily attracted their attention to the 
Heavens, where they one and all beheld a large and curi- 
ously constructed vessel, not over one hundred yards from 
the earth. They could plainly discern a large number of 
people on board of her, whose average height appeared to 
be about twelve feet. The vessel was evidently worked by 
wheels and other mechanical appendages, all of which 
worked with a precision and a degree of beauty never yet 
attained by any mechanical skill upon this planet. 
Now I know that thousands will, at this recital, cry 
humbug, nonsense, lunacy, etc., but I know that there are 
other thousands who will reflect. It is for these latter 
thousands that I write. 
VISION OF A SHIP IN THE AIR 
In view, then, of the above, I venture to advance the 
following remarks, viz.: I believe that the time will come 
when all of the inhabitants of all worlds or planets in the 
solar system will regularly visit each other-when, in the 
fullness or fruition of things, an interchange of ideas and 136 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
commodities, visiting and greetings between the respective 
inhabitants of all worlds or planets, will be common and 
universal. I believe that the grand aspirations of an ad- 
vanced humanity on this earth is not without a good cause 
and a good reason. I believe that when the respective at- 
mospheres seen surrounding the different planets in the 
solar system, indeed, of every part of the universe, shall 
have passed into the highest condition of excellence and 
purity of which it is capable, that it will then give life 
to a more exalted and finished condition of genera and 
species, or inhabitants. That most of the planets are now 
inhabited by a kind of beings suited to their respective 
planetary and electrical conditions, is, I think, certain. 
And that inhabitants of thousands of these worlds, that 
roll with eternal beauty throughout the boundless regions 
of the immensity of space, have attained that advanced 
conditions in their planetary being, I have no doubht what- 
ever. And that this ship which Mr. Wallace and others saw 
was a vessel from Venus, Mercury, or the planet Mars, on 
a visit of pleasure or exploration, or some other cause; 
I myself, with the evidence at hand, that I can bring to 
bear on it, have no doubt. This, mind, was no phantom 
that disappeared in a twinkling, as all phantoms do dis- 
appear, but this aerial ship was guided, propelled and 
steered through the atmosphere with the most scientific 
system and regularity, at about six miles an hour, though 
doubtless, from the appearance of her machinery, she was 
capable of going thousands of miles an hour, and who 
knows but ten thousand miles an hour. What can be more 
wonderful as an illustration than the Telegraph, the Phono- 
graph and Telephone? 
Charms Against Furious Beasts.-Repeat reverently 
and with sincere faith the following words, and you shall 
be protected in the hour of danger: 
"At destruction and famine thou shalt laugh, neither 
shalt thou be afraid of the beasts of the earth. 
"For thou shalt be in league with the stones of the field; 
the beasts of the field shall be at peace with thee." 
Charm Against Trouble in General.-Repeat rever- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
137 
ently, and with sincere faith, the following words, and you 
shall be protected in the hour of danger: 
"He shall deliver thee in six troubles, yea, in seven there 
shall no evil touch thee. 
"In famine he shall redeem thee from death; and in war 
from the power of the sword. 
Charm Against Enemies.-Repeat reverently, and with 
sincere faith, the following words, and you shall be pro- 
tected in the hour of danger. 
"Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be 
afraid, for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; 
he, also, is become my salvation. 
"For the stars of Heaven, and the constellations thereof, 
shall not give their light; the sun shall be darkened in 
his going forth, and the moon shall not cause her light to 
shine. 
"And behold, at evening tide, trouble; and before the 
morning, he is not; this is the portion of them that spoils 
us." 
The Magic Torch-to Produce the Appearance of 
THE MAGIC TORCH 138 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Serpents.-Take the skin of a serpent when first killed, 
and twist it up like catgut; then take the blood and fat 
thereof, and mix them up with tallow to make it of suffi- 
cient consistence; then take a mould, such as candles are 
made in, and fix the skin of the serpent as the wick, and 
pour in the fat, etc., as above prepared, which composition 
will then form a candle. The whole of this experiment 
must be performed when the sun is in the Scorpio. When 
the candle is thus lit in a close room, the place will appear 
filled wTith innumerable quantities of the serpents in all 
parts thereof, to the great horror of the spectators. 
Charm Against Peril by Fire or Water.-Repeat rev- 
erently, and with sincere faith, the following words, and 
you shall be protected in the hour of danger: 
"When thou passest through the waters, I will be with 
thee; and through the rivers, they shall not overflow thee- 
when thou walkest through the fire, thou shall not be burnt, 
neither shall the flame kindle upon thee." 
Charms to Know Who Your Husband Shall Be.- 
This is to be attempted on the 21st of January, St. Agnes' 
day. You must prepare yourself by a twenty-four hours' 
fast, touch nothing but pure spring water, beginning at 
midnight on the 20th, to the same again on the 21st; then 
go to bed, and mind you sleep by yourself, and do not 
mention what you are trying to any one, or it will break the 
spell; go to rest on your left side, and repeat these lines 
three times: 
St. Agnes, be a friend to me, 
In the gift I ask of thee; 
Let me this night my husband see. 
And you will dream of your future spouse; if you sec more 
men than one in your dream, you will wed two or three 
times, but if you sleep and dream not, you will never marry. 
The Love-Letter Charm.-On receiving a love-letter 
that has any particular declaration in it, lay it wide open; 
then fold it in nine folds, pin it next to your heart, and 
thus wear it till bed-time, then place it in your left hand 
glove, and lay it under your head. If you dream of gold, 
diamonds or any other costly gem, your lover is true, and UNSEALING THE CABALA 
139 
means what he says; if of white linen, you will lose him 
by death; and if of flowers he will prove false. If you 
dream of his saluting you, he means not what he pro- 
fesses. If you dream of castles or a clear sky, there is no 
deceit, and you will prosper; trees in blossom show chil- 
dren; washing or graves, show you will lose your love by 
death; and water shows that your lover is faithful, but 
that you will go through severe poverty with the party for 
some time, though all may end well. 
To Know if the Unborn Will Be a Girl or Boy.- 
Write the proper names of the father and the mother, and 
the month; count the letters in these words, and divide the 
amount by seven; and if the remainder be even, it will 
be a girl; if uneven, it will be a boy. 
To Know if a Child New-Born Shall Live or Not.- 
Write the proper names of the father and the mother, and 
of the day the child was born; count the letters in these 
words, and to the amount add twenty-five, and then divide 
the whole by seven; if the remainder be even, the child 
shall die; but if uneven, the child shall live. 
To Know How Soon a Person Will Be Married.-Get 
a green pea-pod, in which are exactly nine peas; hang it 
over the door, and then take notice of the next person 
who comes in, who is not of the family, nor of the same 
sex with yourself, and if it proves an unmarried individual, 
you will certainly be married within that year. 
To Know What Fortune Your Future Husband Will 
Have.-Take a walnut, a hazlenut and nutmeg; grate them 
together, and mix them with butter and sugar, and make 
them up into small pills, of which exactly nine must be 
taken on going to bed; and according to your dreams, so 
will be the state of the person you will marry. If a 
gentleman, your dream will be of riches; if a clergyman, of 
white linen; if a lawyer, of darkness; if a tradesman, of 
odd noises and tumults; if a soldier or sailor, of thunder 
and lightning; if a servant, of rain. 
Of the Serpent; Its Wonderful an Magical Value; 
Plants, Animals, Stones, Crystals, etc.-Hippocrates, by 
the use of some parts of this animal, attained to himself 140 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
divine honors; for therewith he cured pestilence and con- 
tagion, and very many other diseases, for he cleansed the 
flesh of a viper. The utmost part of the tail and head 
being cut off, he stripped off the skin, casting away the 
bowels and gall; he reserved of the intestines only the 
heart and liver; he drew out all the blood, with the vein 
running down the back-bone; he bruised the flesh and the 
aforesaid bowels with the bones, and dried them in a warm 
oven until they could be powdered, which powder he 
sprinkled on honey; being clarified and boiled until he 
knew that the flesh in boiling had cast aside their virtue, 
as well in the broth as in the vapors; he then added the 
spices of his country to cloak the secret. 
Amber is an amulet; a piece of red amber worn about 
one is a preventive against poisons. 
Likewise, a sapphire stone is as effectual. Oil of amber 
or amber dissolved in pure spirits of wine, comforts those 
being disordered, if a fumigation of it be made with the 
warts of the shank of a horse-it will cure many disorders. 
The liver and gall of an eel, likewise, being gradually 
dried and reduced to powder, and taken in the quantity of 
a filbert nut, in a glass of warm wine, causes a speedy and 
safe restoration. 
Rhubarb, on account of its violent antipathy, wonderfully UNSEALING THE CABALA 
141 
purges. Music is a well-known specific for curing the bite 
of insects; likewise, water cures the hydrophobia. Warts 
are cured by paring of the same, or by burying as many 
pebbles, secretly, as the party has warts; The king's evil 
may be cured by the heart of a toad worn about the neck, 
first being dried. If any one shall spit in the whan which 
he struck or hurt another, so shall the wound be cured; 
likewise, if any one shall draw the halter wherewith a 
malefactor was hung, across the throat of one who has the 
quinsey, it certainly cures him; also, the herb cinque foil 
being gathered before the sun, one leaf cures the tertian, and 
four the quartan ague. Rape-seed sown with anger grows the 
fairer, and thrives; but with praises the reverse. The juice 
of deadly night-shade, distilled, and given in a proportionate 
quantity, makes the party imagine almost whatever you 
choose. The herb nip being heated in the hand, and after- 
ward you hold your hand in the hand of any other party, 
they shall never quit you so long as you retain that herb. 
The herbs arsemart, comfrey, flaxw'eed, dragon, wort, ad- 
der's tongue, being steeped in cold water, and is for some 
time being applied on a wound or ulcer, they grow warm, 
and are buried in a muddy place, cureth the wound or 
sore to which they were applied. Again, if any one pluck 
the leaves of asarabacca, drawing them upwards, they will 
purge; another, who is ignorant of the drawing, by vomit 
only; but if they are wrestled downward to the earth, they 
cause meigrims. A sapphire or stone that is of a deep blue 
color, if it be rubbed on a tumor, wherein the plague dis- 
covers itself (before the party is too far gone), and by-and- 
by it be removed from the sick, the absent jewel attracts 
all the poison or contagion therefrom. And thus much is 
sufficient to be said concerning natural occult virtues, where- 
of we speak in a mixed and miscellaneous manner. 
Of the Art of Fascination, Binding, Sorceries, Mag- 
ical Confections, Lights, Candles, Images, Lamps, etc. 
-We have so far spoken concerning the great virtues and 
wonderful efficacy of natural things, it remains now that 
we speak of a wonderful power and faculty of fascination; 
or more properly, a magical and occult binding of men into 142 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
love or hatred, sickness or health; also, the binding of 
thieves, that they cannot steal in any place, or to bind them 
that they cannot remove, from whence they may be detected; 
the binding of merchants that they cannot buy nor sell; the 
binding of an army that they cannot pass any bounds; the 
binding of ships, so that no wind, ever so strong, shall be 
able to carry them out of that harbor; the binding of a mill, 
that it cannot by any means, whatsoever, be turned to work; 
the binding of a cistern or fountain, that the water cannot 
be drawn up out of them; the binding of the ground, so 
that nothing can be built upon it; the binding of fire, that 
though it be ever so strong, it shall burn no combustible 
things that is put to it; also, the binding of lightning and 
tempests, that they shall do no hurt; the binding of dogs, 
that they cannot bark; also, the binding of birds and wild 
beasts, that they shall not be able to run or fly away; and 
things similar to these, which are hardly creditable. Now, 
it is asserted these kinds of binding are made and brought 
to pass, by sorceries, collyries, unguents, potions, binding 
to and hanging up of talismans; by charms, incantations, 
strong imaginations, affections, images, characters, en- 
chantments, lights, and by sounds, numbers, words, names, 
invocations, and conjugations. 
Hippomanes.-Poison is in them-they are a poison to 
poisonous creatures. We next come to speak of hippo- 
manes, which amongst sorceries, are not accounted the least; 
and this is a little venomous piece of flesh, the size of a 
fig, and black, which is in the forehead of a colt newly 
foaled, which, unless the mare herself does presently eat, 
she will hardly ever love her foals, or let them suck; and 
this is a most powerful philter to cause friendship, if it 
be powdered, and drank in a cup with the blood of him that 
is in love. Such a potion was said to be given by Medea 
to Jason. 
There is another sorcery which is called hippomanes, 
viz.: a venomous liquor. The civet cat also abounds with 
sorceries; for the posts of a door, being touched with her 
blood, the arts of jugglers and sorcerers are so invalid that 
evil spirits can by no means be called up, or compelled to UNSEALING THE CABALA 
143 
talk with them; this is Pliny's report. Also, those that are 
anointed with the oil of her feet, being boiled with the 
ashes of the ankle bone of the same and the blood of a 
weasel, shall become odious to all. The same, also, is to 
be done with the eye being decocted. If any one has a 
little of the strait-gut of this animal about him, and it is 
bound to the left arm, it is a charm for him at all times; 
and the skin of this animal's forehead withstands witch- 
craft. 
We next come to speak of the blood of a basilisk, which 
magicians call the blood of Saturn. This procures (by its 
virtue) for him that carries it about him good success of 
petitions from great men; likewise makes him amazingly 
successful in the cure of diseases, and the grant of 
privileges. They say, also, that a stone bitten by a mad 
dog causes discord, if it be put into drinks; and if any 
one shall put the tongue of a dog, dried, into his shoe, or 
some of the powder, no dog is able to bark at him who has 
it; and more powerful this, if the herb hound's tongue be 
put with it. And likewise, dogs will not bark at him who 
has the heart of a dog in his pocket. 
The red toad (Piny says) living in briers and brambles, 
is full of sorceries, and is capable of wonderful things. 
There is a little bone in his left side, which being cast 
into cold water, makes it presently hot, by which, also, the 144 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
rage of dogs are restrained, and their love procured if it 
be put in their drink, making them faithful and serviceable; 
on the contrary, the bone which is on the right side makes 
hot water cold, and it binds so that heat can make it hot 
while it there remains. It is a certain cure for quartans, if 
it be bound to the sick man in a snake's skin; and likewise 
cures all fevers, the St. Anthony's fire, etc. And the spleen 
and heart are effectual antidotes against the poisons of 
the said toad. This much Pliny writes. 
Also it is said, that the sword with which a man is slain 
has wonderful power; for if the snuffle of a bridle or bit 
or spurs, be made of it, with these a horse ever so wild is 
tamed, and made gentle and obedient. They say, if we dip 
a sword, with which any one was beheaded, in wine, that it 
cures the quartan, the sick being given to drink of it. There 
is a liquor made, by which men are made as raging and 
furious as a bear, imagining themselves in every respect to 
be changed into one; and this is done, while the force 
operates; he will fancy every living creature to be just like 
to himself; neither can anything divert or cure him till the 
fumes of the liquor are entirely expended. 
Of the Occult Virtue of Things which Are Inher- 
ent in Them Only in Their Lifetime, and Such as 
Remain in Them Even After Death.-Democritus writes, 
that if any one should take out the tongue of a water-frog, 
no other part of the animal sticking to it, and lay it upon 
the place where the heart beats, the person is compelled, 
against their will, to answer whatever you shall ask. Also, 
take the eyes of a frog, which must be extracted before 
sunrise, and bound to the sick party, and the frog to be let 
go again blind into the water, the party shall be cured of 
ague. Also, the same will, being bound with the flesh of a 
nightingale, in the skin of a hart, keep a person always 
wakeful, without sleeping. Also, the roe of a fork-fish 
being bound to the body, is said to ease all pain, if it be 
taken from it alive, and the fish put into the sea again. 
So the right eye of a serpent being applied to the soreness 
of eyes, cures the same, if the serpent be let go alive. So, 
likewise, the tooth of a mole being taken out alive, and UNSEALING THE CABALA 
145 
afterwards let go, cures the toothache; and the dogs will 
never hark at those who have the tail of a weasel that has 
escaped. Democritus says, that if the tongue of the 
chameleon be taken alive, it conduces to good success in 
trials. 
There are many properties that remain after death, and 
these are things in which the idea of the matter is less 
swallowed up, according to Plato, in them; even after death, 
that which is immortal in them will work some wonderful 
things, as in the skins of several wild beasts, which will 
corrode and eat one another after death. Also a drum made 
of the rocket-fish, drives all creeping things at whatsoever 
distance the sound of it is heard, and the strings of an in- 
strument made of the guts of a wolf, and being strained 
upon a harp or lute, with strings made of sheep-guts, wfill 
make no harmony. But the gut of a cat is infinitely 
delightful. 
Paracelsus and Helmont both agree, that in the toad, al- 
though so irreverent to the sight of man, and so noxious to 
the touch, and of such strong, violent antipathy to the 
blood of man, I say out of this hatred has been prepared a 
remedy against manifold diseases most inimical to man's 
nature. The toad has a natural aversion to man, and this 
sealed image or idea of hatred he carries in his head and 
eyes, and most powerfully throughout his whole body. 
A Series of Wonderful Cures Ef- 
fected by the Powers of Natural and 
Celestial Magic.-Helmont mentions a 
stone that he saw, and had in his posses- 
sion, which cured all disorders, the plague 
not excepted. I shall relate the circumstances in his own 
words, which are as follows: 
"There was a certain Irishman, whose name was Butler, 
being sometime great with James, king of England, he 
being detained in the prison of the Castle of Vilvord; and 
taking pity on one Baillius, a certain Franciscan monk, a 
most famous preacher of Gallo-Britain, who was also im- 
prisoned, having an erysipelas in his arm. On a certain 
evening, when the monk did almost despair, he swiftly 146 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
tinged a certain little stone in a spoonful of almond milk, 
and presently withdrew it thence. So he says to the keeper: 
'Reach this supping to that poor monk, and how much 
soever he shall take thereupon, he shall be whole, at least 
within a short hour's space.' Which thing even so came to 
pass, to the great admiration of the keeper and the sick 
man, not knowing from whence so sudden health shone upon 
him, seeing that he was ignorant that he had taken anything, 
for his left arm being before hugely swollen, fell down so 
that it could scarcely be discerned from the other. On the 
morning following, I, being entreated by some great men, 
came to Vilvord, as a witness of his deeds; therefore, I con- 
tracted a friendship with Butler. Soon afterward, I saw a 
poor old woman, a laundress, who, from the age of sixteen 
years, had labored with an intolerable megrim, cured in 
my presence. Indeed, he, by the way, lightly dipped the 
same little stone in a spoonful of oil of olives, and presently 
cleansed the same by licking it with his tongue, and laid 
it up in his snuff-box; but that spoonful of oil, whereof 
only one drop he commanded to be anointed over the head 
of the aforesaid old woman, who was thus thereby straight- 
way cured, and remained whole which I attest I was 
amazed." 
Porphyry, considered that, by certain vapors exhaled 
from proper fumigations, aerial spirits are raised, also 
thunder and lightning, and the like; as the liver of a 
chameleon, being burnt on the house-top, will raise showers 
and lightning; the same effect has the head and throat, if 
they are burnt with oaken wood. 
And there is another yet more wonderful. If any one 
shall take images, artificially painted, or written letters and, 
in a clear night, set them against the beams of the full moon, 
these resemblences being multiplied in the air, and caught 
upward, and reflected back together with the beams of the 
moon; another man that is knowing to the thing, at a long 
distance sees, reads, and knows them in the very compass 
and circle of the moon, which art of declaring secrets is, 
indeed, very profitable for towns and cities that are be- 
sieged, being a thing which Pythagoras long since did, UNSEALING THE CABALA 
147 
and which is not unknown to some in these days. There 
are some fumigations under the influence of the stars, that 
cause images of spirits to appear in the air or elsewhere; 
if coriander, smallage, henbane and hemlock be made to 
fume, by invocations, spirits will soon come together, be- 
ing attracted by the vapors which are most congruous to 
their own natures; hence they are called the herbs of the 
spirits. Also, if a fume be made of the root of the reedy 
herb segapen, with the juice of hemlock and henbane, and 
the herb tapfus barbatus, red sanders, and black poppy, it 
will likewise make strange shapes appear; but if a suffume 
be made of smallage, it chases them away and destroys their 
visions. Again, if a perfume be made of calimint, cinny, 
mint, and palma christi, it drives away all evil spirits 
and vain imaginations. Likewise, by certain fumes, ani- 
mals are gathered together and put to flight. Pliny men- 
tions, concerning the stone liparis, that with the fume there- 
of, all beasts are attracted together. The bones in the 
upper part of the throat of a hart being burnt, bring 
serpents together; but the horn of the hart being burnt, 
chases away the same; likewise, a fume of peacock's feathers 
does the same. Also the lungs of an ass being burnt 
puts all poisonous things to flight; so does red pepper. 
Now there are certain fumigations used to almost all 
instruments of magic, such as images, rings, etc. For some 
of the magicians say, that if any one shall hide gold or 
silver, or any other such like precious thing (the moon 
being in conjunction with the sun), and shall perfume the 
place with coriander, saffron, henbane, smallage and black 
poppy, of each the same quantity, and bruised together, 
and tempered with the juice of hemlock, that thing which is 
so hid shall never be taken away therefrom, but that 
spirits shall continually keep it; and if any one shall en- 
deavor to take it away by force, they shall be hurt, or 
struck with a frenzy, or become sick. And Hermes says, 
there is nothing like the fume of spermaceti for the raising 
up of spirits; therefore, if a fume be made of lignum aloes, 
pepper wort, musk, saffron, and red storax, together with 
the blood of a lap-wing, it will quickly gather many airy 148 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
spirits to the place where it is used; and if it be used about 
graves, it will attract spirits thither. 
The learned Procius gives an example of a spirit that 
appeared in the form of a lion, furious and raging; by 
setting a white cock before the apparition it soon vanished 
away, because there is so great contrariety between a cock 
and a lion-and let this suffice for a general observation in 
these kind of things. 
By What Means Magicians and Necromancers Claim 
to Call Forth Spirits.-It is manifest that the spirits 
after death do as yet love their bodies which they left, as 
those souls do whose bodies want due burial, or have left 
their bodies by violent death, and yet wander about in a 
troubled and moist spirit, beings, as it were, allured by 
something that has an affinity with them, the means being 
known, by which in time past, they were joined to their 
bodies, they may be called forth and allured by the like 
vapors, liquors and certain artificial lights, songs, sounds, 
etc., which moves the imaginative and spiritual harmony 
of the soul, and sacred invocations, etc. 
Necromancy has its name because it wcrrks on the dead, 
and gives answers by apparitions of the dead, and sub- 
terraneous spirits, alluring them into the carcasses by 
charms and invocations, and by deadly sacrifices and 
wicked oblations. 
There are two kinds of necromancy: raising the car- 
casses, which is not done without blood; the other in which 
the calling of the shadow only suffices. To conclude, it 
works all its experiments by the carcasses of the slain, and 
their bones and members, and what is from them. 
Raphael's Incantation for Raising Spirits.-Those 
who propose raising spirits, must fast three days, and drink 
nothing but spring water prior to undertaking and going 
through this fearful ordeal, otherwise, in consequence of 
the gross nature of the blood; these invisible accompani- 
ments of those whom we conjure may do us much bodily 
harm-these satellites are very revengeful if disturbed by 
a strong incantation. Having determined, to raise a par- 
ticular spirit, be careful not to disclose your intention to UNSEALING THE CABALA 
149 
more than one person, and who it might be as wet! to 
engage as assistant in the ceremony; everything being ready 
proceed to the locality where the body is laid, about the 
hour of eleven at night, and choose that period when the 
moon is just one-quarter old-take with you two bags of 
sand, one red and the other white-now drive a stake cut 
from the cypress tree, twelve foot from the grave, and 
have fastened to it a cord six foot long, made by twisting 
the skins of snakes together; form a circle round the cypress 
stake, exactly six foot, by carrying round the snake cord; 
in making the circle, travel the same way as the sun- 
this, the first circle must be marked out by sprinkling the 
white sand about one inch broad-now take a piece of 
hemp rope and tie it to the stake, so that it measures exactly 
seven foot from it; if you can get an halter, on which had 
been hung a murderer, the power of the ceremony would 
be trebled. Now make the circle which will be exactly 
one foot beyond the other, and sprinkle the red sand same 
as before. In the spaces betwixt the two circles, form 
figures of the twelve signs of the zodiac; using alternately 
for each sign, first red, then white sand-during the whole 
of this preparatory ceremony remain on the outside of the 
circles; now prepare a mixture of the following materials; 
gun-powder, one-quarter ounce; sulphur vivum one-half 
ounce; verrige yellow, one-quarter ounce; crude antimony, 
powdered, one ounce; nitrate of potash, three and one-half 
ounces-mix it carefully and sift it through lawn, take all 
the fine part, and put it in an iron pot that has never been 
used; and, immediately at twelve o'clock, spring into the 
inner circle, and apply a lighted taper to the powder, and 
each placing the palm of the left hand over the heart, read 
slowly the following incantation: 
By the mighty and sublime poetry of imagery, by the 
marrow of alchemy, by the potent influence of Arotro- 
caridies, and that prince of darkness whose obscure in- 
fluence might serve or swerve a host, by that Chaldic art, 
by this conjuration, incantation, and the pestiferous blood 
distilled, which when mixed with the Hebanon, doth yield 
an odor so potent that shall compel the spirit (mentioning 150 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the name) to leave the cerements to which this spirit hovers 
round, and appear before us (both loudly speaking their 
own name together). Raphael says, at this moment the 
operators will require all the nerve they possess to prevent 
themselves escaping from the magic circle, but notwith- 
standing the terrible sights they may see, they must by 
all means remain. If the spirit now appears, the charm 
has been worked effectually. Now continue the incantation. 
These, with Zamiel's sanction, we sprinkle on the ground, 
both north, both south, both east, both west (sprinkle the 
prepared mixture) and the silver moon being on her 
youthful pilgrimage, shedding her cold light upon us and 
the airy spirit, we conjure thee, reply to all and truly, 
questions we may put to thee. Now ask what questions 
you choose, no matter how important, whether it be hidden 
treasures, documents, murders, robberies, etc., etc., so long 
as the spirit raised is presumed to have been interested in 
the matter during life. Having obtained the desired infor- 
mation, dismiss the apparition with the following: Depart 
in peace, with our good wishes for thy future welfare; 
let thy repose and future state be rewarded by what thou 
dost deserve; let those temptations and tempters, which in 
thy spirit world accompany thee, be but as buoys to guard 
thee from the rocks of unredeemable perdition, and now 
depart. At this moment sprinkle blood from the heart of 
a dove outside the circle, and the spirit departs-the cere- 
mony is completed. 
Cagliostra's Incantation to Raise Spirits Without 
Blood.-This incantation is not so powerful as the former 
one, and therefore is useless in producing the spirits of 
those who may have committed great crimes; but for ordi- 
nary individuals and purposes, this will always elicit suffi- 
cient information. The two circles must always be pre- 
pared with sand, in the same manner as in Raphael's In- 
cantation, and the hour the same, namely: midnight; but 
let the moon be in the last quarter, and further, the indi- 
vidual must not divulge his intentions to any living being; 
at the same time he must go through the preparatory period 
of fasting. In the centre of the ring must be drove three UNSEALING THE CABALA 
151 
stakes, one of cypress, one of elm, and one of willow; 
these stakes must be five feet above the surface of the earth; 
now take three small chains that have previously lain seven 
days, one or two in the juice of the may apple, the other 
two in a deep vault, these suspend from the three stakes, 
and attach to them a new iron vessel that has never been 
used; put into the iron vessel a powder of the following 
materials; sulphuret of antimony, four parts; chlorate of 
potash, five parts; flowers of sulphur, thirteen parts; nitrate 
of strontia, forty parts. The whole of these articles must 
not weigh over the tenth part of an ounce; directly the 
clock strikes twelve, you occupy the circle and light the 
materials in the cauldrons and commence reading in a 
kind of chant the following incantation: Illume, illume, 
illume; can spirits yield their secrets to mortal man, without 
a struggle? Can magic and necromantic influences bear 
upon ye, ye spirits of earth and air? If so, let human, 
living, breathing mind, wrest from you those hidden secrets. 
By these sensative vapors, colors and flame, and which 
issue from this magic cauldron, thy spirit oh (mention the 
name) I command thee to appear, and if thou refuseth to 
mingle thy spirit with this etherial charm, I will so exercise 
thee with terrors, that rest no more thy tenement of clay 
shall know; but troubled for thy dear repose, thy spirit 
shall be chained to watch and guard to eternity. Now, if 
the spirit does not appear, repeat Raphael's incantation, 
and at its expiration ask your questions-which, if you 
receive no reply, you may defer your inquiries to a future 
period. But if the spirit should appear, but refuse to 
answer your questions, continue your chant as follows: so 
emblematic, of proud resistance in thy life, thou dost dare 
in spirit, to refuse me my request; now by this charm I 
fling at Taurus symbol-throw on the sight of Taurus a 
little of the ashes of a snake, and a piece of a caul; its 
powerful influence shall unlock and regenerate thy stub- 
born inclination-yea, though Oberon himself should at- 
tempt his offer of protection. Now propound your ques- 
tions, and as quick as possible dismiss the spirit; which is 
done by directing your thoughts into a good channel, and 152 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
reverently sprinkling on the ashes in the cauldron, a little 
saffron, resanders, and rhattany. 
The Magic Crystal is a ball of pure virgin glass, some- 
what in the shape of an egg; the method of using it is, 
to hold it in the palm of the right hand, retain it there 
from eleven to twelve o'clock at night, in a dark room, all 
the time concentrating your thoughts upon the object you 
desire to see; about twelve o'clock, it is said, the crystal 
becomes quite warm-now look steadily into it and it is 
stated pictures appear of scenes that are transpiring with 
friends far distant; in fact, it is asserted that the move- 
ments of any one can be known. 
To Prevent Ships from Sailing, or Papers from Being 
Signed.-It is asserted by the old author (Croweller), that 
burning a mixture of the blood of the camel and the 
chameleon, when Saturn is in the ascendant and the ninth 
house, the wishes of those who work the charm will be 
gratified. Further, by carrying this before being burned, 
about the person, it will prevent our enemies from injuring 
or slandering us. 
To Make Magic Seals, Magic Serpents, Magic Images, 
Magic Genii.-These must all be made of the four prim- 
itive metals, viz.: the head, of gold, which represents 
purity; the body, of copper, which represents time; the 
legs and feet, of iron, which represents strength; the arms, 
of silver, which represents brilliancy. The head portions 
of the image must be cast or wrought, when Jupiter is in 
the seventh house-the body and loins, when Venus is in 
the ascendant-and the legs and arms, when Mercury enters 
the fourth house in juxtaposition to Mars. Seals and ser- 
pents and wafers may be cast when the moon is at her 
full. All images, seals and serpents, after being made, 
must be sunk five fathoms in salt water. 
The Hidden Mystery of the Magi, which it is by some 
supposed they rendered themselves invisible, consisted in 
obtaining the fat from the heart of a dead lion, and mixing 
it with subtle vapors. They anointed their persons with 
this mixture. 
To Make Magic Lotions, Magic Rings, Magic Glasses, UNSEALING THE CABALA 
153 
Magic Numbers, Magic Spells.-Magic rings are made of 
the same metals as the seals and genuii, and under the 
same planetary influences; they possess the most atsound- 
ing and astonishing properties for those who wear this 
charmed jewel. Magic numbers may be cast in the same 
way, making the number according to the day of the 
month. Magic letters are obtained in the same manner, 
using a letter on the day you make them, which corresponds 
with the first letter in the name of the day or month. Magic 
lotions and oil are made by placing a magic image in a 
blue glass bottle, and filling with water or oil, hermetically 
sealing the same, and burying in sand for seventy-seven 
hours. All these are said to possess remarkable properties, 
but the age is not yet sufficiently advanced for an ordinary 
comprehension to grasp at them; yet I know many philos- 
ophers who are daily experimenting on this and kindred 
matters. 
Magic Glasses consist of an amalgam of the four prim- 
itive metals, with the elementary constituents of glass; 
these, under proper planetary influences, you can cause to 
mix, which must be then ground down into a mirror, which, 
by looking into it, the features are multiplied, each face 
varying a little from its neighbor. The illustration will 
convey an idea of the appearance of the magic glass. 
Magic Spells are made by dissolving the filings of magic 
wafers in weak vegetable acids, and tracing on the left 
arm some protecting words. Those who are suffering, or 
persons about to take journeys in railroad cars, steamboats, 
stages, etc., can avail themselves of this spell. The method 
for them to pursue is, to obtain a strong quill from the 
tail of a peacock, and make it into a pen; this dip into 154 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the magic solution, and write with it any of the following 
spells: 
"Famine or thirst attacketh me not. 
"Though the waves roll, and the winds roar, the spirits 
of both are my protectors. 
"In the hour of travail, or the moment of pestilence, 
may good guardians be with me." 
To Transfer Printed Matter, and Print from It 
Again.-Take your picture, or print, and soak it for a short 
time in a weak solution of caustic potash, then remove it 
carefully and let it dry on a sheet of clean paper. Now, 
take a piece of copper, zinc or steel, which has pre- 
NECROMANCY 
viously been well cleaned, and dip it into hot white wax, 
let the first coat set, then dip again, having got the plate 
thoroughly coated and set, lay the matter to be transferred 
on the plate and rub it gently all over on the back; now UNSEALING THE CABALA 
155 
raise it up and it will be transferred onto the wax on the 
plate; now take needles of a different thickness, and scrawl 
off the wax, following the lines of the engraving; having 
got the picture all traced out, pour upon it some weak acid 
if you use zinc, but it is too soft to print many from, 
therefore it is better to use copper or steel; if you use 
copper, make the following solution to pour over it: ver- 
digris, four parts; salt, four parts; sal ammoniac, four 
parts; alum, one part; water, sixteen parts; strong vinegar, 
twelve parts; dissolve by heat-for steel, use pyroligneous 
acid, five parts; alcohol, one part; nitric acid, one part. 
Mix the first two, then add the nitric acid, pouring these 
preparations over the plates where the traces of the picture 
is, it will eat into the metal plate without affecting the wax; 
let it stand till it has eaten a sufficient depth, then wash 
the plate in cold water, dry it and place it near the fire 
till all the wax is melted off. You can now print as many 
as you please from the plate, by rubbing on it printers' 
ink, so as to fill all the fine spaces; which, when done, 
wipe it over smoothly with clean cloths to remove the 
superfluous ink which is on the face of the plate-now take 
damp paper or cardboard, and press it on the plate either 
with a copying press, or the hand, and you get a fine 
impression, or as many as you want by repeating the ink- 
ing process. I would recommend beginners to try their 
skill with valueless prints, before attempting to make trans- 
fers of fine engravings, as the picture to be transferred 
is destroyed by the process. 
Damaged Tea.-May be restored by exposing it to a 
slight moisture, and quickly drying upon thin copper plates, 
under a hot sun. 
Divination, as Practiced by the Greeks.-Twenty 
bachelors and twenty maidens form a circle, each placing 
before them a grain of wheat-now place a rooster in the 
center of the circle, and the first grain he picks up, the 
individual before whom it was placed is shortly to be 
married, and so on as he picks the grain. 
To Cook a Beef-steak Without Fire, or Heat from 
the Sun.-Put a few pieces of unslacked lime in a tin box. 156 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and add a little water, placing the steak on the top of the 
lid-it will soon be cooked. 
The Dutch Charmers and Gypsies make Philters of 
considerable. stimulating power; they are compounded 
under peculiar planetary influences, and are composed of 
musk, ambergris, civat, cinnamon, and a variety of essential 
oils. These are constantly worn about the person or rubbed 
over the body-their influence, if properly prepared, are 
said to secure lasting regard and esteem. 
Black Spots May Be Put on a Horse by making a mix- 
ture of quick-lime and litharge. This powder, when used, 
must be made damp, and spread upon the part to be dyed, 
with five or six wrappers of brown paper bound over it. 
To Improve Tobacco.-Before manufacting American 
tobacco, steep it into solution made by boiling one pound 
of Cuban or Havana leaf in three gallons of water, with 
half an ounce of nitrate of potash. 
Kissing.-The eyes sparkle, and are full of soft and 
tender expression-the heart palpitates-the blood tingling 
through the arteries-the lungs are strongly expanded, and 
deep sighs-blushes cover the face and neck and the in- 
fluence of this delicious feeling is manifested wherever 
nerves are distributed. 
All these nerves seem to have a magnetic attraction for 
each other. The hands are clasped together. The heart 
palpitates. The lips meet each other-the nervous influ- 
ence passing like the electric spark between them with a 
sensation exquisite and delicious. 
Such is the kiss of true love. The maternal kiss is dif- 
ferent, somewhat in kind, but more in degree; for which 
reason, the kiss of friendship and of relationship is so 
much cooler than that of love. 
How, like twin-cherries must have looked the lips of the 
beautiful Helen, when Paris saw her! What soft charms 
rested on those of Cleopatra, when a Cassar could resign 
an empire for her. And from the lips of the divine Aspasia 
came the most enchanting philosophy, so that sages sat at 
her feet. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
157 
I think, sometimes, what Adam must have felt; how 
queerly, how astonished, when he first pressed his lips to 
those of our first mother, when the world was fresh and 
new. Did he reason upon it as well as enjoy? 
Eve was not a Quakeress, prim, and formal-outraging 
nature, and denying its holy impulses. 
In several European nations is used the kiss of salutation. 
Great bearded men kiss each other. This, the English and 
Americans with better taste reject. It is even discarded 
between men and women-more the pity, some think. 
Women kiss when they meet or part, especially girls at 
school, which is well enough, for it keeps them in practice, 
and yet it seems like a waste of the raw material. There 
are a hundred games of forfeits, etc., in which kissing is 
the main attraction. The hand, the forehead, even the 
cheek may be kissed. 
There is a custom of a whole company kissing the bride 
at a wedding-" a custom more honored in the breach than 
the observance." No company of male acquaintance should 
ever kiss a bride of mine, not on a wedding night, nor 
with my good-will thereafter. 
To Choose a Husband.-First obtain an intelligent, 
virtuous, and pious man; having found one as near perfect 
with these attributes, study the science of phrenology, 
which will also assist you in your choice. Be sure he 
possesses-first, the bump of affection, which is situated 
just below the back part of the brain; second, philopro- 
genitiveness, or love of offspring, situated about midway 
behind the head, and central betwixt the two ears; third, 
adhesiveness, or constancy; this bump is located at the 
upper two-thirds of the cranium on each side of the head. 
Ladies, rest assured, that if you succeed in obtaining a 
man with these qualifications, you will never regret having 
tied that knot which cannot be unloosed. 
To Choose a Wife.-Mark the fullness of the lower part 
of the head and neck, the prominence of the occipital, or 
whole posterior portion of the head-and with them, and 
as the consequence, the soft and eloquent eye, and the 
swelling bosom, the very pillow of love, as saith a poet: HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
158 
Love's pillow is fair woman s breast. 
His zephyrs are her gentle sighs; 
Her breath, the perfume he loves best, 
And his loved light her radiant eyes. 
Mesmerism, Animal Magnetism, Electro-Physiology, 
Spiritual Manifestations, etc.-It is now over half a 
century since the city of Paris was thrown into the wildest 
state of excitement, by the astounding effects produced 
by a man who called himself 
(Mesmer). Whether this was a real 
or assumed name is quite a matter 
of indifference; suffice it to say 
that he was the first who es- 
tablished that doctrine known as Mesmerism, and which 
at the present day is familiar to us as animal magnetism, 
electro-physiology, etc. It appears from what we are 
able to gather, that upon the first arrival in Paris, 
of Mesmer, he occupied obscure lodgings outside the Bar- 
rier, or beyond the limits of the city. Here he first began 
a practice for the cure of some diseases, particularly those 
of a mental and nervous nature, which will hand down his 
name for ages hence. Having performed a series of cures 
without any internal medicament, many of the people 
began to invest him with celestial, while the greater number 
credited him with being in league with a nameless indi- 
vidual, whose salamanderic propensities toward fire, and 
sulphur, is well understood. Men of learning and high 
pretension listened with incredulity, and others did not 
hesitate in scouting these popular rumors, and crying 
charlatan. All this time the rooms of Mesmer were crowded 
by visitors clamorous to be restored to health, or witness 
the proceedings and manipulations of the man; in fact, 
so great became the mob, that officers were stationed at 
convenient points in the neighborhood to restrain the 
people's impetuosity. Mesmer not only cured many dis- 
eases, but spoke truly of circumstances that were occurring 
to persons in parts far remote. This only added to the 
excitement, and his name and acts became the sole topic 
of conversation, not only in the cafe and lodging of the 
artisan, but in the salons of nobiltiy, and even in the UNSEALING THE CABALA 
159 
Tuilleries of the king. Many of the aristocracy were 
anxious to secure the services of this man, but a sense 
of ridicule, or fear of being imposed upon, and conse- 
quently become the butt of the whole court, restrained 
them! and none cared to take the initiatory step, until the 
old Viscountess of Gouchelain, who had been suffering for 
many years from a partial paralysis, concluded to see this 
ninth wonder (Mesmer). She called upon, and by the 
exercise of his art and a rude voltaic pile, in six weeks 
madam was not only entirely recovered from the disease 
under which she labored, but seemed to have acquired a 
new lease of her life. Mesmer having now firmly obtained 
a warrant for the recognition of the nobility, was waited 
upon by a deputation of high officials, and invited to take 
up his residence in a magnificent building, the property 
of the government, located in the Place la Concord. Here 
he took pupils and instructed them in his theory, as the 
number that daily visited him was so great, that it was 
impossible for him to more than superintend them. The 
carriages of princes, prelates, dukes, generals and ministers, 
might be daily seen before his door, who waited for hours 
to obtain an interview which frequently on that day only 
resulted in failure. The means employed by Mesmer, in 
bringing about these remarkable results was, according to 
his own statements, which is very unsatisfactory, that 
he only exercised within himself a determined will upon 
another individual, male or female, which threw them into 
a state of physical incapacity, leaving the mental free 
scope, that is to say, to chain the body and let the mind 
remain free. Whenever he strongly exercised this will or 
determination, he generally succeeded in producing this 
result, and then by guiding the thoughts of the individual 
in whatever direction he thought proper, by his own de- 
termined mental will-he would then ask them verbally 
what questions he desired; and if he received from those 
who were in the state of coma, unsatisfactory replies, he 
would carry their mind in an opposite direction, and 
through every point of the compass, until they were en- 
abled to discover the person or persons he was desirous 
of obtaining a knowledge of, or the scenes that was being 160 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
enacted by individuals or communities in countries far 
distant. For diseases, he merely applied his electrical 
or galvanic batteries to the patient, and then putting them 
to sleep by first taking the two hands of the patient in his, 
placing the point of his thumbs opposite to theirs, and 
looking them steadfastly in the eyes the whole time, de- 
termining in his mind, that they should become comatose 
or sleep, and at the same time mentally determining that 
the nervousness, or whatever the disease might be, should 
be cured; continuing this will during the whole period that 
he was with the patient both before and after sleeping. 
Though after this latter phenomena took place, he dropped 
the hand, made passes by carrying his hands over the eye- 
brows, forehead, and the points of his fingers down the 
patient's arms. 
Mesmer frequently remarked, that in chronic diseases, 
he suffered himself from similar symptoms to which the 
person had labored under, for several days after the pa- 
tient had recovered (this, no doubt, was sympathy). The 
practice of Mesmer was not confined to the city of Paris; 
he received hundreds of letters daily, some enclosing a 
glove, a neckerchief, a ring, and even a false lock of hair, 
describing their disease; those he magnetized by his will, 
and returned to the writers; and in the majority of cases, 
he cured, or relieved of diseases, particularly of a neuralgic 
character. About this time, when Mesmer and Mesmerism 
was in the zenith of its popularity, its founder was killed 
by the running away of his horses, and the precipitating of 
his carriage over an enbankment, which crushed him, and 
he died instantly. Thus, unfortunately, destroying a use- 
ful, benevolent and good man, who, no doubt, had he lived 
would have developed the science of animal magnetism to 
what it is at least at the present day, if not beyond. How- 
ever, he left many industrious pupils who are now laboring 
in the same field. I am not quite the firm believer that 
Mesmer was, who asserted, that in time all diseases could 
be cured by mesmeric influences alone-for my practical 
experience assures me that many diseases cannot be cured 
by medicine, which mesmerism may cure, and on the other 
^and, I am convinced that many diseases can only be cured UNSEALING THE CABALA 
161 
by internal medicines, or mechanical appliances, in which 
animal magnetism would not prove beneficial, but actually 
injurious. 
It is needless for me to enter into the annual progress of 
the science of animal magnetism, since the death of Mesmer 
to the present time, but precisely the same means are now 
employed; and there is no doubt that the constant and daily 
exercise of Mesmer's principles leads to a higher state, 
which we may consider under the head of writing and 
speaking mediums with the world of spirits. 
To become a medium, a person must, if a man, be for 
a length of time a successful practitioner of animal mag- 
netism, or if a female, posses that peculiar nervous suscepti- 
bility which will enable them to hold communications with 
the world of spirits. I would earnestly advise no female 
to indulge in mesmeric practices; the constitution of women 
not being sufficiently vigorous to withstand and rally from 
the nervous shock they necessarily receive; and therefore, 
I will quote the remarks of a very able writer, though an 
unbeliever in this science. 
"It has been asserted, by a very eminent physician, that 
it is simply owing to the susceptible state of their system, 
that many females are so readily impressed, as it is termed, 
by mesmerism, and similar nervous excitements, and that 
those who are uninfluenced by such agents are always 
delicately constituted. The truth of this, as a general rule, 
every medical man of experience must have perceived, and 
in some instances it has been proved unfortunate and un- 
looked for occurrences, not recommendatory to the science 
(?). 
"A short time ago I induced a lady, who was formerly 
much addicted to mesmeric practices, to give me her ex- 
perience, written down, and a curious revelation it is. 
She confessed that whenever she was capable of being acted 
upon, mesmerically, the mesmeric state was always pre- 
ceded by one of great nervous excitement, and that if this 
feeling was not experienced she could never be mesmerized. 
Somtimes the exaltation of the nervous system was so great 
she could with difficulty control her reason. According to 162 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
one statement, the mesmeric sleep is nothing but a dreamy 
langour, and though it may not be precisely the same in all 
similar cases, yet I am satisfied it is in the most." 
Similar results to the above often follow intense devo- 
tional excitement, when carried so far as to overpower the 
reason-such, for instance, as the wild fanaticism of a 
camp meeting, or protracted revival meeting, the female 
actors in which are often so carried away by their fervid 
feeling as to become totally insensible. This, I say of 
course, merely as a medical man, and from the number of 
patients I have had who have been the victims of these 
exhibitions, I feel fully justified in making the observa- 
tions I have. Hysteria and other nervous affections, palpi- 
tation of the heart, etc., are a few of the evils that I thus 
find produced, to say nothing of the liability to affections 
of the brain. 
Spiritual Manifestations, Rappings, etc.-Are brought 
about only by those who have attained the highest perfec- 
tion of the practice of mesmerism, and when four or six 
sit around a table all concerned in will, with one object, 
desire and determination, they fail not in obtaining inter- 
views with those inhabitants of the spiritual world they 
desire, which is usually preceded by various demonstrative 
noises, rappings, etc., which are significant of their presence. 
The Child's Caul.-Is a membrane or skin which covers 
the head of a child (occasionally at birth) which by both 
the ancients and the moderns is said to possess remarkable 
protecting properties, particularly from death by murder, 
water, or fire, at the same time rendering the possessor 
exceedingly fortunate in all his undertakings. 
Sea captains and voyagers place great faith in the caul; 
they believe, when they possess one, that their voyages will 
always be quick, safe and profitable. 
Siritual Manifestations, Rappings, Mediums, etc.- 
Let three or more persons seat themselves around a table in 
the form of a circle; every one must be perfectly still-his 
or her thoughts fixed intently on the subject-and in a few 
sittings of an hour or so, they will be sure to get the raps; 
and they can afterwards increase their communications with UNSEALING THE CABALA 
163 
the spirits by asking questions. These spiritual delibera- 
tions, however, may be carried to a fearful extent. There 
is no danger, however, when our object is good, to hold 
sweet converse with beloved or departed friends. 
The Science of Necromancy.-The word necromancy 
is derived from two Greek words-death and divination, or 
the art of foretelling events, or revealing hidden knowledge 
by consulting the spirits of the dead. Its origin, which 
antedates historical times, may be referred to the practice 
prevalent among many nations of antiquity, of offering 
sacrifice to the dead, who were thereby believed to be 
brought intimate with the living, so as to be capable, under 
certain circumstances, of communing or conversing with 
them; thus originated a system of divination, the awful 
character of which, as well as the supernatural machinery 
with which it was conducted, could not fail to powerfully 
impress the beholders. 
The Thessalian magicians, or professed evokers of spirits, 
performed their rites with the sacrifices of human beings 
and other prevailing practices particularly explained in 
Lucan's Parsalia, where the witch, Erichtho, reanimates the 
corpse of a soldier slain in battle, and compels him to 
answer her questions concerning futurity. The 11th Book 
of Odyssey, recounts the intercourses of Ulysses with the 
prophet Triesias and other shades. Ulysses, after sailing 
all day from the Island of Circe, arrives at the land of the 
Cimmerians, on the confines of the ocean. Reaching a 
certain spot named by the enchantress, he digs a trench, 
into which he pours honey, milk, sweet wine and water- 
sprinkling over the whole fine flour; then having vowed 
certain offerings to the manes, he kills a ram and ewe, 
with certain ceremonies, and lets the blood flow into the 
trench. This no sooner has taken place than the air is 
filled with horrible shrieks of the manes, seeking to drink 
up the sacrificial blood; but Ulysses repels them with his 
sword, until Triesias has appeared and drank his fill. 
Triesias and other shades, after tasting the blood, converse 
■with Ulysses. A similar account is given of Odin to the 
gates of hell, to consult the prophetess Angarbodi, as 164 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
described in the Samundic Edda; but the rites of the Scandi- 
navian god are much simpler than that of Ulysses: 
Facing to the northern clime, 
Thrice he traced the Runic rhyme; 
Thrice pronounced, in accents dread, 
The thrilling verse that wakes the dead; 
Till from out the hollow ground 
Slowly breathed a solemn sound. 
Necromancy, with other magical arts, was extensively 
practiced among oriental nations at a very early period, 
as is evident from the stringent provisions of the Mosaic 
law. In Deut. xviii. 10, 11, it is ordained that there shall 
not be found among the people "any one who useth divina- 
tion, . . . or a charmer, or a counsellor with fa- 
miliar spirits, or a wizard, or a necromancer. Notwith- 
standing this law, the Israelites continued to practice it; 
and even Saul, after having, in obedience to the divine com- 
mand, "put away those that had familiar spirits, and the 
wizards out of the land, yet procured the woman of Endor 
to evoke the spirit of Samuel, saying to her: Bring me 
him up whom I shall name unto thee." (I Sam. xviii. 3-8). 
Many at that period slept upon tombs, for the purpose of 
having communication with the spirits of the departed by 
means of dreams. The necromancer of the middle ages was 
merged into that of the sorcerer, or. one who practiced the 
black "art," and summoned not merely the spirits of the 
dead, but by means of potent spells, demons, and infernal 
spirits, whose presence was full of danger and terror to 
him that evoked them. In the fifteenth century the art of 
necromancy was taught in Seville, Toledo and Salamanca, 
in caverns and other subterranean retreats. 
Consulting the Oracle.-In ancient times it was custo- 
mary amongst the people to consult the oracle. Oracles 
were known to be found in certain springs, fountains, grot- 
toes, caves, etc., and the responses to all inquiries was 
usually through the interpretation of some priest or priest- 
ess, who presided over the place. They were generally 
given in a state of delirium, called (furor divinus), or 
divine inspiration. At Didyma, the vapor of the waters 
affected both the priestess and the person who came to UNSEALING THE CABALA 
165 
consult her. At Colophon, the priest drank the water of a 
secret well in a cavern, and at Delphi, of the fountain of 
Castalia, a vapor issued from a cavern, beneath the tripod. 
The Neo-Platonists referred the origin of oracles to demons. 
By Oracles, Ceres foretold at Patriae, in Achaia, the fate 
of sick persons by a mirror suspended in a well. There 
was an oracle of Pluto and Prosperine, near Nyssa, in Caria, 
at which priests divined concerning the remedies for sick- 
ness, by passing a night in a certain grotto where they oft- 
times took the patients with them, who would themselves 
fall into a prophetic sleep. There is no doubt but that the 
priests of ^sculapius were acquainted with the mystery 
of animal magnetism. 
Oracles Where Divination by Necromancy Was Pro- 
A CEREMONIAL INCANTATION, 166 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
cured, existed near Lake Avernys, in Italy, and at Heaclea, 
on the Propontis. The Roman oracles were those of Fan- 
nus, in the grove of Albunea, and on the Aventine Hill, 
where the inquirer received his answer in sleep, or in 
prophetic visions. 
Mysticism consists, according to Dionysius, by-1. Puri- 
fication, or freeing the soul from the bonds of nature; 2, 
illumination, in which the disenthralled soul begins its new 
life; and 3, perfection, or an ecstatic existence. The high- 
est manifestations are in prophecy and miraculous works. 
The writings of Cornelius, Agrippa, Paracelsus, Bruno and 
Campanella show how and by what means they sought a 
preternatural knowledge and mastery over the secrets of 
nature. The Rosicrucians, a secret society, pursued the 
same inquiry, and secretly transmitted from immemorial 
antiquity their arcana of the miracles they performed by 
means of elixirs, theurgical symbols, etc. 
Mysteries.-The translation of this word from the Greek 
means, to shut the lips, to keep silence. Mysteries were and 
are employed in some religions, to which only the initiated 
are admitted; and many of the rites of freemasonry are 
derived from this source. Mysteries consisted in general of 
rites of purification and expiation, of sacrifices and pro- 
cessions of ecstatic or orgiastic songs and dances, of noc- 
turnal festivals, fit to impress the imagination, and of 
spectacles, to excite most diverse emotions, terror and trust, 
sorrow and joy, hope and despair; thus symbolizing human 
nature. Mystical words, formulas, fragments of liturgies 
were also employed, according to the following writers: 
Warburton, Faber, St. Croix, Schelling and Creuzer, who 
closely investigated this subject. They agree that the prac- 
tice of mysteries were the ceremonies of secret order, pos- 
sessing a higher and peculiar wisdom, which was derived 
either from the Hebrew revelation through Phoenician 
colonization, or from an original revelation to mankind 
through Indian and Egyptian traditions. It is more than 
probable, however, that the form of mysteries was divers 
oriental elements of the Orphic priesthood, from, the 
Egyptians. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
167 
Persian and Indian Mysteries.-Nothing can be con- 
ceived more solemn than the rites of initiation into the 
greater mysteries, as described by Apulcius and Dion 
Chrysoetome, who had both gone through the awful cere- 
mony; nothing more tremendous and appalling than the 
scenery exhibited before the eyes of the terrified aspirant. 
After entering the grand vestibule of the mystic shrine, he 
was led by the hierophant, amidst surrounding darkness and 
incumbent horrors, through all the extended aisles, winding 
avenues and gloomy adyta. The metempsychosis was one 
of the leading principia taught in those temples, and this 
first stage was intended to represent the toilsome wanderings 
of the benighted soul through the mazes of vice and error 
before initiation. "It was a rude and fearful march through 
night and darkness." Presently, the ground began to rock 
beneath his feet, the whole temple trembled, and strange and 
dreadful noises were heard through the midnight silence. 
To these succeeded other louder and more terrific noises, 
resembling thunder; while quick and vivid flashes of light- 
ning darted through the cavern, displaying to his view 
many ghastly sights and hideous spectres, emblematical of 
the various vices, infirmities, disease, and calamities incident 
to that'State of terrestrial bondage from which his strug- 
gling soul was now going to emerge, as well as of the 
horrors and penal torments of the guilty in a future state. 
At this period, all the pageants of idolatry, all the train 
of gods, supernal and infernal, pass in awful succession 
before him. 
The Druids had gods of different kinds: as, Tentatus, 
whom they called the father; Taranis, the thunderer; Hu, 
the mighty, who conducted the first colony to Britain; and 
some others. By favor of these, the Druids claimed to fore- 
tell future events; and as their servants and favorites, they 
demanded gifts and offerings from the people. The better 
to secure the revenue, they made the people, at the beginning 
of winter, extinguish all their fires on one day, and kindle 
them again from the sacred fire of the Druids, which would 
make the house fortunate for the ensuing year; and if any 
man came who had not paid his yearly dues, they refused 168 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
to give him even a spark, neither durst any of his neighbors 
relieve him; nor might he himself procure fire by any other 
means, so that he and his family were deprived of it till he 
had discharged the uttermost of his debt. They erected also 
great stones so cunningly fitted only upon another that if 
the upper one were touched in a certain place, though only 
with a finger, it would rock; whereas no strength of man 
might avail to move it if applied to any other part; hither 
they led those who were accused of any crime, and under 
pretense that the gods would, by this form of trial, show 
the guilt or innocence of the party, directed him where to 
touch and make the proof; and thus, at their discretion, 
they either absolved the accused or made them appear 
guilty. They made the people pass through fire, in honor 
of Baal; and they offered up the life of man in sacrifice, 
saying that when the victim was smitten with a sword, they 
could discover events which were to come, by the manner 
in which he fell, and the flowing of his blood and the 
quivering of his body in the act of death. 
Csesar and Diodorus state, that they taught the Pytha- 
gorean doctrine of Metempsychosis, or the transmigration 
of souls into other bodies, which prevailed universally in 
the East. Others, however, represent them as teaching that 
the soul after death ascended to some higher orb, and there 
enjoyed a more perfect felicity. 
The Temple of the Sun.-The mode of worship in this 
temple was similar to that Heliopolis in Egypt, where this 
great luminary was adored. His golden image occupied a 
large portion of one side of the interior of the temple and 
before this the worshippers prostrated themselves with rich 
offerings in their hands, which were received by the attend- 
ant priests. Two or three virgins, selected from the first 
families in the kingdom, were in constant attendance, whose 
duty it was to make obligations of wine to the burning deity, 
and chant hymns of praise to the great father of light. 
Saul and the Witch of Endor.-There has been con- 
siderable dispute and speculation concerning the character 
of the Witch of Endor, mentioned conspicuously in the 
Book of Samuel. These speculations have been among those UNSEALING THE CABALA 
169 
who are unwilling to admit that in the apparition of Samuel 
there was any interposition of, or miracle performed by the 
Deity. A class of these disputants give it as their opinion, 
that Samuel did not really appear, and that the woman 
was possessed of the powers of ventriloquism. This latter 
conjecture is strengthened by the fact that the word witch, or 
consulter of familiar spirits, as used in the eighteenth chap- 
ter of Deuteronomy, in the original Hebrew, signifies "con- 
sulter of Ob." Ob signifies a bottle or hollow vessel, and 
some Jewish writers construe it to denote a person that was 
master or mistress of a spirit or demon which entered them 
and spoke in a deep hollow voice from the belly or chest, 
as from a bottle, in a manner similar to that of the priest- 
esses at Delphos, through whom Apollo delivered his 
oracles. The class here mentioned suppose the Witch 
of Endor to have been a woman of considerable knowledge 
and well versed in public affairs. That when Saul told her 
to fear not, she at once guessed the tall stranger before 
her to be Saul, and at once undertook the task of deceiving 
him. They suppose also that Saul did not actually see 
Samuel, but trusted to the evidence of the woman that she 
saw him; for the king says: "What sawest thou?" And 
the woman said unto Saul: "I saw the gods ascending out 
of the earth" (1 Sam. xvii, 13). The king then asked her 
what was his form, and the witch replied, that he was an 
old man, covered with a mantle. Then it was that Saul 
perceived that it was Samuel. It does not say that he 
saw him; and it is hereon that this class of the disputants 
found their theory that Saul trusted to the truth of the 
woman's assertion that she saw Samuel. 
The Writings of Moses state, that the Egyptian magi- 
cians were able, by their art, to perform before Pharaoh 
and his people miracles which the prophet himself was 
exhibiting before the oppressors of the Hebrews. The 
Eyptians considered the powers possessed by their magi as 
being derived direct from the gods. The magi were the 
high priests and the deep mysteries of their religious rites, 
prophesyings, etc., together with the temples of most im- 
posing architecture, inspired the people with awe and 
trembling. 170 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Krishna.-It is said that he was brought up by a herds- 
man, and that a number of damsels were his play-fellows 
during his infancy; of these he chose nine, who became his 
companions. These nine damsels would group themselves 
into the fantastic form of an elephant, upon which the god 
rode. This profligate deity is the darling god of the Hindoo 
women. 
Witch-Finders.-Their principal mode of discovery was 
to strip the accused persons naked and thrust pins into 
various parts of their body to discover the witch's mark, 
which was supposed to be inflicted by the devil as a sign of 
his sovereignty and at which she was also said to suckle 
her imps. They also practiced and stoutly defended the 
trial by swimming when the suspected person was strapped 
in a sheet, having the great toes and thumbs tied together 
and so dragged through a pond or river. If she sank it was 
received in favor of the accused; but if the body floated 
(which must have occurred ten times for once, if it was 
placed with care on the surface of the water), the accused 
was condemned on the principal of King James, who, in 
treating of this mode of trial, lays down that as witches 
have renounced their baptism, so it is just that the element 
through which the holy rite is enforced should reject 
them; which is a figure of speech and no argument. 
Witches and Witchcraft.-Many authors have proven 
(or tried to prove) that there are witches and witchcraft 
from reason, Scripture, antiquity and experience of all 
nations and all ages in the world. Under the Old Testa- 
ment dispensation, the magicians of Egypt and Babylon 
were baffled by Moses and Daniel. Balaam and the Witch 
of Endor were baffled; judgments were inflicted on Jezebel, 
Manasseh, and the ten tribes, for their sorceries and witch- 
crafts. Simon Magus bewitched the people of Samaria; 
Elymas the Sorcerer was struck blind at Paul's rebuke; the 
Pythonisse girl, who seems to have been possessed of con- 
sent because she was not tormented, but got profit thereby; 
and such as confessed their deeds and burned their books 
in Ephesus, are instances of witchcraft. One Gulielmus 
Linensis, a doctor, was put to death, having confessed witch- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
171 
craft. It has been claimed of witchcraft, the power to 
foretell future events, as in the case of Alexander's success 
against Persia, etc.; Saul, who got an account of his own 
end by the Philistines; the raising of hurricanes, as appears 
in Job. Witches were said to have a confederate devil, who, 
upon the witch's desire, infused poisonous humors extracted 
from herbs by an invisible operation with the steam of 
mad dogs; the usages of charms for men or beasts; certain 
characters, words, verses and spells; the observation of 
time and seasons, as lucky and unlucky; the belief of having 
success by carrying herbs, plants, or branches of trees 
seem to have been among the earliest rudiments of witch- 
craft. Holy Writ abounds with allusions to matters of 
this nature, thus: Job and our Saviour were assaulted, 
and seven devils cast out of Mary Magdalen; a daughter of 
Abraham's was bound, through Satan, eighteen years; and 
his messenger was sent to buffet the great Apostle of the 
Gentiles; the woman of Canaan (Matt, xv, 22), and the 
godly man (Mark ix, 24), had their nearest relatives vexed 
in this manner. These extraordinary corroborative facts 
may well make us pause before we deny the power of 
witchcraft. 
Iron to Look Like Gold.-Take any quantity you 
choose and put it into casting vessel; bring it, by heat, to 
the liquid form; now sprinkle on it little by little, a few 
pinches of a mixture of brimstone, alagolotha and alum 
(equal parts), stirring with an iron rod; when the fumes 
have ceased to rise, add to every twenty pounds weight of 
the iron one pound of pure copper in thin sheets; when this 
is dissolved let it cool slowly. As soon as it is cold, dis- 
solve it with aqua fortis, then again apply heat, when you 
will have a material very like gold. 
To Fill Teeth That Will Last Forever.-Make fillings 
from either pure silver or block-tin, add to it just enough 
quicksilver to dissolve, or to form what is known as an 
amalgam, then squeeze through chamois leather the mixture 
until all the quicksilver escapes, and with the soft ductile 
mass that is left, fill any holes or cavities in the teeth. 
Before using this, it is necessary to dry and clean out the 172 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
decayed portion. This will last forever and prevent tooth- 
ache. 
Necromancer's Incantations, etc.-The invocants pro- 
vide themselves with papers, lamens, pictures, pentacles, 
scepters and garments of convenient colors, together with 
Light's perfumes and unguents, compounded according to 
the nature of the spirit and plant which agree with the 
individual they are about to exercise. Night being the 
hour chosen for the ceremony, the torches are ignited and 
the brazier containing the perfumes and unguents is held 
over the torches until the air around the invocant is charged 
with the vapor. Here name the spirits you would have 
appear, and ask it the questions you desire, proceeding 
precisely as in Raphael's Ceremonial. This process is 
occasionally followed by disappointment, and is not con- 
sidered by experts near so powerful as those in which blood 
is used. 
How to Know Your Future Wife or Husband.-On 
going to bed, take off your garment, and 
turn it inside out, hang it on the back 
of a chair close to the side of your 
bed. Then repeat the following, using 
the word husband or wife, girl or boy, 
according to the sex of the person who 
tries the charm: 
Husband, approach! and without fear 
Sit on this chair, and thus be near 
The girl your heart doth hold most dear; 
And if thy love is all sincere, 
To her this night appear, appear! 
Then get into bed backwards, and usually the first time 
the lover appears which, in the flesh, you are sure to meet 
in some manner within one year, and be married in less 
than two. 
To Know When a Person Will Be Married.-Borrow, 
for twenty-four hours, the wedding ring of a young mar- 
ried woman, but do not tell her what you wish it for; tie 
it around your neck with a single hair taken from the tail 
of a white horse. Sleep one night with it around your UNSEALING THE CABALA 
173 
neck, and the following day return it to the lady wrapped 
up in blue paper. The following night put under your 
pillow one nutmeg, one apple, and one sheet of writing 
paper; the nutmeg and apple to be placed on the center 
of the paper; lay your head as near as possible on the 
middle of the pellow, just over the apple, etc., and on 
awakening the following morning, count the creases or 
wrinkles in the paper that radiate from the place where 
the apple, etc., was laid, and as many creases as there are 
will be the number of weeks before you enter the married 
state, or to receive a proposal to that effect. 
To Know if Your Unborn Will Live or Die.-Plant 
in the garden in summer, or the house in winter, nineteen 
white peas, and one common bean. If the bean does not 
take hold of the earth and sprout, the child will speedily 
die; if it sprouts, the child will live. 
How to Court Women of All Nations.-As the fair 
and frequently termed weaker sex, irrespective of na- 
tionality, are influenced by the same sentiments, according 
to their education and sphere in life, the lover who feels 
within himself that mysterious and godlike fire called love, 
must so conduct himself to the object of his affections, as 
not to appear ridiculous while exhibiting his attention, 
or tokens of admiration; for to the true-hearted man what 
a terrible moment is that of the first interview to him 
truly in love! From the beginning, the object of his visit 
occupies him so much as to deprive him often of all wit 
or power to please. He talks much without knowing what 
he says, and often says the contrary of what he thinks. 
He embarks in some ridiculous discourse, and when he 
perceives its impropriety, the violent effort he makes to 
recover himself, gives him an air of coldness and constraint, 
and his love loses ground by its own excess. Therefore, 
at that moment, when you would offer all that man can offer, 
it is necessary to be natural and true-to speak the senti- 
ments you feel, and also to extol the merits and attractions 
which inspire him. Grand words are the refuge of small 
wits, and those who study to put in fine sentimental 
phrases, their declaration or offer cannot be inspired by 174 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
much love; of course, it is not to be supposed that, without 
some previous evidence that your attentions are not distaste- 
ful, you would make an offer of marriage, for, as Bernard 
says: 
"Would you, whose tender hearts are formed for love, 
Know how your mistress' qualities to prove, 
Study the signs, and view with eye austere 
Her age, her mind, her tone, her character." 
The Art of Courting, Coquetry, etc.-May be classed 
under two heads, one of which is looked upon as an amiable 
joke, the other as a most vicious and serious propensity in 
woman. Of the former, it is quite customary for a young 
lady to secure and insist upon the prompt and obsequious 
attention and services of half a dozen of her gentleman 
acquaintances, whenever she may meet them in society; but 
as she shows to all a pleasure in their company, and a 
preference to none, we may call her an amiable courting 
coquette; but there are other women who have prodigious 
art in deceiving their lovers. They are always upon their 
guard, and are ever ready, from coquetry, to oppose to 
the warmest love, indifference, coldness and even anger. 
To such as these who play with the loftiest sentiments and 
feeling of a man, no words cap convey the contempt they 
will ultimately be held in, not only by themselves, but by 
all who know them. I am afraid, however, to give advice to 
such women, for the purpose of curing them would be so 
much lost time, being as they are made up of vanity, curi- 
osity and suspicion. 
The most dangerous man for a coquette to encounter 
is he who has arrived at that degree of honesty and upright- 
ness, that he will neither give promises of fidelity nor 
require them. 
Formerly, people swore to put an end to their lives, to 
run away, to be revenged, and all these beautiful oaths 
were to make a cruel fair one relent. These tactics are 
out of date. One now swears to console himself; he po- 
litely wishes success to his rival, and sometimes he obtains 
from pique, what was refused his love. 
Thus let me impress it upon the reader that to be natural UNSEALING THE CABALA 
175 
is the great secret of love making. To disguise one's nature 
and study affectation in courting, is the very error of the 
moon. Pretend to be what you are not, and you are 
nothing; and hence sympathy, not knowing how to take you, 
does not take you at all. Appear as you are, and you will 
be to some one, and that one just the one most qualified to 
make you happy, the very perfection of her desires; disguise 
your nature and you put her affections at fault, while your 
imitated character will have but little impression on the 
hearts of those whom such a character, were it genuine and 
possessed of the mysterious attraction of truth, would be 
sure to captivate. Besides, if you obtain a wife by decep- 
tion, that is, by assuming a nature that is foreign to your 
own, you obtain one that may cause you much domestic 
uneasiness; and you cannot blame her, for she takes you 
for that which you are not, and which, if you were, would 
have insured happiness to both. Were all people merely 
sympathetically matched, there would be but few elope- 
ments in the world. Therefore, reader, I again urge you 
to woo in truth. When your heart is affected to a lady, go 
boldly forward and plead your cause without affectation, 
and your eye will have a fire and your cheek a fervor and a 
beauty, and your knowledge of this fact may produce the 
care which will prevent such a result. 
Beware how you marry a confirmed coquette; for her, 
manners are not so much the result of affectations as the 
actual changes of her mind; and her phrenological develop- 
ments will show that constancy is not in her nature. A 
confirmed coquette would rather have any man than her 
husband, after the first six months of marriage. A little 
well-directed coquetry, however, is the spice of courtship. 
The Choice of Partners.-A male or female with a 
very low forehead should carefully avoid marriage with a 
person of like conformation, or their offspring will in all 
probability be weak, pale, and liable to partial idiocy. 
The system of intermarriage between persons, natives of 
different countries, are likely to be pleasant and fruitful. 
Speaking on this subject, an English writer says: "The 
Persians have been so improved by intermarriage with 176 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
other nations, that they have completely succeeded in wash* 
ing out the stain of their Mongolian origin." 
How to Win the Esteem of Anyone.-Take a healthy, 
well-grown frog. Place it in a box which has been pierced 
all over with holes with a stout darning needle or gimlet. 
Then carry it in the evening twilight to a large ant-heap, 
place it in the midst of the heap, taking care to observe 
perfect silence. 
After the lapse of a week, repair to the ant-heap, take out 
the box, and open it, when in place of the frog you will 
find nothing but a skeleton. Take this apart very carefully, 
and you will soon find among the delicate bones a scale 
shaped like that of a fish and a hook. You will need them 
both. The hook you must contrive to fasten in some way or 
other into the clothes of the person whose esteem you wish 
to obtain, and if he or they have worn it, if it is only for a 
quarter of a minute, they will be constrained to respect you 
and will continue to do so until you give him or her a fillip 
with the scale. 
This method is over three thousand years old, and it has 
been practiced by thirty thousand of our ancestors. 
Recipe to Increase the Human Memory.-Dr. Will 
Bulleyn says, that if snails are broken from their shells 
and soaked in white wine with oil and sugar and a little 
anointed on the forehead each night, the memory can be 
so strengthened. 
To Make Mystic Mixture or Magic Potion, and How 
to Cheaply Obtain Them.-The following substances 
must be gathered in silence when the full moon is in the 
heavens; three white rose leaves, three red rose leaves, three 
forget-me-nots, and five blossoms of veronica. 
All these things you must place in a vessel, then pour 
upon them five hundred and ninety-five drops of clear 
Easter water, and place the vessel over the fire, or what is 
better still, over a spirit lamp. This mixture must be al- 
lowed to boil for exactly the sixteenth part of an hour. 
When it has boiled for the requisite length of time, re- 
move it from the fire and pour it into a flask. Cork it UNSEALING THE CABALA 
177 
tightly and seal it and it will keep for years without losing 
its virtue. Three drops is the dose. 
To Make Magic Nervous Ether.-Put one or two 
ounces of nitrate of ammonia into a glass retort; place this 
over a spirit lamp until the crystals melt, when the nervous 
ether will be revolved; let the end of the retort lead into a 
large India rubber bag, to collect the ether. Have a stop- 
cock attached, and when you desire to bring anyone under 
its influence, place the tap near their mouth; let out the 
gas and they will soon exhibit any quantity of tricks and 
STARTLING EFFECTS OF THE MAGIC NERVOUS ETHER. 178 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
wild freaks; when the effect passes off, it is like an Oriental 
dream. 
How Medicines May Be Introduced Into the System 
Without Acting on the Coats of the Stomach or 
Intestines.-This process is very simple. You provide 
yourself with a small syringe of pure gold, with a pipe as 
fine as the sting of a wasp and yet hollow; now you work 
it gently underneath the skin without fetching blood or 
creating very little pain since the medicine is put into the 
syringe in a concentrated form so that one or two drops 
thus injected and left underneath the skin will affect the 
system powerfully. 
Wizards, Seers, and Gypsies Operate usually by first 
exciting the curiosity of the people by the peculiarity of 
their attire; their singular mode of life and the oddness of 
their language. Their principal method of procedure is, 
first, invocations and weird-like paraphernalia; it is said 
they make a fume of the reedy herb sagapen with the juice 
of hemlock, henbane, barlatus, and black poppy, causing 
strange shapes to appear. 
The Elixir of Life, as Taught in the Middle Ages.- 
Take dove's foot, arkangel ivy, red brier, rosebuds, red 
sage, selandine and woodbine, equal parts, all chopped fine 
and mixed with white wine and pure honey, a piece of 
alum glass powdered fine, the size of a pea, also a little of 
the aloes hepatica, slowly distilled in a limbecke of pure 
glass or tin; keep this corked one year, then two drops night 
and morning. 
Hidden Secrets.-May be discovered by placing the 
second finger of the left hand on the back of the head of 
the sleeper, and asking the question: Whom do you love? 
How to Kiss all Sorts.-The man who can elevate and 
dignify what were else comparatively coarse and low, is 
worthy of the highest intellect. Now, kissing, though so 
common in all civilized countries, is scarcely understood 
by the thousands, nay, millions who daily practice it, hav- 
ing for all one style of kiss, which may be either the hearty 
smack of the lips, or the cold puckered-up mouth. To a UNSEALING THE CABALA 
179 
woman of retired habits and sensitive mind, you would 
kiss in a gentle and protecting manner, as if in the act 
you were shielding her from harm. To the buxom, hearty 
lass, full of frankness and generosity, devoid of artfulness 
and exaggeration, you may kiss the rosy mouth as ofttimes 
as you can without offense, and let your kiss be 
Your belief that every flower 
Enjoys the air it breaths. 
To Change the Features to Look Like a Wild Ani- 
mal.-The philosopher, Anaxilaus, was wont to make sport 
with the snuff of a candle and the wick; these he would, 
by mirrors and glasses, so multiply, that the eyes of those 
looking on would be completely dazzled; then burning in 
TO CHANGE THE FEATURES. 
new lamps venomous matter-so excite the brains of his 
visitors that the features and persons of each other would 
look wild and ferocious. 
Human Nature Homely or Handsome.-Pliny says, 
from offastillio is made an ill medicament, so that all who 
drink it mixed with wine will be disfigured and homely; 
and thus in his time they disfigured. Further on he says, 
women may be made handsome, with a face clear and 180 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
beautiful as silver, by occasionally drinking a wine-glass 
of an infusion of the herb argentina. 
To Transfer a Pale and Sallow Face to One of 
Beauty.-Take one dozen common iron nails about 2 inches 
long, one tablespoonful of extract of aloes hepatica, put 
these into a large bottle and pour upon them two quarts 
of cider, cork them up tightly and shake them every day 
for one month, then strain off the clear liquid and of this 
take one tablespoonful upon rising and going to bed, when 
all paleness will leave the face and it will ultimately attain 
beauty. 
The New Art to Make Old and Young People Hand- 
some.-Take two drachms of borax, one drachm of Roman 
alum, one drachm of camphor, one ounce of white sugar 
candy, and one pound of ox gall, mix these altogether and 
keep stirring two or three times a day for two weeks until 
the liquid is clear and transparent; then strain through 
filtering paper and bottle for use, adding sufficient ottar of 
roses to give it an elegant perfume; with a little of this 
anoint the face, hands and arms once or twice a week. 
The Art and Secret Form of Writing Love Letters. 
-Take half a pint of acetic acid and dissolve in it one 
ounce of quicksilver, then add to it the white of an egg; 
with this you can write, but the letters will be invisible until UNSEALING THE CABALA 
181 
you lap the paper on a dish and burn it, when the writing 
will appear. 
How to Choose a Good Wife.-Beauty, according to 
the usual acceptation of the term, is nothing in itself, but 
only as it conforms to the idea and impressions of another' 
person. "Ask a toad," says Voltaire, "what is beauty and 
he will answer you that it is a female with two large round 
eyes projecting from her little head, a large flat throat, a 
little belly and a round back." Women in the Hottentot 
empire are considered beautiful in proportion to the size of 
their ears, the flatness of their noses and the projection of 
their lips. And in the island of Otaheite, what we call 
grace is regarded as deformity, and a female so fat and 
unwieldy that she can't even waddle, but is compelled to 
lie and swelter in her flesh, is maintained to be the pinnacle 
of lovingliness. 
I shall describe a beautiful woman; her height is about 
five feet five inches; hair luxuriant, and of any color that 
agrees with her complexion; forehead rather low; and as 
free from freckle or wrinkle as a piece of paphian marble; 
her brows are dark, arched narrow, and strongly defined; 
her eyes are large, rather languishing than bright, for the 
gray eyes of many are not less captivating than the blue or 
raven orbs; her eyelashes are long; and her nose is a miti- 
gated aquiline; her neck is flexible and moderately slender, 
of medium length, and pure as alabaster; the fall from her 
neck to her shoulder tips is gradual; her bust is a gentle 
swell. 
How to Cause Ladies to Tell Their Thoughts.- 
Cast two half cones of a mixture of sulphur and antimony 
and place them in the hands of a lady, then hold before 
their eyes, on a line with the nose, the blade of a new knife, 
and get them to intently fix their attention on the subject, 
the operator standing before her or them for fifteen to 
thirty minutes, even they will become unconscious and an- 
swer any questions that may be asked. 
Animal Magnetism.-It has been asserted by some 
modem scientists that much of the unexplained mystery 
of witchcraft, fortune-telling, necromancy of the magi, 182 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
prophets, gods, priests and mysterious women, were partly 
wrought by the subtle power of animal magnetism. The 
Bible, without giving this extraordinary force any name, 
yet recognizes it as a means of relieving pain and diseases 
by various terms, such as laying of hands, expelling dem- 
ons, having familiar spirits, seeing heaven open, etc. The 
cultivation of this natural attribute undoubtedly elevates 
the spiritual being of man, and there are many (clairvoy- 
ants) who by their wonderful foresight into the future and 
the past, approach near to spirit life. No one can doubt 
that spiritualism exists amongst us as well as it did in past 
ages; and if my space would allow, I could recite thou- 
sands of facts to substantiate what I say. And the past 
furnishes us with sufficient evidence of prophetic announce- 
ments and dreaming which have been testified in all ages 
of the world, through Greek and Egyptian oracles, sleep- 
ing seers, narcotic adepts, and individuals of exalted sensi- 
bility. 
How to Magnetize.-It must be premised that there are 
certain persons whom from the grossness of their animal 
nature, their confirmed skepticism, or a peculiar nervous 
organization, it is impossible to magnetize; and it is from 
these people comes the cry of ridicule upon this grand and 
potent agent for the alleviation of suffering and the eleva- 
tion of the human race. But to proceed as to the method. 
Sit before or at the side of the person to be operated upon; 
request them to close the eyes and abandon all thought or 
exercise of the mind; hold their hands, pressing your 
thumbs gently against theirs; steadily determine that your 
magnetic influence shall overcome theirs. Persevere thus 
and no matter how perverse your subject may be-unless 
he resists from force-he will be overcome. When this is 
accomplished, point your extended fingers before his fore- 
head, eyes, sides, back, etc. It is not all persons who 
come to be magnetized that are clairvoyant, but many are; 
but in all cases you may, if you think proper, ask him 
nearly any question that you desire to know. Various 
articles may be magnetized by an expert, such as pieces of 
glass, steel, clothing, paper, etc., and may be used ad- 
vantageously by sufferers in chronic diseases. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
183 
Catalepto Clairvoyance, is a still higher grade of 
spiritual being than that of animal magnetism, or ordinary 
clairvoyance. It is that condition of the body and spirit 
which is all but a total separation of the two-a separation 
of the two would be death. In the cataleptic clairvoyant 
condition the individual may lay for weeks without touch- 
ing food or .liquid; and during this condition the spirit 
undoubtedly traverses thousands of miles. They see scenes 
transpiring even in distant countries. Nay, I do not hesi- 
tate to state my belief that there are few secrets in nature, 
animate or inanimate, that they are not capable of seeing 
CATALEPSY-OR HIGHEST STATE OF CLAIRVOYANCE. 
and revealing. I know several clairvoyants and catalepto- 
clairvoyants whom, by the simple handling of some article 
worn or touched by a person thousands of miles distant, 
have been able to recognize their ailments, their past life 
and possible future. It is true, in some of their explana- 
tions there appears an ambiguity of language, but from it 
can always be gathered the sense and meaning. 
The Sublime Science of Astronomy.-This grand old 
science of the stars of heaven that dates back not hundreds, 184 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
thousands, or millions of years, merely, but indeed far be- 
yond all human conceptions-till, indeed, the mind when 
reflecting upon it is lost in the unknown mysteries of the 
boundless and eternal past. 
Astronomy in connection with astrology has been pop- 
ular among all the nations of antiquity. The eclipses of 
the sun, moon and stars have ceased to be wonders. An 
eclipse of the sun or moon not many generations ago was 
cause sufficient to astound and terrify the inhabitant of all 
Europe, to say nothing of peoples, races and nations less 
civilized. But now the astronomer is abroad with his in- 
struments-one government vies with another in the culti- 
vation of this sublime science the most splendid instruments 
and observatories without regard to cost. The noble science UNSEALING THE CABALA 
185 
of astrology once in the hands of the Chaldean, Persian, 
Egyptian, Roman and other priesthoods-and used by them 
as a means for the mental and moral prostration and rob- 
bery of the people-blessed be God, now is the common 
property of mankind. 
The Solar System, embracing the Earth, Moon, Venus, 
Mercury, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus, with 
their satellites on which our astronomer is now taking a 
view, is only one of God's small plantations. Millions of 
them, my friends, millions; oft times more immeasurably 
grand and beautiful than ours, stretch out by trillions upon 
trillions into every section of God's boundless and eternal 
universe. Many thousands of systems like ours, the astron- 
omers tell us, form but one of a grand series of worlds 
and system of systems-each moving from East to West 
-traversing through and about each other as children in 
their sports-accomplishing some grand purpose of the 186 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Almighty, the particulars of which God alone knows-not 
such poor ignorant mortals-and corporative animalculae 
like us. 
Doubtless, when the power and extent of astronomy shall 
become fully known and taught in our schools, a new era 
will arise for man, spiritually, mentally and morally. For 
one, I do not believe that this earth is the final home of 
mankind. This earth can and has given the body to all 
races, but not their spirits. These spirits of ours came from 
other planets here to be ripened in bodies-and in God's 
own good time at the final destruction of this planet, which 
is certain, as I think, and have reason for believing-these 
spirits of our being perfected will pass onward into other 
and different regions of this eternal and beautiful universe, 
to glory forever in bright celestial dominions, where war, 
suffering, slavery of races, oppression, death and graves 
will be unknown. 
Wonders and History of the Ancient Science of 
Astrology.-This art, frequently called the Science of 
Astrology foretells future events, especially the fate of 
men, from the position of the stars. It was universal among 
all nations of antiquity except the Greeks, and also pre- 
vailed through the whole world of the middle ages. It is 
supposed to have been invented by the Egyptians and was 
undoubtedly based upon the supposition that the heavenly 
bodies are the instruments by which the Creator regulates 
the course of events in this world, giving them different 
powers according to their different positions. When it 
fell into disrepute on account of the cupidity and fraud of 
its practitioners, these assumed the names of mathemati- 
cians, by which they were generally known at the time of 
the Roman emperors. They caused so much trouble that 
Tiberius at length banished them from Rome. Astrology 
has been of essential service to astronomy and to mankind. 
During the middle ages astrology was cultivated in connec- 
tion with astronomy by the Arabs, and their works on the 
subject are still extant. In the sixteenth and seventeenth 
centuries, astrology could boast of many scientific men UNSEALING THE CABALA 
187 
among its adherents; and although the Copernican system 
has shaken its foundations, still the science is yet, among 
the learned, as popular as ever. In fact, the extent to which 
the science of astrology is practiced (it is said) by some 
of the European governments, is scarce to be credited. 
It may be interesting to give some account of the leading 
principles of the art. The whole heavens, visible and in- 
visible, are divided into twelve parts. These remain im- 
movable while the diurnal revolution of the globe takes 
place under them. The twelve divisions are called the 
twelve houses of heavens and numbered in the order in 
which they would rise, if the circles accompanied the diur- 
nal revolution. Every heavenly body passes through the 
twelve houses in twenty-four hours. The principal point 
attended to in each house is the part of the zodiac which 
occupies it. The above diagram, representing the twelve 
houses was, and is now, in universal use. 
The twelve triangles represent the twelve houses as 
marked by the Roman numerals. The houses have different 
powers. The strongest of all is the first, which contains 
the part of the heaven about to rise. The 1st is the house 188 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
of life; 2d, of riches; 3d, of brethren; 4th, of parents; 
5th, of children; 6th, of health; 7th, of marriage; 8th, of 
death; 9th, of religion; 10th, of dignities; 11th, of friends; 
12th, of enemies. Each house has one of the heavenly 
bodies as its lord, who is stronger in his own house than 
in any other; and of two planets equally strong in other 
respects he who is in the strongest house is the stronger. 
Now, conceive all planets, animals, minerals, countries, etc., 
parceled out under the different planets which exercise their 
influence in abundance of different ways, according to the 
houses they may happen to be in for the time, and their 
positions relatively to each other-the result will be as good 
an idea of the mysteries of astrology, as it is worth any- 
body's while to obtain. Yet acute astrologers cast remark- 
able nativities at times. A Jero, in the time of the caliph 
Al Mansur, was able to detect, by this process, the nature 
of certain words written upon a paper which he was not 
permitted to see. The following case exhibits the manner 
very clearly. 
A man who was born June 24, 1758, at eight minutes 
after ten in the morning, committed a murder, and was by 
many supposed to be insane. Pending his trial, an as- 
trologer was requested to point out by the stars whether 
this defence would be established or not. The position of 
the heavens at that time was laid down in the customary 
form, and this formula obtained: Mercury being lord of 
the ascendant, irradiated by a malific quartile aspect of the 
planet Mars, and afflicted by an opposition with Jupiter, 
declares that the native shall be involved in an abyss of 
troubles and afflictions, even to the hazard of his life. The 
quartile of Mercury and Mars, particularly when Mercury 
is constituted principal significator, has implication of high 
crimes and misdemeanors. Upon a further inspection of 
the figures, we find a baneful quartile aspect of Mars and 
Jupiter, with a mischievous opposition of Saturn and Mars. 
To the first of these we are to attribute the dissolute man- 
ners of the native. Here is unquestionably a favorable time 
of the Sun and Saturn; but no great good can result from UNSEALING THE CABALA 
189 
it, because the Sun is lord of the twelfth house, posited in 
the tenth, and out of all his essential dignities; at the same 
time that Saturn is lord of the sixth, located therein, and 
both the significators are under the dominion of the evil 
genii, vitiating the mind and affections of the native. At 
the time the unhappy native was prompted to commit the 
barbarous act, the Moon came to an opposition of Mars 
by the direct direction, while she occupied the course of 
the seventh house, which represents the unfortunate woman. 
The Sun I find to be giver of life, posited in the tenth 
house, the house of justice; Mercury, lord of the ascendant, 
being in Gemini, an airy sign, and the Moon likewise in 
an airy sign, show the manner of the native's death, that 
he would die suspended in the air, while the opposition of 
four planets in the radix, and the murdane quartile of 
the Sun and Mars from the tenth, the house of justice, 
show the quantity of it, namely: that it should be in due 
course of law, by the hands of the common hangman, and 
not by suicide. I brought up the direction of death with 
great nicety and precision, and found he would be plunged 
into eternity when the Sun came to the amaretial point of 
the mid-heaven, and met the noxious beams of the Moon 
and Mars in opposition, which thus constituted, is ever 
productive of a violent death. This prediction was cor- 
rect. 
Astrology was made an important feature for many years 
in the English almanacs, and the country was frequently 
in a state of consternation from the truthful predictions 
they contained. But the art is at present to some extent 
under the ban of ignorance and prejudice. Still a new 
work occasionally appears. 
Doubtless this, beautiful and truthful science, like the 
Cabala, will outlive the hour of ignorance and opposition, 
and in the most distant ages of an almost endless futurity, 
be forever green and fresh in the memory of mankind. 190 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
The Secret of Alchemy, etc., by Vir Gregis Custus, 
The Stone you seek, we said and still affirm, 
Is surely Gold, brought to a changed perfection, 
As is possible, which though a firm, 
Compacted body, yet by Art's direction 
And Nature's operation, it is made 
A tingling spirit, which shall never fade. 
This Stone by Nature's solitary skill 
Can not be perfected; for why, 'tis sure 
Itself to move so far Gold hath no will, 
But in its constancy will fire endure. 
He that this essence would attain, he must 
By Art effect, that Gold may turn to dust. 
The substance which he first in hand do take, 
'Tis mineral, to Mercury of kin, 
Which a crude Sulphur in the earth doth bake, 
Vile to the sight, yet glorious within. 
'Tis Saturn's child, what need you any more? 
Conceive it right, for this is our first door. 
Commit thyself, and work, to God above, 
Intreat His grace and help, and from all sin 
And vice thee keep, which God's laws do reprove, 
With Him alone see that thou do begin. 
This is the way success to attain, 
Else mayest thou toil, but always all in vain. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
191 
The Wonders of Alchemy.-It is evident, from the 
great labors and privations expended by some of the 
philosophers of the 
past and present age, 
that their researches in 
the pursuit of the pre- 
cious metals, was no 
delusion or mere chi- 
mera of the brain; but 
none as yet have fully 
made public the pre- 
cise method of pro- 
cedure in eliminating 
the precious metals 
from the gross elemen- 
tary materials of the 
earth, which surround 
us on every side. Each 
possessor of these in- 
valuable secrets ap- 
pears to have been 
actuated by the deter- 
mination that those 
who discover those hid- 
den wonders, or chem- 
ical combinations of 
elementary bodies, 
should succeed only by 
the result of their own 
industry and applica- 
tion. Amongst some 
old MSS. I found the 
following, which will 
doubtedly facilitate the 
student: 
1. That gold is the 
seed, whose body must 
be radically opened to 
the very center, by its proper fructifying water; which, 
aided by a due heat, as in other generation, the particles 192 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
are put into motion, productive o£ fermentation and a nobler 
state prolific. 
2. That sophic mercury is this fructifying water. 
3. That common mercury will not radically open the 
body of gold to its center, nor cause such a motion of par- 
ticles, as to be productive of fermentation and a prolific 
state. 
4. This sophic mercury is in appearance like common 
mercury, but in virtue far different, in reality of a special 
preparation and nature. In that lies the secret; and for 
closing up the foetus or mixture so perfectly, that nothing 
may get out in way of fume, using a constant moderate heat, 
etc. 
What a considerable difference there may be in mercury, 
and what they can perform, though the eye discovers little 
or no variation, the following experiment will plainly de- 
clare : 
Take common mercury, four parts, to the touch it is sen- 
sibly cold, dissolve leaf gold or silver, one part, which is 
done without fire, only stirring them together; during the 
time that the mercury is dissolving the gold or silver, the 
matter is, as before, sensibly cold without heat; but if you 
take common mercury and defile it four times from salt 
of tartar and quicklime, S. A. in this mercury, which is cold 
to the touch, as common mercury, dissolve leaf gold or sil- 
ver in the like method and proportion as before and during 
the time the mercury is dissolving the gold or silver the 
mixture will be sensibly hot. Certainly there is a great 
difference between these two mercuries that produces such 
various effects. 
Note that in the first distillation of mercury from the salt 
of tartar and quicklime, there will be a greater loss of 
substance in the mercury than in three subsequent distilla- 
tions put together. Nevertheless, mercury so prepared will 
not answer our ends; it is not the sophic mercury, nor is that 
the method to obtain it. 
The true way and method is, common mercury must be 
distilled or sublimed from certain mineral metallic bodies. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
193 
till it shall receive their hot virtue, another nature, exceeding 
common mercury as much as rectified spirit of nitre, drawn 
from a mineral, is more sharp and acid than vinegar, the 
produce of a vegetable. 
This sophic mercury is homegenial to gold and dissolves 
it radically, as ice melts in hot water, or as the moisture of 
the earth imbibed by a seed sprouting forth to generation, 
every particle of which is moistened and put into motion. 
Such are the operations of nature, working by homo- 
geneity and sympathy; thus we see the warmth of the bed, 
or the importunities of a lover, seize the mind, captivate 
the will, rule by consent; the plainest, softest, but most 
effectual way to draw out and obtain those secrets that 
consent and flexion which the hands of an executioner, 
tormenting pains and death itself could not extort. 
The Demonstration of Metallic Transmutation, Af- 
finity, and the Secret of Philosophers; or, How to 
Change Lead into Quicksilver.-Let there be one pound 
of lead melted in an earthen vessel, and then put into it 
also one pound of that tinny metal which is usually called 
by the name of marcasite; and when they are both melted 
together you must stir them up and down and temper them 
to a perfect medley with a wooden ladle. In the mean 
space you must have four pounds of quicksilver warmed 
in another vessel standing by, to cast in upon that com- 
pounded metal, for unless your quicksilver be warm it will 
not close nor agree well with your metals; then temper 
your quicksilver and your metal together for a while, and 
presently after cast it into cold water; so shall it not congeal 
into any hard lump, but float on the top of the water and 
be very quick and lively. 
To Tincture Silver into Gold.-Make first a tart lye, 
put quicklime into a pot whose bottom is full of many 
small holes, put a piece of wood or tile-shard upon it, then 
by degrees pour in the powder and hot water and by the 
narrow holes at the bottom let it drain into a clean earthen 
vessel under it; do this again to make it exceeding tart. 
Powder filbium and put into this that it may evaporate into 
the thin air; let it boil at an easy fire, for when it boils the 194 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
water will be of a purple color; then strain it into a clean 
vessel through a linen cloth; again, pour on the lye on the 
powders that remain and let it boil so long at the fire till 
the water seems of a bloody color no more. Then boil 
the lye that is colored, putting fire under, till the water 
be all exhaled; but the powder that remains being dry, 
with the oil of tartar dried and dissolved, must be cast 
again upon plates made of equal parts of gold and silver, 
within an earthen crucible; cover it so long with coals and 
renew your work till it be perfectly like the gold. 
Iron Changed into Gold.-It is reported that in the 
Mountain Carpatusan, Hill of Pannonia, at a certain town 
called Smolinitum, there is a lake in which are three 
channels, the waters of which are so impregnated with 
copper and gold that upon adding absolute vitriol portions 
of pure gold become deposited. 
The Sympathetic and Occult Virtues of Plants, 
Animals, Metals, etc.-In those few remarks on the sym- 
pathetic influences I have ventured to turn the light of a 
great central and positive science upon the mysteries which 
all men, who dare think, are anxious to penetrate-for il- 
lustration : 
If we bury a crab for three months in horse-dung, he 
will turn to a scorpion. But if you thus bury a scorpion or 
lizard, he will die instantly. Some, by the use of eels and 
brandy, cure a person of drunkenness. But how? Why 
simply by the power of sympathy. But once for all, let 
me here say that this knowledge I cheerfully impart for 
the good of mankind. And every wise person will see in 
a moment that great care must be exerted where knowledge 
might be used for a bad purpose. But to proceed. A 
black cat drops dead at the sight of a Bengal tiger; a 
cat of any other color is not affected in the least. A snake 
will kill a bird by looking at it for the space of fifteen 
minutes; but a snake can produce no effect upon men or 
animals. Why? Because the proper sympathies are not 
brought into action. A rat will die by being compelled to 
look at or be near an English ferret. If an ox is killed 
and let lie in a tight house with plenty of glass windows to UNSEALING THE CABALA 
195 
admit the light, he will in a short time be converted into 
millions of bees. If he is killed and let lie upon an open 
field, he will soon be converted into millions of maggots. 
Behold the beautiful doctrine of universal affinity or sym- 
pathy! Come, reader, let us proceed. If a lady with a 
fresh breast of milk shall milk a portion of it into a bag 
of corks, very soon thereafter her milk will all dry away. 
Any person who will wear an eel-skin around his body will 
never have the cramp. But there is the gut of the ourang- 
outang, if worn around the body will cause a cramp as 
long as the person shall wear it. Persons might be killed 
in this way and they would be ignorant of the true cause. 
If anyone has a severe colic and hold a live duck to the 
body, the colic will immediately be removed, but the duck 
dies. If a chicken, or any other living thing, is thus held 
to the body, it produces no visible effect either one way or 
the other. 
The head of a hare being burned, will bring serpents 
together; but a fume of peacock feathers being made, will 
disperse the serpents. If a piece of meat is thrown to the 
dogs they will seize it with great avidity; but if a jasper- 
stone is thrown out with the meat, the dogs will instantly 
run away with very great fright. Fenelon says that if 
we wear the clothing of the dead, that it does wonderfully 
shorten our lives. 
Wonderful things can be done with the juice of deadly 
nightshade. If we injure a person and then spit in the 
hand that did it, says the celebrated Francis Barrett, the 
injured one will become instantly cured. Amber worn 
about the body is a sure preservative against all poisons. 
Music will cure the bite of a spider. Music will charm 
many kinds of wild beasts. A band of musicians might 
walk without harm among hundreds of hungry lions, wolves 
and panthers. These ferocious beasts would experience 
the most profound symptoms of delight. But if these 
musicians were without music they would be ate up in- 
stantly. The Emperor Julian saved his army in the Per- 
sian deserts by the power of music. 
The Mystery of Planchette, is another form of ani- 196 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
mal magnetism which nearly every person can employ. 
It consists of taking a piece of thin board, triangular in 
shape, and about one foot long, and to each corner fixing 
a pair of very light rollers or castors; a hole is left at 
the extreme angle through which is pushed a pencil just 
sufficiently long to reach a piece of writing paper; you 
then place your hand on the board holding the pencil and 
follow the dictates of your mind and write just as your 
thoughts flow. It is very remarkable in its results. 
The Science of Astral Physiognomy.-This is a pecu- 
liar science, somewhat similar to phrenology. In phre- 
nogoly the characteristics of an individual are judged of 
by the shape, size and conformation of the head. A like 
result is claimed by many astrologists from the face; and 
their argument is based upon the fact, that persons with 
a certain form and expression of features are all governed 
or influenced by certain planetary bodies and by these 
means are enabled to form an opinion as to their mental 
and other qualifications. I have seen a few instances 
myself, who, by the minute examination of an ordinary 
photograph, astrologers have very faithfully delineated the UNSEALING THE CABALA 
197 
character, habits and temperament of the individual. 
Whether this was the result of actual study, through what 
is called the astral science, or was merely a happy guess 
from the portrait, I cannot say; for we must not forget 
that nature herself plants upon the brow of everyone, to 
a certain extent, their peculiar characteristics! The same 
custom prevails in the lower order of creation-the 
ferocious animals being usually repulsive, etc. The illus- 
tration shows the theory of astral physiognomy. 
Fortune-telling by Cards.-Always shuffle the cards, 
then read as follows: Ace of clubs-wealth, happiness 
and peace of mind. King of clubs-a dark man, upright, 
faithful, affectionate. Queen of clubs-A dark woman, 
gentle and pleasing. Knave of clubs-a sincere, but hasty 
friend. 10 of clubs-riches and loss of friends. 9 of clubs 
-disobedience of friends' wishes. 8 of clubs-covetous- 198 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
ness, danger of speculation. 7 of clubs-possibly good 
fortune, but beware of the opposite sex. 6 of clubs- 
success in business, etc. 5 of clubs-prudent marriages. 
4 of clubs-caution, inconstancy. 3 of clubs-married 
more than once. 2 of clubs-disappointments. Ace of 
diamonds-letters, etc. King of diamonds-a fair man, 
hot tempered, revengeful. Queen of diamonds-a fair 
woman, coquette. Knave of diamonds-one who only 
thinks of self. 10 of diamonds-money. 9 of diamonds 
-fond of roving. 8 of diamonds-a late marriage. 7 of 
diamonds-evil speaking. 6 of diamonds-early wed 
and widowhood. 5 of diamonds-unexpected news. 4 of 
diamonds-trouble from unfaithful friends. 3 of dia- 
monds-quarrels, law-suits. 2 of diamonds-marriage 
against friends' wishes. Ace of hearts-if attended by 
spades, means quarreling; if by hearts, affection and friend- 
ship; by diamonds, money and friends; by clubs, feasting, 
etc. King of hearts-fair, and good-natured, but hasty. 
Queen of hearts-fair, faithful, prudent, and affection- 
ate. Knave of hearts-the dearest friend of the consult- 
ing party, rash and hasty. 10 of hearts-happiness and 
many children. 9 of hearts is the wish card, wealth and 
esteem. 8 of hearts-company and pleasure. 7 of hearts 
-false and fickle friends. 6 of hearts-generous friends. 
5 of hearts-trouble and unfounded jealousy. 4 of hearts 
-love hard to win. 3 of hearts-sorrow from imprudence. 
2 of hearts-success, but care in securing it. Ace of 
spades-malignant, misfortunes, spite. King of spades 
-bad and ambitious. Queen of spades-malicious women, 
ofttimes widows. Knave of spades-indolence, envy, 
wicked thoughts. 10 of spades-grief and imprisonment. 
9 of spades-much sickness and misfortune. 8 of spades 
-be cautious in your undertakings. 7 of spades-loss of 
a dear friend. 6 of spades-wealth by industry. 5 of 
spades-correct your bad temper, if you wish happiness. 
4 of spades-sickness. 3 of spades-a journey. 2 of 
spades-a removal. 
Clairvoyance.-Those who have studied the lives of 
Plato, Socrates, St. Augustine, Galen, Joan D'Arc, Sweden- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
199 
borg, Cellini, Cazotte, Zschohke, and Fourier, cannot but 
believe that the human body can be so perfected and freed 
from its corporal or animal surroundings, as to take its 
flight, and thus mingle with those of another sphere. And 
there is no doubt (at least, in my mind), that the spiritual 
essence can and does leave the body, and sees objects at 
great distances, whilst the organs of animal life still fulfill 
their office. The clairvoyant is one so easily impressed by 
the force of magnetism, that even by the exercise of their 
own will they can throw or cause the spiritual to leave 
the corporal parts of their being; and it is in this condition 
that they are capable of explaining many of those extraor- 
dinary truths of modern times, and seeing that which to 
the ordinary mind appears impossible. 
How to Charm and Catch Animals, etc.-Cutties are 
caught by trailing the female through the water. Rats, by 
musk, carraway, oil of rhodium, or aniseed. Weazles, by 
the gall of a stello beaten in water. Mice, by squill or 
fennel. Fleas, by the fat of a hedgehog. Frogs, by the 
gall of a goat. Rabbits, by parsley. None of these articles 
are dangerous, and traps can easily be set to catch them. 
Dogs and asses are made drunk by the herb sennurra; 
horses, by putting henbane in their feed, and these apply 
to most animals, though for those who feed upon flesh 
it is better to mix the juice of the hemlock or poppy. 
To be Splendid Speaker, Orator, etc.-To become 
eloquent upon any subject, it is necessary, first, to become 
thoroughly conversant with its nature, to weigh the views 
likely to be taken by others, and to enlist your own feelings 
in the subject you discuss or lecture upon. Now, eloquence 
does not consist of a mere rhapsody of words, but an im- 
pression of feelings; and however homely the words are 
uttered, yet, if they are consistent, explicit, and from the 
heart, they will usually be convincing. Now, the power 
of the will, in determining the exact tension necessary to 
produce a given note, is remarkable. The natural compass 
of the voice is two octaves; thus by practice a singer can 
produce ten distinct intervals between each semitone or 
240 intervals, a much less number than is ever necessary 200 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
in public speaking. By placing the fingers on the part 
known as the apple of the throat, a person, during articu- 
lation, will acquire the peculiar limbre. In uttering 
vowels, they are much modified by the aperture of the 
mouth, while consonants are formed by an interruption of 
the breath, and in some cases, particularly those who stam- 
mer, they emit them with an explosive sound, or cannot 
articulate them at all, unless joined with a vowel. These 
hints are important to singers, actors, clergymen, etc., as 
the intensity, flexibility, tenor, and beauty of the human 
voice can be greatly improved. 
The Cure of Diseases by Magical, Celestial and 
Sympathetic Means.-Among a variety of examples, the 
loadstone is one most remarkable proof of the sympathy 
we speak of. However, to hasten to the point. Among 
stones, those which resemble the rays of the sun by their UNSEALING THE CABALA 
201 
golden sparkling prevent the falling-sickness and poisons, 
if worn on the finger. The stone which is called oculis 
folis, being a figure like the apple of the eye, from which 
shines forth a ray, comforts the brain, and strengthens 
sight. The carbuncle, which shines by night, has a virtue 
against all airy and vaporous poisons. The chrysolite 
stone, of a light green color, when held against the sun, 
there shines in it a ray like a star of gold; this is singu- 
larly good for the lungs, and cures asthmatical complaints; 
and if it be bored through, and the hollow filled with 
the mane of an ass, and bound to the left arm, it chases 
away all foolish and idle imaginations and melancholy 
fears, and drives away folly. The stone called iris, which 
is like crystal in color, being found with six corners, 
when held in the shade, and the sun suffered to shine 
through it, represents a natural rainbow in the air. The 
stone heliotropium, green like a jasper or emerald, beset 
with red specks, makes the wearer constant, renowned, 
and famous, and conduces to long life; there is likewise 
another wonderful property in this stone, and that is, that 
it so dazzles the eyes of men that it causes the bearer to 
be invisible; but then there must be applied to it the 
herb bearing the same name, viz.: heliotropium, or the 
sunflower; and these kind virtues Albertus Magnus and 
William of Paris mention in their writings. The jacinth 
also possesses virtue from the sun against poisons, pesti- 
lences, and pestiferous vapors; likewise it renders the 
bearer pleasant and acceptable; conduces also to gain 
money; being simply held in the mouth, it wonderfully 
cheers the heart and strengthens the mind. Then there 
is the pyrophilus, of a red mixture, which Albertus Magnus 
reports that Atsculpius makes mention of in one of his 
epistles to Octavius Cassar, saying: "There is a certain 
poison, so intensely cold, which preserves the heart of man, 
being taken out, from burning; so that if it be put into 
the fire for any time, it is turned into a stone, which stone 
is called hyrophilus. It possesses a wonderful virtue 
against poison, and it infallibly renders the wearer thereof 
renowned and dreadful to his enemies. Apollonius is 
reported to have found a stone (which will attract other 202 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
stones, as the loadstone does iron) most powerful against 
all poisons; it is spotted like the panther, and therefore 
some naturalists have given this stone the name of panth- 
erus; Aaron calls it evanthum; and some, on account of 
its variety, call it pantochras. It is by such and similar 
methods the magicians, prophets, and sears of the Middle 
Ages and biblical times, and many of the magi or wise 
men of ancient ages, succeeded in curing numbers of dis- 
eases, without any medicine whatever; these men were the 
magicians, or ancient physicians, and of the race of Hin- 
doos, Israelites, Jews, Arabians, Chinese, Assyrians, Egypt- 
ians, Chaldeans, and many of our own times. They were 
usually named Signa Magna, to distinguish them from 
the jugglers and sleight-of-hand tricksters, who exhibited 
themselves for money, and whose performances of leger- 
demain consisted of a blustering volubility of words, thus 
diverting the attention of their audiences while they, or 
their accomplices, of which they traveled with one or more, 
made the necessary changes in their paraphernalia to 
deceive the sense of vision, and apparently reverse the 
present order of things. No uncommon part of their pro- 
gramme was to obtain the loan of large sums of money 
from the wealthy and moneyed classes, thus getting a 
knowledge of the fact of such a sum being in their pos- 
session, and afterward, by fraud, violence, or digital dex- 
terity, securing it to themselves. The modern conjurer 
is, however, usually a gentleman of the highest principle, 
and always prefaces his exhibitions by the statement, that 
by dexterity he proposes to deceive. Most of the apparatus 
employed is double, or contains two partitions, which by 
simply turning, the contents are apparently changed. 
Alumina Changed to Silver-Late Process.-Put it 
into a crucible, first breaking it into small fragments, bring 
it to a white heat for five or six hours, until the metal will 
stand firm on a red-hot plate of iron; then sprinkle it with 
a mixture of vinegar and sal ammoniac (parts equal), 
when it is cold, put it again into the furnace, and keep at 
a white heat for three days and three nights, the last three 
or four hours adding a little pure lead to make it ductile; 
you now break it once more into small fragments and UNSEALING THE CABALA 
203 
replace it in the furnace, adding to it little pills made of 
lime, salt-petre, and brimstone, and by this means our 
mixture becomes incorporated into a pretty good silver. 
To Cause Letters, Papers, etc., to Disappear.- 
Valivoni, an old magician, of the time of Agrippa, says: 
"If you take uphorbium, bedellium, gum armoniac, the 
roots of both hellebores, the loadstone, and a little sulphur, 
and incorporate them altogether with the brain of a hart. 
THE MESMERIC ART 
the blood o£ an elephant, and the blood of a black cat, 
and sprinkle it near the papers to be removed, that it 
unseals them and brings them to your presence, or just 
where you desire." 
To Strike Fear and Terror into the Heart of An 
Enemy.-Pythagoras says: "That if a flame be put into 
the skull of a murderer, and the name of your enemy 204 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
written thereon, it will strike the person whose name is so 
written with fear and trembling, and he will speedily seek 
your forgiveness, and become a steadfast friend." 
The Secrets and Hidden Wonders of Astrology.- 
This science was brought to a high state of perfection by 
the ancient Tartar, Chinese, Chaldean, Persian and Egypt- 
ian astronomers. They predicted the fate of kingdoms, 
of nations, and of individuals, by erecting a figure of the 
horoscope. That science is yet maintained by a few eminent 
persons in Europe. But it has been very much injured 
during the last fifty years, by a variety of imposters, who 
have appeared under different names, and knew nothing 
whatever of astrology. By a proper knowledge of astrology, 
there is no doubt in my mind, but what an excellent organi- 
zation may be given to every child that is born. And all 
that would be required to do this would be for parents 
to obtain a proper knowledge of astrology, which is the 
science of the stars; and their good celestial influences. 
Similar aspects, of course, will reign at birth. All eminent 
persons within my knowledge, have been born under a 
favorable aspect of the stars. I have studied this matter 
very closely, and am well assured of the truth of what I 
say. I will mention some persons whom I have found to 
be born under good aspects, viz.: Rev. Wm. H. Chan- 
ning, Daniel Webster, Robert Owen, Fenelon, Lamartine, 
M. Arago, A. G. Brown of Mississippi; Henry Clay, Gerrit 
Smith, John C. Calhoun, Isaac P. Walker, Louis Kossuth, 
George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Joseph Dembinsky, 
John Quincy Adams, M. Ricard, Alexander Vattemere, 
William Penn, etc. Now, it cannot be shown that any 
one of these men were born under a bad aspect of the 
heavens. And there are hundreds of good aspects. Hence 
it follows, that if astrology was cultivated and applied to 
the good of mortals, as it ought to be, that we should very 
soon have a race of men and women with sound minds, 
sound bodies, cheerful and charitable dispositions, and 
with a noble and sincere desire to cultivate all knowledge, 
and do good continually. As to prostituting the sublime 
science of astrology to the contemptible purpose of fortune- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
205 
telling, is, to my mind, only a fit subject for ridicule. I 
readily admit that a good astrologer can tell many things 
by this science. 
And now, in concluding this subject, and to show a speci- 
men of the solar influence upon man, I will state a fact. 
If a piece of meat or fish be subjected to the rays of the 
moon for several hours, and then eaten, it will make him 
who eats it both sick and crazy. The power of the sun, 
mercury, etc., are well understood. 
The Zodiac.-The Zodiac is a zone or belt in the heavens, 
extending 80 or 90 degrees on each side of the ecliptic, 
or earth's path round the sun. At an early age of the 
world the stars were grouped into imaginary forms of 
earthly things, and called constellations. The names of 
these constellations in the Zodiac are: Aries, Taurus, 
Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, 
Capricorn, Aquarius, and Pisces. The Roman year began 
in March, at which time the sun was in the constellation 
Aries. 
How to Make Twenty-five Yards of Oil-Cloth for 
One Dollar.-Take twenty-five straw paper cardboards, 
which are about one yard square each, and which at the 
mills cost about one cent each; pare the ends of each board 
thin, then lay it over its fellow lengthwise, stitch each piece 
firmly together; now dissolve about two pounds of common 
glue in a pailful of hot water, and apply over the whole 
two or three coats of size, allowing each coat to dry before 
reapplying it (it must be done on both sides); when the 
whole is dry, dissolve about half a pound of gum shellac 
in one quart of strong alcohol, or, what is cheaper, ben- 
zine, and mix with it for color a little Venetian red and 
lamp-black, so as to form a brown color; give it two or 
three coats of this, and you have an oil-cloth which, if 
kept down, will last for years, and be impervious to water 
or moisture; with a little more cost, you can rule it out in 
squares and paint it in different colors so as to give the 
appearance of marble slabs. 
To Prevent Rot, Rust, and Blight in Potatoes, Fruit, 
etc.-Make a quantity of ashes from willow wood, and in 206 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
planting potatoes, or other tubers, sprinkle a little of the 
ashes with the seedlings, this will effectually prevent rust 
or blight. For trees, dig around their roots, and every 
year put in the earth about half a peck of the ashes. 
To Fatten Fowls or Chickens in Four or Five Days. 
-Set rice over the fire with skimmed milk, only as much 
as will serve one day. Let it boil till the rice is quite 
swelled out; you may add a teaspoonful or two of sugar, 
but it will do well without. Feed them three times a day 
in common pans; give them only as much as will quite 
fill them at once. In fattening poultry of all kinds, the 
rule is that they must be kept in warm coops in winter, 
and supplied with plenty of lime or old plaster. 
Important Astrological Advice-To Females.-It has 
often been observed, and experience has shown the ob- 
servation to be a true one, that some event of importance 
is sure to happen to a woman in her thirty-first year, 
whether it prove for her good, or it be some great evil or 
temptation; therefore we advise her to be circumspect in 
all her actions. If she is a maiden or widow, it is probable 
she will marry this year. If a wife, that she will lose 
her children or husband. She will either receive riches, 
or travel into a foreign land; at all events, some circum- 
stance or other will take place during this remarkable 
year of life, that will have great effect on her future for- 
tunes and existence. 
To Males.-The like is applicable to men in their forty- 
second year, of which there are so many instances, that 
there is not a doubt of its truth. Observe always to take 
a lease for an odd number of years; an even number is 
not prosperous. The three first days of the moon are the 
best for signing papers; and the first five days, as well as 
the twenty-fourth, for any fresh undertaking. But a great 
deal depends on ourselves, and by strictly discharging our 
duty to God and man, wre may often overcome the influence 
of a malign planet, or an unfortunate day; and even change 
a day of no import, or one betokening evil and disaster, 
into a day of great good fortune. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
207 
The Economy of Life, as Taught by the Brahmins.- 
The ancient Brahmins divided their days into fortunate 
and unfortunate; thus on the 
former they endeavored to 
carry out all the important 
measures, whether of busi- 
ness, pleasure, or worship. 
The unfortunate days of the 
year they particularly avoid- 
ed the handling of any 
cutting instruments, fire, or 
journey by water, usually 
keeping secluded at their homes; this they assert is 
the cause of their longevity and economy of life. 
The following is their list of particular fortunate days: 
In January, six days, 1st, 2nd, 15th, 26th, 27th, and 28th; 
in February, four days, the 11th, 21st, 25th, and 26th; in 
March, two days, 10th, and 24th; in April, five days, the 
6th, 15th, 16th, 20th, and 28th; in May, three days, the 
3rd, 18th, and 31st; in June, five days, the 10th, 11th, 15th, 
22d, and 25th; in July, three days, the 9th, 15th, and 28th; 
in August, six days, the 6th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 19th, and 25th; 
in September, five days, the 4th, 8th, 17th, 18th, and 23d; 
in October, five days, the 3d, 7th, 16th, 21st, and 22d; in 
November, three days, the 5th, 14th, and 20th; in December, 
six days, the 15th, 19th, 20th, 22d, 23d, and 25th. 
Unfortunate Days.-In January, seven days, the 3d, 
4th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 20th, and 21st; in February, seven 
days, the 3d, 7th, 9th, 12th, 16th, 17th, and 23d; in March, 
eight days, the 1st, 2d, 5th, Sth, 12th, 16th, 28th, and 29th; 
in April, two days, the 24th and 25th; in May, five days, 
the 17th, 20th, 27th, 29th, and 30th; in June, eight days, 
the 1st, 5th, 6th, 9th, 12th, 16th, 18th, and 24th; in July, 
four days, the 3d, 10th, 17th, and 18th; in August, two 
days, the 15th and 20th; in September, two days, the 9th 
and 16th; in October, six days, the 4th, 9th, 11th, 17th, 
27th, and 31st; in November, four days, the 3d, 9th, 10th, 
and 21st; in December, two days, the 14th and 21st. 
The Secret Influence of the Planets.-The moon 
affects the brain. Saturn disposes to sullenness, robbery, 208 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and murder. Jupiter to dignity, benevolence, and candor. 
Venus, to love and beauty. Mercury, to a fair share of 
personal charms, quickness of comprehension, and inge- 
nuity. Herschel, to debate, oratory, disquisition. Uranus, 
to research, discovery, etc. The Sun and Eearth's influence 
uniformly affect the inhabitants of this sphere about 
equally. It, however, by no means follows that a person 
born at a period when one or other of the before-named 
planets are in the ascendant should be positively wicked, 
ingenious, dignified, or oratorical; but they will possess 
that tendency for good or evil through life, more or less, 
and thus it is that conflicts of ideas in all branches of 
theology, law, or medicine arise. As in the progress of 
time the planetary system revolves in its course, influences 
which at birth may be malignant, or good, become changed 
by the proximity of other planets to what is called the 
natal star. To illustrate: A child may be born under the 
best influences, say with Jupiter in the ascendant, in juxta- 
position to Venus and Mars. We here have a dignified, 
and courageous man or woman, as the case may be; but 
later in life these planetary positions may change, say with 
Saturn in the position of Jupiter or Venus, when deleterious 
and unfortunate influences prevail for the time being, to 
him or her born under the favorable auspices of Venus or 
Jupiter. Thus a train of losses, accidents, bereavements, if 
not death, is likely to be the fate of such a one at those 
periods, unless great caution is exercised in his undertak- 
ings. On the other hand, persons born under unfavorable 
auspices, say Saturn, may for many years suffer misfor- 
tunes, and from indigence lean toward evil, yet should the 
astronomical relative position of the planets favorably 
change, these good influences usually bring a fair share of 
happiness, integrity, prosperity, etc. 
The science of casting a nativity, or astrology, consists 
in knowing the time, latitude, and longitude of the place 
where a child is born, then taking the astronomical posi- 
tion of the heavenly bodies at that period, and deducting 
therefrom the good or bad effects they exercise on the 
person from life to death. Some of the most celebrated 
men in history were fully cognizant of the period of their UNSEALING THE CABALA 
209 
decease years before it occurred, through the aid of this 
science. Napoleon the First was an ardent admirer of this 
art, and it is said the late Emperor of France was as fully 
alive to its merits as his uncle. 
How to Select a Good Husband by the Shape of His 
Bust, Shoulders, etc.-A fme-looking man (the word 
handsome detracts from the idea of beauty in the male 
sex) is above the medium height, but considerably under 
the colossal (about five feet ten inches is the perfection of 
altitude); his forehead is high and rather square; his 
back head is well rounded, but not too full of animal 
development; his eyes are dark, bright, and fairly set in 
their sockets, neither tending to recede or protrude; his 
hair inclines to a curl; his eyebrows are rather spare than 
bushy, and leave a space of about three-quarters of an inch 
between their inward extremities; his nose is a medium 
between Roman and acquiline; his cheek-bones are not 
prominent, but still well defined; his cheeks neither lank 
nor so rounded as to indicate fatness or inflation; his mouth 
moderately small; his lips firm, compact, but not thin; his 
whiskers are well back on the cheek; his complexion is 
uniform, between brown and fair, with a slight tendency 
to a blush, but not sufficient to warrant him in being called 
"rosy-cheeked;" and the whole countenance well, or even 
strongly marked; for a smooth, round face, where the 
features are all regular, and without any characteristic for 
a limner to fasten on, is incompatible with manly beauty. 
Then his neck is of moderate length, and inclines to thick- 
ness; his throat is free from that protuberance commonly 
called the apple of Eve; his breast is fairly full; his 
shoulders square, but not abruptly so, and sufficiently 
broad to overhang his hips; his arms are of a length to 
leave about eight inches between the tips of his middle 
fingers and his knees; there is a gradual decrease inward 
from the hip and shoulder to the waist; his hips are well 
defined; his back is free from the least tendency to round- 
ness, but is not thrown very much to the rear; his thighs 
are full, but not clumsy; his knees small; the calves of the 
legs so that they just touch, without pressing against each 210 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
other; the shin rather slender; his ankle small; his instep 
high, and his foot slightly hollowed, and of a size corre- 
sponding to his height. 
Table for Finding Lucky Numbers.-Explanation.- 
Take two dice and throw; mark down the number of spots 
thrown; then throw again, and mark as before; look at 
the top line of the table, and find the number of your first 
throw; then follow the line straight down, until you find 
on the opposite side of the table the number corresponding 
SECOND THROW. 
lux 
hix 
X 
I'XI 
c 
VII. 
1'IA 
c 
AI 
Illi 
o 
to 
© 
5 
© 
to 
cn 
47 
l- 
© 
CO 
co 
© 
© 
46 
IL 
© 
© 
to 
o 
Ch 
Ch 
Ch 
cn 
© 
© 
to 
© 
© 
co 
© 
III. 
£ 
© 
00 
24 
© 
© 
Cn 
CO 
to 
to 
© 
H-4 
IV. 
o 
34 
Cn 
O 
Ch 
co 
o 
CO 
Ch 
CO 
co 
to 
© 
CO 
© 
V. 
© 
Cn 
to 
CO 
oo 
© 
Ch 
£» 
o 
Cn 
© 
© 
© 
© 
© 
to 
VI. 
to 
to 
co 
© 
to 
o 
co 
Cn 
4^ 
© 
o 
to 
o 
© 
© 
VIL 
© 
o 
co 
o 
co 
co 
© 
© 
© 
(-1 
o 
IO 
© 
VIII. 
o 
© 
© 
£> 
Cn 
co 
© 
© 
© 
r™4 
© 
IX. 
© 
© 
Ch 
CO 
o 
o 
CO 
© 
© 
© 
© 
© 
X. 
to 
co 
cn 
Cn 
o 
co 
© 
cn 
© 
o 
© 
© 
© 
© 
XL 
to 
© 
O 
H-4 
© 
Cn 
© 
© 
to 
© 
£ 
XII. 
FIRST THROW. 
to your second throw. For instance, the number of spots 
in your first throw equals 6, which you will find on the 
right line of the table, marked in Roman numerals, VI; 
your second throw gives 4 spots, which will be found on 
the top column, marked IV. Place your finger on the VI, 
at the right of the table, and follow the line down until 
it brings you to the IV, on the top side of the column; 
you will thus get the number 61, which will be the lucky 
number. In this manner you can get as many lucky num- 
bers as you wish to play. In case you should come to a 
cipher (o), you must throw again. UNSEALING THE CABALA 
211 
The Sympathetic Mixture of Natural Things.- 
There is a book called "A Book of the Laws of Pluto," 
which speaks of monstrous generations, which are not pro- 
duced according to the laws of nature. Of these things 
which follow we know: viz., of worms are generated gnats; 
of a horse, wasps; of a calf and ox, bees. Take a living 
crab, his legs being broken off, and he buried under the 
earth, a scorpion is produced. If a duck be dried into 
powder and put into water, frogs are soon generated; but 
if he be baked in a pie, and cut into pieces, and be put in 
a moist place under ground, toads are generated. Of the 
herb garden-basil, bruised, and put between stones are 
generated scorpions. 
How to Obtain Health, Strength, and True Man- 
hood.-The importance of this subject cannot be too fully 
impressed on the mind of the reader; for as health is the 
science of life, we must study its physiological require- 
ments to attain it, and not always seek in drugs and medi- 
caments, reparations to remedy the evils inflicted by a dis- 
obedience of nature's laws. Now, what can a parent expect 
of his child, when pampered in the lap of luxury, his 
exercise limited to, perhaps, a stately walk of half an hour 
during the day, his limbs confined in tight-fitting or perhaps 
too loosely fitting garments, exposing certain portions of 
the person, as the arms, legs, etc., to cold, damp, and 
currents of chilled air, and the rest of his time cared for 
like a hothouse plant. Can the child of such a one be 
healthy, either physically or mentally? Compare him with 
the ruddy, chubby broad-chested son of the peasant and 
judge for yourself the course most likely to succeed in 
giving health, strength, and stamina to the future genera- 
tion. It, therefore, is evident, that all perversions of 
nature's laws must result in a too early development and 
speedy decay of those who overstep her dictates. Again, 
the children of the wealthy are more liable to inflict upon 
themselves serious evils than those of the poor; for, singu- 
lar as it may seem, it is none the less true that novels, 
playing parlor games of forfeits, pictures, waltzing, and, 
in fact, many other things, have a tendency to assist in HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
212 
promoting too early maturity, and preparing young persons 
for early imprudence. Those who reach this estate, how- 
ever, by artificial means, and much before the natural 
period, will have to suffer for it afterward. 
A few years later in life, when the lad finds his way 
into the world, and has to do battle in the general struggle 
for existence, he will become subject to other influences 
likely to lead him astray in reference to matters, which 
will equally affect his health. He will come into contact 
with companions, who, from ignorance or disinclination, 
or both combined, will neglect the most important laws 
of their being, and will, as a matter of course, be very 
likely to induce him to do the same. The laws of human 
life are but little studied, and still less attended to. An 
able writer most truthfully observes: "It must be con- 
fessed that it is disheartening to see how little the great 
mass of men advance from age to age in this respect. The 
phrase, 'be temperate in all things, is not really compre- 
hensible without education and special knowledge of its 
full meaning. Surely, when it is seen that in it are involved 
the best interests of humanity-the decrease of sickness, 
the growth of cheerfulness, contentment, and happiness, 
the enlargement of mental powers, and the gradual perfec- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
213 
tion of the qualities (to train which is surely the object 
of our being here), men will strive to carry it out. May 
we not receive it as a sure principle that when men are 
once convinced that a certain course will bring them a 
material good, they will eventually pursue that course; 
and if once the principles of health can become implanted 
and taught to each generation, the tendency to follow the 
guidance of those principles will grow by transmission 
and inheritance?" 
A violation of nature's law in any manner or shape, 
whether it is in eating, drinking of spirituous liquors, 
smoking or chewing tobacco to excess, too much confine- 
ment within doors, or late hours, will unquestionably lead 
to such a derangement of the muscular and nervous sys- 
tems as to bring him into actual danger of self-destruction. 
Many of the ailments, such as dyspepsia, vertigo, palpita- 
tion of the heart, consumption, loss of flesh and muscular 
strength, costiveness, pain in the head, dimness of vision, 
pain in the back, etc., may be traced to a neglect in carrying 
out the laws of life. 
Eggs of Pharoah's Serpents.-These interesting toys 
are madg of the sulpho-cyanide of mercury, mixed with a 
little mucilage of gum tragacanth, and rolled up the size 
of a pill. They are placed on a dish and ignited, when 
gradually from the burning pill issues a serpent a yard 
or more long. As they are poisonous, be careful not to 
mistake them for medicine; and during the time they are 
burning do not inhale the vapor. 
To Clean Clocks.-Take out the works and boil them 
in a strong solution of sal soda; then quickly dry them 
in an oven, and afterward oil the bearings of the works. 
Omens.-The word omen means a good or bad sign, or 
an indication of something to occur at a future time. The 
dread of a hare crossing the path seems to be widely prev- 214 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
alent; while to see a wolf is a good omen. That to meet 
an old woman is unlucky, is another general belief. In 
some places, women in general are unlucky as first-foot, 
with the singular exception of women of bad reputation. 
This belief prevailed as far back as the age of Chrysostom. 
Priests, too, are ominous of evil. If hunters of old met 
a priest or friar they coupled up their hounds and went 
home in despair of any further sport that day. This super- 
stition seems to have died out, except in the case of sailors, 
who still consider the clergy a "kittle cargo," as a Scotch 
skipper expressed it, and anticipate a storm or mischance 
when they have a black coat on board. This seems as old 
as the prophet Jonah. Sneezing, likewise, has long been 
looked upon as supernatural, for this reason, that it is 
sudden, unaccountable, uncontrollable, and therefore UNSEALING THE CABALA 
215 
ominous. A nurse would not think she had done her duty 
if, when her charge sneezes, she did not say, "Bless the 
child," just as the Greeks, more than two thousand years 
ago, said, "Zeus protect thee." 
The observation of luck and unlucky days was once an 
important matter, and was often the turning-point of great 
events. It is now mostly confined to the one subject of 
marriage. In fixing the wedding day, May, among months 
and Friday among days, are shunned by many people, both 
in educated and uneducated circles; for in this matter, 
which is the exclusive province of women, and in which 
sentiment and fancy are in every way so much more active 
than reason, the educated and uneducated are reduced to 
a level. 
"Nail-gifts" are white specks on the finger-nails; which, 
according to their respective situations, are believed to 
predict certain events, whilst touching the thumb and each 
finger in succession. Melton, in his "Astrologaster," a very 
old work, giving a catalogue of many superstitious cere- 
monies, tells us that "to have yellow speckles on the nailes 
of one's hands is a greate signe of death." 
The comet of 590 was, according to some authors, the 
occasion of a custom, which is extensively diffused among 
all the nations of Christendom. In the year of this comet 
a frightful plague prevailed, which was alleged to be due 
to its influence. While the malady was at its height, a 
sneezing was frequently followed by death; whence the 
saying, God bless you! with which, since that time, sneezers 
are saluted. St. Austin tells us that "the ancients were 
wont to go to bed again if they sneezed while they put on 
their shoe." Aristotle says: "Sneezing from noon to mid- 
night was good, but from night to noon unlucky." 
Burton notes that when at his father's house at Lindley, 
in Leicestershire, he "first observed an amulet of a spider 
in a nut-shell, wrapped in silk, so applied for an ague" 
by his mother; and his surprise disappeared when he found 
"this very medicine in Dioscorides, approved by Matthiolus, 
repeated by Aldrovandus." 
Ashmole says, in his "Diary:" "I took, early in the 216 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
morning a good dose of elixir, and hung three spiders 
about my neck, and they drove my ague away. Deo 
gratias! "-"Spiders and their webs," says Pettigrew, "have 
often been recommended for the cure of the ague." 
The custom of throwing an old shoe for good luck over 
or after the bride and bridegroom, on their leaving the 
church, or the home of the bride, after the wedding, has 
of late years been revived. 
It is related that an English cattle-dealer desired his 
wife to "trull her left shoe arter him," when he started for 
Norwich to buy a lottery-ticket. As he drove off on his 
errand, he looked round to see if she practiced the charm, 
and consequently he received the shoe in his face with 
such force as to black his eyes. He went and bought his 
ticket, which turned up a prize of £600. 
The horse-shoe has been, from time immemorial, con- 
sidered a protection from witchcraft and other ills, and 
has been nailed at the entrance of dwellings to prevent the 
entrance of witches. 
Butler in "Hudibras" makes his conjuror chase away 
evil spirits by the horse-shoe. 
Nelson, the great English admiral, was of a credulous 
turn. He had great faith in the luck of a horse-shoe, and 
one was nailed to the mast of the ship "Victory." "Lucky 
Dr. James" attributed the success of his fever-powder to 
his finding a horse-shoe. 
Salt falling toward a person was considered formerly as 
a very unlucky omen. Something had either already hap- 
pened to one of the family, or was shortly to befall the 
persons spilling it. It denotes also the quarreling of 
friends. It is thought, however, that the evil consequences 
arising from spilling salt may be averted by throwing a 
little of the salt over the left shoulder. 
The casual putting the left shoe on the right foot, or 
the right on the left, was thought in old times to be the 
forerunner of some unlucky accident. Scott, in his "Dis- 
covery of Witchcraft," tells us: "He that receiveth a 
mischance will consider whether he put not on his shirt 
wrong side outwards or his left shoe on his right foot." UNSEALING THE CABALA 
217 
Putting on one stocking with the wrong side outward, 
without design, though changing it, alters the luck, and if 
you accidentally put on any garment wrong side out, and 
make a wish before changing it, the wish will come true. 
To arise on the right side is accounted lucky. 
When the nose itches, it is a sign that you will have 
company visit you the same day. 
In Melton's "Astrologaster," it is observed "that when 
a man's nose itcheth it is a sign he shall drink wine;" and 
that "if your lips itch it is a sign you shall kiss some- 
body." 
The nose falling a-bleeding is an omen of bad luck. 
Washing the hands, says Grose, in the same basin, or 
with the same water that another person has washed in; is 
extremely unlucky, as the parties will infallibly quarrel. 
Candle omens are very numerous. Milton, in his "Astrol- 
ogaster," says: "If a candle burne blue, it is a signe that 
there is a spirit in the house, or not farre from it." A 
collection of tallow, says Grose, rising up against the wick 
of a candle, is styled a winding sheet, and deemed an omen 
of death in the family. 
A spark at the candle, says the same author, denotes 
that the party opposite to it will shortly receive a letter. 
A kind of fungus in the candle, observes the same writer, 
predicts the visit of a stranger from the part of the country 
nearest the object. Others say it implies the arrival of a 
parcel. 
Dr. Goldsmith, in his "Vicar of Wakefield," speaking 
of the waking dreams of his hero's daughter, says: "The 
girls had their omens too; they saw rings in the candles." 
In the "Secret Memoirs of the late Mr. Duncan Camp- 
bell," published in London, 1732, the author says: "I have 
seen people, who, after writing a letter, have prognosticated 
to themselves the ill success of it, if by any accident it 
happened to fall to the ground; others have seemed as 
impatient and exclaiming against their want of thought, 
if through haste or forgetfulness they have chanced to hold 
it before the fire to dry; but the mistake of a word in it 218 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
is a sure omen that whatever requests it carries shall be 
refused." 
If two spoons are accidentally placed in a cup or saucer 
at table, it signifies a wedding will soon take place in the 
family. 
To have a picture drop out of its frame, or to have a 
precious stone or any ornament drop from its setting while 
wearing or using it, is a bad omen. 
Stow, in his Chronicle, relates that the silver cross which 
was wont to be carried before Wolsey, fell out of its socket, 
and was like to have knocked out the brains of one of his 
servants. A very little while after came a messenger, and 
arrested the Cardinal before he could get out of the house. 
The removal of a long-worn ring from the finger was 
thought unlucky in Elizabeth's time; for the Queen, in her 
last illness (says Barker), commanded the ring to be filed 
off her finger, wherewith she was so solemnly at first in- 
augurated into the kingdom, and since that time had never 
taken it off. 
There is an omen called "Setting the New Year in"- 
that if the kindly office is performed by some one with 
dark hair, good fortune will smile on the household; while 
it augurs ill if a light-haired person is the first to enter 
the house in the New Year. 
It is a very ancient superstition that all sudden pains of 
the body, and other sensations which could not naturally 
be accounted for, were presages of somewhat that was 
shortly to happen. 
Small spiders, termed money spinners, are held by many 
to prognosticate good luck, if they are not destroyed or 
injured, or removed from the person on whom they are 
first observed. 
It is extremely unlucky, says Grose, to kill a ladybug, 
a swallow, robin redbreast, or wren. 
Persons killing any of the above-named birds or insects, 
or destroying their nests, will infallibly, within the course 
of the year, break a bone, or meet with some other dreadful 
misfortune. On the contrary, it is deemed lucky to have UNSEALING THE CABALA 
219 
swallows build their nests in the eaves of a house, or in 
the chimneys. 
It is deemed very unlucky to hear a screech-owl at night. 
"If an owl," says Bourne, "which is reckoned a most 
abominable and unlucky bird, send forth its hoarse and 
dismal voice, it is the omen of the approach of some ter- 
rible thing-that some dire calamity and some great mis- 
fortune is at hand." 
It has always been considered a very bad omen to have 
a hare, sow, or weasel, cross your path when going on a 
journey or to business. Melton, in his "Astrologaster," 
says that "it is a very unfortunate thing for a man to 
meete early in the morning an ill-favored man or woman, 
a rough-footed hen, a shag-haired dog, or a black cat." 
Shaw, in his "History of Money," tells us that the ancient 
Scots much regarded omens in their expeditions; an armed 
man or a wolf meeting them was a good omen; if a woman 
barefoot crossed the road before them, they seized her and 
fetched blood from her forehead; if a deer, fox, hare, or 
any kind of game appeared, and they did not kill it, it was 
an unlucky omen." 
Present, Past, and Future, by Cards.-The person 
wishing to try her fortune in this manner (we will suppose 
her to be a young, fair person, represented by the Eight 
of Hearts), must well shuffle and cut with the left hand 
the pack of thirty-two cards, after which she must lay aside 
the topmost and undermost cards to form the surprise. 
There will now remain thirty cards, which must be dealt 
out in three parcels-one to the left, one in the middle, 
and one to the right. 
The left-hand pack represents the Past; the middle, the 
Present; and the one on the right hand, the Future. She 
must commence with the "Past," which we will suppose 
to contain these ten cards: The King of Clubs, the Ace 
of Spades, the Ace of Hearts, the Knave of Hearts, the 
Queen of Hearts, the King of Spades, the Knave of Clubs, 
and the King of Hearts. 
She would remark that picture-cards predominating was 
a favorable sign; also, that the presence of three Kings 220 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
proved that powerful persons were interesting themselves 
in her affairs. The three Knaves, however, warn her to 
beware of false friends, and the Nine of Diamonds predicts 
some great annoyance, overcome by some good and amiable 
person, represented by the Queen of Hearts. The two Aces 
also give notice of a plot. Taking the cards in the order 
they lay, the explanation would run thus: 
"The King of Clubs-a frank, open-hearted man-Ace 
of Spades-fond of gaiety and pleasure, is disliked by- 
Knave of Diamonds-an unfaithful friend-Nine of Dia- 
monds-who seeks to injure him. The Ace of Hearts- 
a love-letter-Knave of Hearts-from a gay young bachelor 
to a fair, amiable woman-Queen of Hearts-causes- 
King of Spades-a lawyer to endeavor to injure a clever 
-Knave of Clubs-enterprising young man, who is saved 
from him by-the King of Hearts-a good and powerful 
man. Nevertheless, as the Knave of Clubs is placed be- UNSEALING THE CABALA 
221 
tween two similar cards, he has run great risk o£ being 
imprisoned through the machinations of his enemy." 
The second parcel, "the Present," containing the Ten 
of Diamonds, the Nine of Spades, the Eight of Spades, 
the Queen of Diamonds, the Queen of Clubs, the Eight of 
Hearts, the Seven of Spades, the Ten of Spades, Queen 
of Spades, the Eight of Diamonds, signifies: 
"The Ten of Diamonds-a voyage or journey, at that 
moment taking place-Nine of Spades-caused by the death 
or dangerous illness of some one-Eight of Spades-whose 
state will occasion great grief-Queen of Diamonds-to a 
fair woman. The Queen of Clubs-an affectionate woman 
seeks to console-Eight of Hearts-a fair young girl, who 
is the person making the essay-Seven of Spades-who has 
secret griefs-Ten of Spades-causing her many tears- 
Queen of Spades-these are occasioned by the conduct of 
either a dark woman or a widow, who-Eight of Diamonds 
-is her rival." 
The third packet of cards, "the Future," we will suppose 
to contain the Eight of Clubs, the Ten of Clubs, the Seven 
of Diamonds, the Ten of Hearts, the Seven of Clubs, the 
Nine of Hearts, the Ace of Diamonds, the Knave of Spades, 
the Seven of Hearts, the Nine of Clubs, which would read 
thus: 
"In the first place, the large number of small cards fore- 
tell success in enterprises, although the presence of three 
sevens predicts an illness. The Eight of Clubs-a dark 
young girl-Ten of Clubs-is about to inherit a large for- 
tune-Seven of Diamonds-but her satirical disposition 
will destroy-Ten of Hearts-all her happiness. Seven of 
Clubs-a little money and-Nine of Hearts-much joy- 
Ace of Hearts-will be announced to the person making 
the essay by a letter and-Knave of Spades-a wild young 
man-Seven of Hearts-will be overjoyed at receiving- 
Nine of Clubs-some unexpected tidings. The cards of 
surprise-viz.: the King of Diamonds and the Ace of 
Clubs-predict that a letter will be received from some 
military man, and that it will contain money." 222 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
How to Obtain the Greatest Amount of Married 
Felicity.-In the married state, do justice to your wife's 
merits; at the same time point out her fault with kindness; 
jest not at the bonds of marriage; consult her on all proper 
occasions, for, recollect her interests are yours. If you 
have acquaintances, particularly females, whom she wishes 
you to avoid, do so; never witness a tear from her with 
apathy or indifference-recollect that a tear comes direct 
from the heart, and speaks at once the language of nature 
and sincerity. Always recollect your wife is given you by 
your Heavenly Father, to soothe the trials of life; that 
she has many cares and sufferings to encounter, of which 
you know nothing; therefore, soothe her wounded spirit in 
the hour of tribulation, and let the bright beams of hope, 
joy, and happiness again illumine her countenance. Follow 
these rules, and happiness will be yours through life. 
The Hair of the Head, Whiskers, etc., to Fall Off. 
-Make a powder one part orpiment, or king's yellow, and 
six parts quick lime, apply to the hair, and it will speedily 
fall off; dangerous, if it gets into the eyes, nose or mouth. 
To Roast Eggs Without Fire.-Place the eggs in quick 
lime and sprinkle on them a little water, when the lime 
will soon cook them. 
How to Make Any Person Always Awake.-The 
fumes of mucuna, belladona, stramonium, and sal-ammo- 
niac, when burnt, produces this effect; but are dangerous. 
To Extract Gold from Dirt, Gravel, Stones, etc.- 
These articles must be reduced to a fine powder, and to 
every ten pounds, add half a pound of sophick mercury. 
The particles of gold will unite with the mercury, and 
easily be picked out; then, by heating the mixture in 
another vessel, the mercury will be driven off, leaving the 
pure gold. 
Hair and Whiskers Produced.-Take fat that surrounds 
the kidneys of the roe, a little white wax, and a little sper- 
maceti, put them in an earthen pan with one or two pure 
Spanish flies, also two or three grains of musk, four drops 
of oil of rosemary, three of citrenilla, two of lemon, ten of UNSEALING THE CABALA 
223 
cerus, one of lavender, and one of cloves; let it simmer for 
twelve hours, then strain it through muslin, mould it into a 
stick and put a little on the part where hair is desired, 
night and morning, and it will be speedily produced. 
Sun Burn, Tan Blotches, Freckles, and Pimples.- 
Mix emulsion of bitter almonds, one ounce; jordan, one 
ounce; white sugar, one ounce; water, one quart; hydrar- 
grum bichloride, forty-five grains (first dissolved in a little 
warm water); spirits of wine, four drachms; hydrochloric 
acid, one drachm; mix well and strain. Rub a little on 
the skin night and morning. 
Cheap, Splendid Habitations.-When bricks are used, 
a single outside brick is all that is necessary. The sides 
are carried up brick on brick; as each story is built, place 
up the joists inside, and closely lath them; between the space 
of the bricks and laths, pour in a mixture of any sort of 
dry rubbish, such as gravel, stones, chips, broken bricks, 
sawdust, old bark, or refuse from the tannery, any or all 
of these things may be thrown in, occasionally pour over it 
thin, hot, slaked lime, and so proceed until it is packed full. 
Walls built in this manner are more durable, stronger, and 
warmer than any other method. 
The New Art of Ornamenting, Alone and Instanta- 
neously, by Means of Varnish Prepared for the Pur- 
pose and Beautifully Colored Printed Sheets of 
Paper, Wood, Wax Lights, Silks, China, and Porcelain 
of all Descriptions, Plaster of Paris, Alabaster, Ivory, 
Paper, Windows, Tea Trays, Oil Cloth, and all Kinds 
of Fancy Goods.-I keep a large assortment in every style 
of painting, such as flowers, fruits, birds, landscapes, etc., 
in colored prints, imitating aquarelle and oil paintings.- 
The new invention to which we call the attention of the 
public, is designed for the amusement and profitable em- 
ployment of all; enabling those unable to do manual labor 
to earn a good livelihood, as the sale of these ornamental 
articles is easy, every one purchasing them with avidity, and 
the profits large. Nothing can be more simple and in- 
genious than this mode of transferring the delicate hues 224 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
and outlines of fine and well-executed engravings unto wood, 
silk, alabaster, etc. 
Directions for Use.-Take some tracing varnish, two 
small paint brushes, such as are used for water colors, a 
piece of cloth, and a paper knife. Cover the drawing en- 
tirely (taking care not to go beyond the outline) with a 
slight coat of varnish; then put the drawing on the object 
to be ornamented, being careful to place it properly the 
first time so as not to spoil it by moving. The varnish 
newly applied being too liquid, the drawing requires to be 
left to dry for eight or ten minutes, and it must be placed 
on the object to be ornamented when just damp enough to 
be still adherent. The drawing placed on the object, cover 
it with a piece of cloth steeped in water, then, by means of 
a paper-knife or pen holder, rub it all over so as to fix 
every part of it. This done, take away the piece of cloth, 
and rinse the paper with a paint brush steeped in water; 
at the end of a few minutes the paper will come off, leaving 
the painting transferred unto the object. Care must be 
taken that the piece of cloth, without being too wet, should 
be sufficiently so for the paper to be entirely saturated. 
The drawing must now be washed with a paint-brush 
steeped in water, and dried very lightly, with some blotting 
paper. An hour or two afterward cover the drawing with 
a light coat of polishing varnish to give brilliancy to the 
colors. If the drawing is to be applied on a dark-colored 
object, such as binding of books, Russian leather, port- 
folios, leather bags, etc., etc., it must be first covered with 
a mixture of white lead and turpentine, following the 
outlines of the design, and covering it entirely. When this 
coat is perfectly dry, that is to say the next day, proceed 
according to above instructions. To print on silk, paper, 
or other materials that cannot bear washing after the pro- 
cess, proceed as follows: Cover the drawing entirely with 
a light coat of the printing varnish, and let it dry for an 
hour or two; then pass a sponge lightly dampened over the 
whole surface of the paper in order to take away the com- 
position which is on it in the blank parts, and which often 
soils the material. When the paper is dry, re-varnish the UNSEALING THE CABALA 
225 
drawing, and transfer it unto the material by means of the 
paper-cutter, avoiding to employ the piece of cloth or any- 
thing damp; then, with a paint brush slightly steeped in 
water, wet the paper lightly, and leave it a full quarter of 
an hour on the object before removing it. To remove a 
spoil print, rub it with a soft rag imbibed in turpentine. 
The public will at once appreciate the merits of this in- 
vention, the facility with which it can be applied, also its 
numerous applications. 
The Art of Making Wax Flowers.-The modeling of 
wax flowers is one of the most easily acquired arts, most 
encouraging in its results, and is the means of giving com- 
petence and even riches to many ladies who cannot, either 
from health or association, adapt themselves to arduous 
labor. I have had many persons write thanking me for 
these instructions, and I am sure that those who practice it 
for pecuniary benefit cannot fail to succeed, not only by the 
sale of the pleasing results of their handicraft, but in teach- 
ing the art itself, for all that is necessary to do is to exhibit 
a flower or boquet, true to nature's production, and few 
would begrudge $15 or $25 to learn its secret. The petals, 
leaves, etc., are made of sheets of colored wax. The stems 
are made of wire of suitable thickness, covered with silk 
and overlaid with wax. The leaves can be made by press- 
ing the sheet-wax on the natural leaf of any tree or plant, or 
in the winter when they cannot be had, embossed muslin 
leaves may be used, or a mould may be made by heating 
gutta percha or common yellow wax, and as it cools, 
pressing an embossed leaf upon it; this mould will after- 
ward make thousands, if necessary, by simply pressing the 
sheet-wax over it; the flowers, buds, etc., of artificial flowers 
may be used in like manner for making moulds. 
The best guide to the construction of a flower is to take, 
say a tulip, rose, pansey, camelia (procuring, if possible, 
two flowers nearly alike), carefully pick one of them to 
pieces, laying the petals down in the order they are taken 
from the flower, that you may know their relative positions; 
now cut colored or white papers their exact shape, and 
number them from one upward, so that they will forever 
after serve as your guide in clipping the sheet wax to 226 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
make the same flower at all seasons. Until you are expert, 
it is a good plan to have either a natural or artificial flower 
by you to serve as a model. Having clipped your wax- 
sheet into the different sized leaves which form the body 
of the flower, gather them up, one by one, commencing 
from the inner center of the flower, it is sufficient to press 
the leaves together, as the adhesiveness of the wax causes 
them to stick; when the flower is formed it is pierced by the 
wire, and any cuttings in forming the leaves may be used for 
making seed vessels in the cup of the flower. Very simple 
instruments are required, nothing more than a pair of scis- 
sors and a large pin; always in cutting the wax, dip the 
scissors into cold water, and cut each sheet singly. In 
making sprigs or boughs, it is better to be guided by 
natural pieces, which can be obtained at any season. When 
the flower is completed, its proper tins can be given by dry 
paints, the same as in water-color painting. Very little 
painting, however, is necessary, as sheets of wax in every 
shade and color are now imported from Europe, where they 
have brought this matter to a high state of perfection. 
To Make Wax Fruit, Vegetables, etc.-The whole 
art consists of making the moulds and casting the wax, 
as will be seen by the following: To make moulds, take 
fine dry plaster of Paris, which can be had at most paint 
stores; sprinkle it into cold water, stirring it the whole 
time until it is of the consistency of a thin batter; now 
place the object to be cast, say a pear, egg, or tomato, 
in a dish of fine sand, forcing the fruit half its thickness 
into the sand; over this pour the plaster of Paris mixture; 
let it stand half alPhour until it sets, then take it off and 
you have a half mould; proceed in like manner until you 
get the other half of the object to be moulded. Then trim 
the edges clear of sand, and the two halves will fit each 
other, thus moulds of every description of fruit, vegetables, 
or other objects may be made. It is a good plan to make 
several moulds of each kind, so if they get chipped or 
damaged you will have no difficulty or necessity to seek a 
new object to make a mould from. When the moulds are 
required for use, soak them for a few minutes in hot water, UNSEALING THE CABALA 
227 
then press upon them a cloth to dry them (do not rub 
them); in the meantime you have your wax melted at a low 
heat, for if your fire is very hot it will blacken the wax. 
Now about half fill one of the halves of your mould with 
the melted wax, place the other half over it, and grasping 
the two together, swing it around in all directions, so that 
the wax may spread itself all over the inside of the mould, 
and in a few minutes it will cool, when the moulds must be 
separated and out will drop the object; there will be an 
edge at the joining, which must be pared off, and then 
smoothed by rubbing over it a little spirits of turpentine. 
Colors are mixed with the wax previous to moulding; 
for white, chalk, or white-lead; black, lampblack; green, 
chrome green or Paris green; red, Venetian, or vermilion; 
yellow, chrome yellow; brown, raw, or burnt umber. Any 
paint store can supply you with the necessary coloring in- 
gredients, and blending colors together the natural shades 
can be acquired; to finsh them off so as to look precisely 
like a natural production, you may prick the object all 
over with the point of a needle, and touch it here and 
there with other shades, by mixing a little of the proper dry 
color with turpentine and varnish; common yellow wax will 
answer where colors are mixed with it, but in fine trans- 
parent fruit, such as grapes or cherries, white wax ought 
to be used. When a basket of fruit is made, it ought to be 
set off with twigs and leaves, and the basket in which they 
are placed may be painted several times over with fine red 
sealing-wax, dissolved in alcohol, which gives it the ap- 
pearance of coral. 
Cattle Remedies and Diseases.-Cleansing Drink: 
one ounce powdered bayberry, one ounce powdered brim- 
stone, one ounce powdered cumin seed, one ounce diapente; 
boil all together for ten minutes, and administer in a little 
gruel. Colic: one pint linseed-oil, and half ounce lauda- 
num. Cordial: one ounce carraway-seeds, one ounce anise- 
seed, one quarter ounce ginger, two ounces fenugreek-seeds; 
boil these in a pint and half of beer, and give the animal 
when cold. Diarrhoea: half ounce powdered catechue, and 
ten grains opium. Dysentery the same. Fever: bleed about 228 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
two quarts; then give one ounce powdered nitre, and two 
ounces powdered brimstone, in a little gruel. If the 
bowels are bound, give half pound epsom salts, in three 
pints of water, daily. Hoove, or Hooven: give the animal 
plenty of salt. Mange: half pound black brimstone, quarter 
pint turpentine, one pint fish-oil. Mix, and rub on the 
affected part. Milk Fever: rub the udder with goose grease; 
and give two ounces brimstone, one ounce diapente, one 
ounce powdered cumin-seed, and one ounce saltpetre or 
nitre, in a little gruel. Murrain: half pound salts, two 
ounces coriander seed, bruised, one ounce bruised gentian, 
in a little water. Poisons: cattle sometimes eat the yew, 
the water drop wort, the common and water hemlock; a 
pint and a half of linseed oil is the best remedy. Red- 
water: bleed first, give a dose in water, one pound Epsom 
salts, to be followed by half pound doses every eight hours, 
until the animal is purged. Sprains: eight ounces sweet 
oil, four ounces spirits of hartshorn, one ounce of thyme; 
rub the part affected night and morning. Yellows: two 
ounces diapente, two ounces cumin-seed, powdered, two 
ounces fenugreek; boil for ten minutes in a quart of water, 
and give daily in a little gruel. 
Horse Medicines.-To Purify the Blood in Skin Dis- 
eases, Swelled Legs, Grease, Foul Humors, etc.-Give 
one or two of the following balls daily: Dried common 
soda, one ounce; castile sap, six drachms, resin, two ounces; 
licorice powder, half ounce; Barbadoes tar, enough to mix 
and make into six balls. 
A Sweating Ball for a Cold.-Levigated antimony, two 
drachms, or three drachms; carraway seeds, four drachms, 
molasses enough to make a ball, which give and then follow 
with a hot mash. 
For Grease.-Give one of the following daily, for two 
or three weeks: Prepared antimony, sulphur, nitre, TEthip's 
mineral, of each three ounces; Castile soap, ten ounces; oil 
of juniper, three drachms; molasses enough to mix and 
make into twelve balls. 
Diarrhoea in Horses.-Catechu, two drachms; opium, 
half drachm; linseed meal, two drachms; molasses to make UNSEALING THE CABALA 
229 
stiff; to be repeated every ten or twelve hours until the dis- 
ease is checked. This is also very good if a horse passes 
too much urine, particularly if you add to the above one 
drachm of aloes and give a ball night and morning. 
Ball for a Cough in Horses.-Squills, two drachms; 
gum ammoniac, four drachms; ipecacuanha, four drachms; 
Pimento, one ounce; balsam of sulphur, four ounces; 
Castile soap, two ounces; molasses enough to make a stiff 
paste and divide into six balls, of which give one night and 
morning. 
Ball for Inflammation of the Lungs in Horses.- 
Antimonial powder, two drachms; digitalis, three drachms; 
nitre, three drachms; cream tartar, three drachms; honey, 
to form a ball. One to be given every six or eight hours. 
Cordial Ball for Overwork in Horses.-Mix equal 
parts of ginger and gentian together, with a little molasses, 
and give a piece weighing about two ounces, once or twice 
a day for a few days. 
Ball for a Horse That Does Not Pass Urine Good.- 
Yellow resin, two ounces; common turpentine, four ounces; 
soap, three ounces; melt together and add one ounce sweet- 
oil, half ounce of oil of anise-seed, and half ounce oil juni- 
per, half ounce powdered ginger, linseed meal enough to 
make stiff. Divide into eight balls, and give one every 
night until the urine flows and looks all right. 
Fever Ball for Horses.-Camphor, one drachm; nitre, 
six drachms; antimonial powder, two drachms; flour and 
molasses to form a ball. To be given once or twice in 
twenty-four hours. 
Ball for Jaundice in Horses.-Opium, half drachm; 
calomel, one drachm; emetic tartar, two drachms; starch 
and molasses to make a ball. One to be given every twelve 
hours. THE WONDERFUL TREASURE 
CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
BY THE CELEBRATED ALBERTUS PARVI. 
This is the Extraordinary Work, the Secrets of which is 
contained within. It was thought to have been 
Lost, and for a Single Copy of which, only 
a very short time ago, a Gentleman 
offered One Thousand Dollars. 
The true seeker for knowledge, that desires to fathom 
the most hidden mysteries of nature, must give his most 
innermost attention to the material which I with great 
care and expense, have compiled in this small volume. 
With perfect right it lays claim to the title of the Uni- 
versal Treasure Casket, as it contains, in a limited space, 
wonders to delight and amuse the entire human race. The 
merchant, the citizen, the laborer, as well as the youth, the 
maiden, the wife, as well as the husband, will receive it as 
a medium to accomplish their most heartfelt desires. 
But in order to avoid mistakes, and to make this volume 
more valuable and useful to the reader, I have classified 
the different material, so as to prevent any misunderstanding 
that may arise. 
At the same time this may not be the wrong place to 
assure my readers, that wonderful as the secrets are that 
I reveal to you, they do not go beyond the power of nature, 
especially over those living creatures that inhabit the air, 
the earth, and the waters. For as it says, that the Wise, by 
means of his knowledge shall command the stars, just 
so that certain stars, by means of their wonderful influence, 
will aid the possessor of such knowledge. 
Whoever has not studied the sublime art of astronomy, 
must either inquire of one that has, or consult a good 
230 TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
231 
almanac, whenever he wishes to practice any mystery, that 
is dependent upon the aspect of the planets, in order to 
insure the success of his operations. 
History and ancient Frankish chronicles teach us that 
Charles the Great received a book from the Pope, which 
consisted of nothing but figures and mysterious words; and 
that he used the same on numerous occasions with unvary- 
ing success. The title of this book was (Enchiridium Le- 
onis Papae) Pope Leo's Hand-Book, and has maintained its 
celebrity in spite of the most malignant opposition by 
skeptical minds. 
In closing, I must call the attention of the reader to the 
fact, that he or she will not find anything of a trivial 
or obscene nature, in this book. It is an extract of the 
most wonderful writings that have been aided and perfected 
by the powerful influence of Nature and Art. It is not that 
I claim all that is herein contained as my own property 
and invention, for I openly confess that they are but extracts 
from the manuscripts of renowned philosophers, who have 
collected all that was wonderful in the course of nature. 
I will vouch for the same, and would not hesitate to make 
any of the experiments herein described upon my own 
person. 
Of the Natural Love of Man and Woman.-As there 
is nothing more natural to the human being than to love 
and be loved again, this little volume shall commence with 
the secrets appertaining thereto, without first calling the 
assistance of Cupid or Venus, which are the guardian saints 
of the most holy passion that man is capable of. I will 
only remark that the great Mother Nature every day pro- 
duces untold numbers of creatures, that will assist him in 
gaining the happiness of love. If you can produce a piece 
of flesh from a young horse (hippomanes) it will be of 
great benefit to you in your endeavors. If you can get the 
same, place it in a glazed earthen vessel, and dry it in 
an oven; after it is perfectly dry carry it with you, and if 
you can manage to have the object of your affections touch 
the same, you may be assured of success. 232 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Another Recipe.-On a Friday, in Spring, take a small 
quantity of your own blood, the eyes of a rabbit, and the 
liver of a dove, in a small earthen jar, and dry it in an 
oven, as before; when dry, pulverize the same and sprinkle 
a few pinches over the ground they will walk over. If you 
are not successful the first time, repeat it twice, and you may 
be assured of the result. 
Another.-Take a fine ring in which there is set a real 
or imitation diamond, which must never have been worn 
before; wrap it in a small piece of silk, and wear it near 
the heart nine days and nine nights. On the ninth day, 
before sunrise, engrave on it, with a sharp knife, the word 
"Schewa." Then try to obtain three hairs from the person 
whom you would be loved by, and three of your own, and tie 
them together, while saying the following: Oh, Body, 
mayest thou love me, and may thy purpose be accomplished, 
as well as mine whereunto. Schewa! give us power!" After 
this, wrap it in another piece of silk, and wear it six days 
longer in the same position as before, and, on the seventh 
day, take it to your beloved, and induce her to accept it. 
Those who can afford it, ought to have a ring of good 
quality. 
Another.-Another good way to obtain the desired re- 
sult is by means of a talisman made under the reign of 
the planet Venus. In another part of this book are the illus- 
trations of seven talismans, which can be made under the 
auspices of the seven planets; there are also explanations 
of the ways and means of making, and of the power which 
is concealed in them. These talismans were made by the 
wisest of Cabalists, and designed after mysterious numbers 
and hieroglyphic figures, according to the planets from 
which they derive their hidden virtue-they are called the 
Seals of the Planets. 
To Discover Whether a Maiden Has Always Been 
Faithful to Her Vows.-Take a piece of thin twine or 
thread, measure the circumference of her neck, measure 
once more, and ask her to hold both ends with her teeth; 
then spread out the measure thus taken in form of a loop, 
and request her to put her head through the same. Should TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
233 
she not be able to do it, or only with great difficulty, she is 
innocent; but on the other hand, should she do it with ease, 
she is guilty of loving some one better than you. 
To Let Maidens or Widows Dream of the Man They 
Are to Marry.-Take a small twig of a maple tree, and 
with a silk ribbon, tie it to your stockings, and lay the 
same under the pillow upon which their head is to rest, and 
upon going to bed take a few drops of blood of a robin, and 
rub it upon the temples, while saying the following words: 
Kyrios clementissime, qui Abraham seroo tuo dedisti uxorem 
Sarem et filio ejus obedientissimo per admirabile signum 
indicasti Rebeccam uxorem; indica mihi ancillse tuae, quem 
sim nuptura virum per ministerium tuorum, spirtum Bah- 
deth, Assaibi, Abumalith. 
Upon awakening, try to recall to memory all things you 
have seen in your dreams, and should no man have appeared 
in it, you must repeat the same formula upon the three 
succeeding Friday nights, and should he not during that 
time have appeared in your dreams, you may rest assured 
that you will never marry. Widows may practice this the 
same as maidens; the only difference being that the widow 
must have her pillow at the foot end of the bed. 
For a Young Man or Widower to See the Woman 
He is to Marry in His Dreams.-Take pulverized coral 
or magnetic powder; mix with the blood of a white dove, 
to a very stiff paste, and wrap it in a piece of blue velvet, 
hang it about the neck; then take a twig of a myrtle, lay 
it under the pillow, and upon retiring, repeat the above 
words, omitting the words ancillae tuae, quem sim nuptura, 
and replace them by the words "servo tua quam sim nup- 
turus uxorem." 
To Catch Large Quantities of Fish.-You can collect 
an immense number of fish, and catch the same with ease, 
by making the following mixture, and throwing it into the 
water: Take the blood of an ox, such animal's blood as 
that of a goat; the blood that is found in the entrails with 
the fat and marrow of sheep of the same; thyme, flour, 
marjoram, garlic, wine-yeast. Mix well, and make into 234 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
pills size of a marble, and then throw it into the water, and 
you will see wonders. 
The Wonderful Talismans of Paracelsus.'-The ce- 
lebrity which Paracelsus had attained through the depth of 
his learning in this world, is only equaled by the great re- 
spect held for his writing. He assures us, as an undoubted 
fact, that upon making these talismans according to his 
method, they will bring forth results that will astonish the 
one making them. In his "Arched Oxon Magicum" he 
writes as follows: 
"Nobody can doubt that the stars exercise a powerful 
influence upon everything that is below on earth, for even 
the most skeptical can perceive this influence that the 
planets exercise upon man; the image of his Divine Maker, 
with how much more right can we believe in the power they 
have over stones and metals, and everything that Art can 
produce, for have not these articles less power to resist, and 
are deprived of the reasoning powers of man, by means of 
which man can attract this influence upon himself to his own 
benefit; But it is important to know and notice, that the 
planets never exert a more powerful influence than through 
the medium of the seven metals that are peculiar to them. 
In regard to this point, the learned Cabalists have discovered 
that gold for the Sun on Sunday, silver for the Moon on 
Monday, iron for Mars on Tuesday, quicksilver for Mercury 
on Wednesday, zinc for Jupiter on Thursday, copper for 
Venus on Friday, and lead for Saturn on Saturday, are 
the metals that are most susceptible to the influence of the 
planets." Upon this foundation I will give Paracelsus' 
method of making these talismans. 
Talisman With the Seal of the Sun.-Fig. 1. This 
talisman must be made of mixed metals and a little of the 
finest and purest Arabian or Hungarian gold, which is gen- 
erally believed to be the best for this purpose. Make a 
plate, polish it well on both sides, and on one of these sides 
cast a square consisting of the numbers annexed, so that 
upon writing certain figures and placing them in the shape 
of a St. Andrew's cross, on paper, you will find 111. But 
what is most wonderful, and which must be understood is, TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
235 
that the numbers occurring in these talismans are the num- 
bers of the large stars under the control of the planets. It 
is for this reason that astrologists have named the planets 
primary stars, because they have control over the smaller 
stars, and exert their influence through them. On the other 
side of the plate place the hieroglyphic figure of the planet, 
which represents a king sitting upon his throne, a crown 
upon his head, and holding a scepter in his right hand, 
pointing to a lion crouching at his feet, while above his 
head the figure of the sun, and the name Jupiter engraved. 
Now, to perform this operation in the proper order, have a 
casting or a die of steel to engrave everything from in the 
order named, so as not to miss the favorable moment, which 
is, when the sun and moon stand in conjunction with the 
first degree of the sun. After having marked the plate in 
the above manner, wrap it in a piece of fine linen. That 
which I have said about the casting or the die of steel must 
also be observed in the making of the other talismans, so, as 
I have remarked before, to make the impression or casting 
when the proper time has arrived, for you must know, that 
in this moment the planet exercises and imparts its bene- 
ficial influence upon the talisman in a most wonderful and 
supernatural manner. The valuable properties of a talis- 
man consists of the fact, that if the person wear it with 
the respect and reverence that is due it, he will have the 
power to gain the confidence of great men, and will have 
in the course of time, all honors and the wealth he desires 
showered upon him. 236 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Talisman With the Seal of the Moon.-Fig. 2. This 
talisman must be coated on its face with the finest silver 
that can be procured, and make it in the shape of a round 
plate, and have it well polished. On one side write nine 
lines of figures, of which each contains the mysterious 
number 369, in the shape of the following square: On the 
other side cast on or engrave the hieroglyphic figure of 
the planet, representing a woman clad in wide, white gar- 
ment, standing with both feet upon a crescent, and holding 
another in her right hand, and a gleaming star upon her 
brow, whereby is inscribed the word "Moon." This opera- 
tion must take place on a Monday in Spring, when there 
is a favorable aspect of Jupiter or Venus. This talisman 
must likewise be wrapped in fine white linen, and it will 
be very useful against prevailing diseases; it will protect 
travelers from being attacked by thieves, and it will be 
of great value alike to the farmer, merchant, physician or 
tradesman. 
Talisman With Seal of Mars.-Fig. 3. This talisman 
must be made round and well polished, in which is a por- 
tion of the best Corinthian iron. The mysterious number 
65 must be on one side of the plate, while upon the other 
side cast or engrave the figure of an armed warrior, in his TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
237 
left hand a shield, in his right hand a naked sword, and 
on his head have a star with the word "Mars." The tools 
to make this talisman must be of some hardened material, 
and the impression or casting must be made at the moment 
that you have noticed the moon in a favorable conjunction 
with the first degree of Aries. It will also be found good 
to place the plate in hot water, so as to make it capable of 
receiving a better impression from the mysterious numbers, 
and after which wrap in linen as before. The good proper- 
ties of this talisman, if worn with due reverence, are to ren- 
der it impossible for the wearer to receive a wound while 
in battle; it will impart to him courage and strength, and 
in all contests he shall come out victorious. If this talis- 
man is made while the planet Mars is in opposite or un- 
favorable conjunction with any other planet, ill luck will 
follow wherever it is. I have facts to prove that an English 
statesman brought one to England during the time of the 
Cromwellian revolution, and that its wearer, though en- 
gaged in many sanguinary conflicts, escaped without injury. 
Talisman of Mercury on Wednesday.-Fig. 4. This 
talisman must be made on a round plate of compound 
metals, to which is added a little quicksilver. (I will 
describe a method of hardening quicksilver for making 
talismans hereafter.) After having cast or engraved the 
plate and polished the imprint from the die or casting 
on one side the mysterious number 260, which is divided 238 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
into eight lines, is as follows: Upon the other side im- 
print the hieroglyphic figure of Mercury, representing an 
angel, having wings on his back and heels, but holding in 
his hand a sceptre-like staff, and bearing on his head a 
star with the word "Mercury." The casting or engraving 
of the talisman must be performed at the moment that you 
are aware of a favorable constellation of the planets, and, 
after finishing the talisman, wrap it in a piece of pure 
silk. This talisman will have the power, when worn faith- 
fully, to make the wearer thoughtful and eloquent; it can 
heal most all fevers and sickness, and, when laid under the 
pillow, will bring forth dreams, in which you will find out 
many things you wish to know. 
The Talisman of Jupiter on Thursday.-Fig. 5. This 
talisman must be a round plate, made of the compound 
metals, in which a portion of the purest English zinc enters; 
upon one side of the plate cast or engrave the mysterious 
number 34, divided into four lines, as can be seen in the 
engraving. Upon the other side engrave or cast the hiero- 
glyphic figure of the planet Jupiter. You must begin the 
stamping or casting of the figures the moment that you are 
aware of a favorable constellation, which is when the moon 
is in the first degree of the Balance or Libra, and Jupiter 
is in good aspect with the sun. After completing the TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
239 
operation, wrap the talisman in a piece of blue silk. This 
talisman brings the wearer the love and good-will of all 
from whom he desires it, and in business undertakings will 
bring the wearer good fortune and increasing prosperity, 
drive away care and melancholy, and prevent sickness. 
Talisman of Venus on Friday.-Fig. 6. This talisman 
must be made of a round plate of pure compound metals 
and polished copper. On one side cast or engrave the 
mysterious number 175, divided into seven lines, as per cut. 
Upon the other side imprint the hieroglyphic figure of the 
planet Venus, representing the figure of a woman dressed 
in a loose, flowing garb, at the right side of whom is a 
figure of Cupid, holding a flaming torch and a bow. The 
woman holds in her left hand a musical instrument similar 240 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
to a guitar, and on her head a bright star with the word 
"Venus." The making of the figure of the planet must take 
place when the constellation of Venus is in a good aspect 
with any favorable planet, viz.: when the moon is in the 
first degree of the Virgin. After finishing the talisman wrap 
it in a piece of pale green silk. Whoever shall wear this 
talisman may be assured of the love of all from whom he 
may desire it; it has the power to make your greatest enemy 
your friend, and can also dispel the utmost enmity, by 
simply giving the person a fluid to drink, in which the 
talisman has been dipped, and further, it renders the wearer 
an adept in all kinds of music and song. 
Talisman of Saturn on Saturday.-Fig. 7. This talis- 
man must be made of compound metals and pure Cumber- 
land lead; upon one side engrave the mysterious number 
15, divided into three lines, as here shown. On the other 
side cast or imprint the hieroglyphic figure of the planet 
Saturn, representing an aged patriarch, holding a sort of a 
scythe, with which he is upturning the earth about his 
feet, and above his head appears the word "Saturn." This 
talisman must be made at the moment that you perceive 
that the constellation of the planet Saturn is in a favorable 
aspect, viz.: when the moon is in the full degree of Capri- 
corn. When this talisman is completed, wrap it in a piece 
of black silk. This talisman will be of great value to women 
during childbirth, for, when in childbirth, they will undergo TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
241 
but very slight pain, as has been proven on numerous occa- 
sions. It will also multiply and increase all articles upon 
which it is laid, and, upon a rider wearing it in his left boot, 
he shall not meet with any accident on the road. But this 
talisman will have the opposite effect if made at the im- 
proper time, which is, when the planet is in an unfavorable 
aspect. 
Method of Preparing Quicksilver to Mix the Com- 
pound Metals Used in Making the Plates to Cast or 
Engrave Talimans.-You must choose a Wednesday, in 
Spring, when you are certain that the constellation of 
Mercury is in favorable aspect to the Sun and Venus. After 
having called upon the Genii and spirits controlling the 
same, you can prepare the following: Saluniac and Roman 
vitriol, two ounces of each, well pulverized; place together 
in a new iron pot, with three pints of steel-water; let it 
boil until reduced to a pint, then throw in two ounces of 
good quicksilver, and stir it with a ladle until it thickens. 
Thereupon let it cool, and filter the remaining water away, 
and you will find a green earth, which must be washed 
with clear water three or four times, taking care to throw 
off the water each time. After this is done, spread it out 
upon a smooth board and let it dry in the sun; after it is 
dry, place it in a melting pot, which is hermetically covered 
with another pot, so that nothing evaporates, and both 
appear as one pot. The pot must not be placed in the fire 
before the sealing is dry. 
After being in the fire one hour, increase the fire so 
as to bring the pot to a red heat; keep on steadily in- 
creasing the heat until the third hour, then let it cool, and 
take the sealing off, and you will perceive the quicksilver 
in a lump at the bottom; collect it, even to the smallest 
particle, and place it with a little borax in a pot, and heat 
once more, and after cooling you will have a hard quick- 
silver, which, by means of its purity, is excellent for mixing 
in talismans which have the properties of attracting the 
good-will of the planet Mercury upon the owner, providing 
that they be made according to the directions I have pre- 
viously given. 242 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
To Make Other Talismans, With Characters, Which 
the Cabalists Have Ascribed to the Seven Planets.- 
Take the compound metals and the prepared quicksil- 
ver which I have mentioned in the foregoing, and begin the 
operations in the hours and minutes at which the influences 
are favorable. On the one side stamp the characters in a 
square as per illustration. For the Sun those on the 
first line; for the Moon, those on the second line; for 
Mars, the third; for Mercury, the fourth; for Jupiter, the 
fifth; those of the sixth, for Venus; and for Saturn, the 
seventh line. You may engrave or cast the same upon the 
back of the plate, and you will achieve the most astonishing 
results. I have no doubt that this book will fall into the 
hands of persons of weak intellect and little experience, 
who will view it as a volume not worthy of belief, because 
they imagine that the wonders that I speak of are brought 
about by the aid of evil spirits; they argue, how can any 
one believe that a piece of metal, inscribed, cast or engraved, 
with a few signs and characters, bring forth results that go 
beyond the bounds of nature? Willingly I would confront 
these people, and say: Then you believe that evil spirits 
can bring about result, going outside of the bound of hu- 
man nature? Why not believe that there is one powerful 
enough, to place in his people the key to such secrets? 
Why refuse to acknowledge that that which gives the magnet 
the power to draw a heavy mass from one spot to another, 
-why should the same power not be powerful to impart to 
the stars, which are far more perfect than the magnet's pow- 
ers, which go far beyond our conception, inasmuch as the 
stars are guided by a forethought, which regulates the move- 
ments of the same? I would like to inquire of such con- 
scientious people, why is it that the mountains in 
Switzerland and Suabia are infested with snakes, which, 
upon their hearing the words "Osy, Osya, Osy!" are ren- 
dered stiff and incapable of doing any harm, and immedi- 
ately turn about and endeavor to escape to their holes? 
Most likely I will turn many against me by asserting that 
there are creatures in the four elements which are neither 
all animal nor all human, although they have a form and 
a language without having an intelligent soul. The renowned TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
243 
Paracelsus speaks more plainly of them, as he says these 
elementary beings are not descendants of Adam, even if 
they appear to be human beings. 
Porphyrius goes even further than Paracelsus, for he 
says that such beings are not only intelligent, but that they 
even acknowledge the existence of a still higher power, 
and to prove this assertion he refers to mysterious words 
recited by these people, who, under the name of Salamander, 
exist in the fiery element. Perhaps I will confer a pleasure 
upon my readers, by giving them a description of these 
people: 
All ancient philosophers, as well as those of the later 
centuries, are of the opinion, that the four elements are 
inhabited by an intelligent race, and classify them as fol- 
lows: the fiery element is inhabited by Salamanders, the 
air by Sylphs, the water by Nymphs, and the earth by 
Gnomes or Pigmies. The philosophers believe that these 
were created to aid man in his just desires, and to punish 
him if he renounce the good. Some maintain that these 
extraordinary creatures are of a spiritual nature; of course, 
not of one excluding all materialism, but still of one that 
admits only of a very vague conception. It is upon this 
principle that the ancient Cabalists, to whom the nature of 
the elementary beings were well known, say: that, no matter 
how great the distance, they can immediately come to the 
assistance of those requiring their services. As far as their 
habits are concerned, they are decided enemies of all 
humanity that lead disorderly lives and struggle against 
common sense. It is from this standpoint that all Cabalists 
advise their followers to lead moral lives, and to avoid all 
uncleanliness and excess, and everything that tends to de- 
grade the human body or mind. In the centuries gone by, 
those elementary people had far more intercourse with 
man than at the present time, and of course, worked won- 
ders which went far out of the natural order of things. 
If depravity was not so great then, as it now is, ignorance 
was more prevalent, so that everything performed by aid 
of the elementary beings w£.s ascribed to the devil or to 
sorcery. The Laplanders, it is said, are so accustomed to 244 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the visits of these beings, that upon one of them failing to 
put in appearance to them while they are at work in the 
mines, they will become downcast, for they accept this as 
a proof of the scarcity of metal, if their gnomes do not take 
up their abodes in them. Experience has taught them that 
these singular beings find great delight in pleasant odors 
and perfumes, therefore, the wise Cabalists have prepared a 
formula for making such perfumes, and have dedicated one 
to each of the planets; and as it has occurred several times 
that several persons of my acquaintance have found treas- 
ures by means of these perfumes, I will give the recipe, 
which is as follows: 
Perfume for Sunday Under the Auspices of the Sun. 
-All perfumes must be made in an earthen vessel, over a 
fire made of hazel or bay leaves. To burn the perfume, a 
fire must be lighted by means of a flint. Care must be taken 
that the flint, sulphur thread, sponge and wax candle are 
new, and were never used for any profane purpose-for 
the spirits are very whimsical and are very easily angered. 
The perfume for Sunday must be composed of the following 
materials: One quarter ounce of saffron, the same quan- 
tity each of balsam-wood, bayseed, cloves, myrtle, and in- 
cense; one grain of musk, and one grain of gray ambra. 
These articles must be well pulverized and mixed with 
faganthe gum soaked in rosewater, and shaped into form 
of marbles. After being thoroughly dried they are ready, 
and when about to use them, throw three on the glowing 
embers of a fire. 
Perfume for Monday, Under the Auspices of the 
Moon.-This perfume must be composed of the following 
materials: Take the head of a frog, the pupil of an ox's 
eye, best incense (as storax, benzoerosin or olibarum), with 
a little camphor. Pulverize these articles and mix well, 
and add the blood of a turtle dove, and make a dough. 
Shape into pills, and when dry use three at a time, by throw- 
ing on a fire. 
Perfume on Tuesday Under the Auspices of Mars.- 
This perfume must be made of euphorbium, salmiac, pow- 
dered loadstone, and a few sulphur flowers; pulverize to- TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
245 
gether, and mix with the blood of a black cat, and the brains 
of a hawk, and make into pills, and use three at a time, on 
the fire. 
Perfume for Wednesday, Under the Auspices of 
Mercury.-This perfume must be made of aloe-wood, good 
storax, benzoerosin, azurpowder, and the ends of peacock 
feathers; pulverize this, and mix with the blood of a 
swallow, and the brains of a deer; make a dough, and 
from this make into pills, and when dry, use three at a 
time, on the fire. 
Perfume for Friday, Under the Auspices of Venus.- 
Take musk, gray ambra, aloe-wood, dried roses and red 
coral; pulverize these articles and mix with the blood of 
a dove and the brains of two or three sparrows. Make a 
dough and shape into pills, and when perfectly dry, use 
three at a time, on the fire. 
Perfume for Saturday, Under the Auspices of Sat- 
urn.-This perfume must be made of cloves, aloe-wood, 
dried roses, and magnetic powder. Pulverize these articles 
well, and mix with the blood of a bat, and the brains of a 
gray cat; when perfectly dry, use three at a time, on the 
fire. 
As we have remarked before, the gnomes are the most 
inventive to harm or assist man, according to the cause 
they have for such conduct, and it is for this reason that 
all persons engaged in mining or in search for treasures, do 
all in their power to please them, and to avoid their wrath. 
It is about this that Yambic and Arbatel, in their Cabalistic 
works, speak in the following manner: After being certain 
of the spot in which the treasure lays (by means of dreams, 
or other natural or supernatural revelations) burn the per- 
fume designed for the day upon which you intend to com- 
mence operations; plant with the right hand an olive branch, 
and with the left a twig of iron-weed, and between the two 
dig the hole. After digging six or seven feet, take the 
two twigs and make a wreath, which must be placed around 
the hat or cap, and above this place a talisman. This talis- 246 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
man must be of compound metals, with a portion of pure 
zinc, and is to be made in the hour and day at which 
Jupiter is in good aspect with any other favorable planet. 
On the one side engrave the figure of Fortuna, and on the 
lower part, in large figures, the words "OMOUSIN ALBO- 
MATATOS!" If you are compelled to dig for several 
days, before reaching the treasure, renew the perfume for 
each successive day, as I have explained before. These 
preparations are necessary in order to insure the good-will 
of the gnomes, guarding the treasure, and to avoid them in- 
terfering with the work. In evidence of this I will name 
the incident which occurred in the Castle Orveto, which was 
very successful. I have spoken of natural evidence indi- 
cating their presence, and will try to explain the meaning 
of this. Paracelsus says, in his tract on Secret Philosophy, 
p. 495, that in order to be certain in regard to the place 
in which you expect to find the treasure, you must watch 
the places in which there are extraordinary noises to frighten 
the passers-by, in the dead of the night, between Friday and 
Saturday. If you observe lights fluttering to and fro, and 
hear loud noises and cries, you may be certain as to the 
presence of a hidden treasure. The sensible man will not 
remain idle, but he must beware of the foolish talk of 
gossips, who try to lead guileless people astray, but at the 
same time we must not repel those who come to us with such 
information. He who would engage in the search for 
hidden treasure-not only as to its present condition, but 
must also find out what rumor says of the same. You 
must know that there are two kinds of hidden treausres. 
The first is that which is hidden in the bowels of the earth 
since time immemorial; the second kind is that which is 
coined, or has passed through the hands of the jeweler, 
and which has been buried in the earth in times of war 
or pestilence, etc. This kind of treasure is often found in 
the ruins and walls of ancient castles, churches, barns, out- 
houses, orchards, shrubberies, etc. 
Those searching for such treasure must not be supersti- 
tious, as it often occurs that gnomes appear, and by means 
of grimaces try to frighten away the searchers. There are 
many idle stories, which some gossips circulate, such as TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
247 
their throttling, and even killing, those endeavoring to ap- 
proach the hidden treasure. It is also childish to assert that 
the greatest silence must be observed, for it is only through 
this that the imagination is excited and rendered liable to 
see phantoms, consequently it is immaterial whether the 
diggers talk or not; yes, they may even sing, as long as there 
is nothing immoral contained in the song. 
It has occurred that the Genii have transformed the valu- 
able metals in order to defraud those that were ignorant 
of their cunning. A very common occurrence is to find 
such transformed valuables in earthen or iron pots, and 
therefore the finder must not neglect to test the same in a 
strong fire. In closing this chapter I will give the secret 
of Cardanus, by means of which you will be able to tell 
whether the treasure is buried in the place that you are 
digging. He says: 
Take a candle made of colt's fat, in which there is a 
twig of hazel in the shape of a hoof, and when the same is 
lighted underground, and it should crackle, then it is evident 
that there is a treasure somewhere around, and the nearer 
you approach it the more the light will crackle and flicker, 
and when you are very near it, it will go out altogether. 
Therefore, it will be good to be provided with lanterns, so 
as not to be in the dark altogether. If you have certain 
cause to believe the spirits of the departed are guarding the 
treasure, it will be good to take sperm candles in the place 
of lanterns, and inquire of the spirits whether you can do 
anything to help them to their rest, and must never forget 
to do just as you promised them. 
Swindling by Means of an Artificial Abraun.-There 
are some frauds that abuse the good faith and ignorance 
of the people, by appearing to do, by means of a few puz- 
zling tricks, something supernatural. One of these is the 
artificial Abraun, with which they adulterate all the mys- 
terious oracle. 
As I was traveling through Lisle, in Flanders, a friend 
of mine invited me to accompany him to an old hag, who 
had the reputation of being a great sorceress, and I dis- 
cerned her deception, which could only have been over- 248 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
looked by such ignorant people as the inhabitants of 
Flanders. The old woman led us into a small dark room, 
which was only dimly lighted with an oil lamp, by whose 
light we could see a small statue placed upon a three-legged 
stool, which stood on a small table covered with a cloth, 
with the left arm stretched out, and in the left hand it held 
a loosely tied silken thread, on the end of which hung a 
small fly made of finely polished steel. Under it stood a 
glass of ferns, so arranged that, the fly hung in the glass 
about one inch. Now, the secret of the old woman was 
to command the Abraun to have the fly strike the glass, so 
as to affirm everything you wished to know. For example, 
the old woman would say: "Abraun, in the name of the 
one whom you must obey, I command you, that if the 
journey that this gentleman is about to undertake, turn out 
prosperous, have the fly to strike the glass three times." 
With these words she moved her hand nearer, and rested 
them on a small staff, which brought them about the height 
of the fly, which did not fail to strike the glass three times, 
although the old woman touched neither the statue, the 
thread, nor the fly, which seemed to impress' all that saw it, 
with a vast idea of her powers. But in order to vary the 
answer, she would command the Abraun not to let the fly 
strike the glass, viz.: she would say: "Abraun, in the name 
of the one whom you must obey, I command you not to let 
the fly strike the glass, if this gentleman is to die before his 
wife," and, putting her hand in its former position, the fly 
did not strike the glass. However, the whole trick con- 
sisted of the fact, that the fly hanging into the glass on the 
thread, was very light, and well coated with a magnet. 
Now, if the old woman wished it to strike the glass, she 
put a ring on one of her fingers, in which there was set 
an excellent magnet, so that the ring attracted the mag- 
netized fly; but if she wished it not to strike, she slipped 
the ring off unperceived. Those that were in league with 
her to supply trade, always took care to inquire into the 
antecedents of those they brought to her, and it was by 
this means that the people were duped. 
Of the Hand Which Rogues Employ to Enable Them 
to Enter Houses Unperceived.-I confess that I have TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
249 
never tried, but I have witnessed the execution of three 
criminals who, while on the rack, confessed to having made 
use of such a hand to aid them in their thieving. Upon 
being questioned as to what this hand was, and how to 
procure it, or what it was used for, they answered that it 
was used to render all those that were touched with it, 
insensible and powerless; secondly, that it must be the 
hand of an executed criminal; and thirdly, that it was 
prepared in the following manner: 
Take the hand of one who has been executed and wrap 
it in a shroud, and press out all blood that may yet be 
contained in it; then place it in an earthen pot, with cinna- 
mon, saltpetre, salt and red pepper, well pulverized. Let 
it remain fourteen days in the pot, then during the Dog- 
days dry it in the sun, and if it is not perfectly dry, finish 
it in an oven that has been heated with ferns and iron- 
weed. Also, make a candle out of the fat of an executed 
person, virgin wax and sesam weed, and place it in the 
prepared hand in lieu of a holder, and every one, upon 
beholding it, will become motionless. Upon being ques- 
tioned whether the power of the hand cannot be overcome, 
they answered "Yes, if the threshold of the door or the 
window-sill is besmeared with the following salve composed 
of the gall of a white cat, the fat of a black hen, and the 
blood of a skunk, and that this salve must be made during 
the Dog-days." 
A Salve by Means of Which You May Expose Any 
Part of the Body to the Fire, Without Being Scorched. 
-It is now several centuries since criminals were compelled 
to establish their innocence by means of the trial of fire. 
But since then, a great many things have been discovered, 
and among these a method of counteracting the effects of 
fire, which is as follows: Make a salve composed of the 
white of eggs, the seeds of a weed called psyllion or flea- 
weed, powdered chalk and the juice of radishes; wash and 
mix well, and rub over the whole body, or only on hands, 
if you desire to make a trial. Let the salve dry after the 
first rubbing, and rub twice again, and the result will be 
infallible. 250 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
To Have Peace.-I will leave this terrible subject, and 
say a few words about peace. You may see in an old work 
on French history, that Charles VII. was in a greatly de- 
pressed state of mind at seeing his kingdom destroyed by 
the ravages of war, and how he retired to the hut of a 
hermit to find consolation in prayer. This hermit, who was 
a very pious man, presented him with a picture of St. 
Veronica, and the following prayer which the hermit wrote 
on the back of it with his own hand, and assured the king 
that if he wore the picture and repeated the prayer with 
a contrite heart, his circumstances would soon change for 
the better. And surely, in a short time it did change in a 
manner which may be termed truly wonderful, namely, 
through the influence of the Maid of Orleans. This gave 
birth to the reverence with which this picture is worn by 
many. The prayer is as follows: "The peace of our Lord 
Jesus Christ be with me, for the sake of the prophet Elias, 
with the power and effect of the countenance of our Saviour, 
and his most precious mother, the blessed Virgin Mary, 
and by the head of St. John the Baptist, and the Twelve 
Apostles, the Four Evangelists, and all the hosts of heaven. 
Amen! " 
To Make Magic Rings Which Are Under the Influ- 
ence of the Seven Planets, Which Same They Will 
Transfer Upon Those Wearing Them.-It is supposed 
that every planet has its own favorite metal, which is 
adapted to its celestial constitution. To make the rings 
in their respective order, I would say, that it is not only 
necessary to know what metals to use but it is also of great 
importance to have the genuine stones set in them. The 
eaglestone or actit, and the hyacinthe, are of a sunny 
nature; the smargel belongs to the Moon, the magnet as 
well as the amethyst are partial to Mars, the topaz and 
porphyry are fit for Mercury, the beryill belongs to Jupiter, 
the cameo to Venus, and the chalcedon and jaspis to Saturn. 
Work the rings from the metals and stones becoming to 
the planets, and take great care to make them on the day 
and minute of a favorable constellation, and upon the stones 
engrave the mysterious figures, the illustration of which TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
251 
we have given in the chapter referring to talismans. As 
it may not be as easy a task to engrave these figures on 
stones, as it would be on metal, it will be well to observe 
that if they only begin in the first minute of a favorable 
constellation, and continue to work on the ring until 
finished, it will equally be good, and will have the same 
power. The following is a list of the hours at which the 
reign of the planets are favorable. The Cabalistic position 
of the hours of planets, is not the least production of the 
wise admirers of astronomy. You can see here, that of the 
figures of the planets, each has the first hour of the day 
assigned to it, and therefore it will be almost impossible 
to make any mistake. 
The Opinions of the Wise Philosophers in Regard to 
Talismans and Mysterious Mysteries.-The ancient phi- 
losophers that undertook to discover the origin of words, 
and principally to those containing something extraordi- 
nary, say that the word talisman is of Hebrew origin, 
signifying mysterious picture. Others again hold that the 
word talisman is taken from the Greek, in which it signifies 
great perfection, and still others find the origin of it in 
the two Latin words talis, menes (sense, reason), so that 
if you are experienced in Cabalistic usages you can make 
talismans according to your thoughts, purpose and desires, 
which is well expressed in the two Latin words. But what- 
ever the origin of the word may be, it is certain that the 
talisman and the use of mysterious figures are derived 
from the Chaldeans and Egyptians, who, being greatly ex- 
perienced in astrology, have exercised all their powers 
and influences, and have created a science, the practice of 
which has brought them great renown. It was from them 
that the Hebrews, coming into Egypt at the time of Joseph's 
reign, learned these secrets and perfected themselves, in 
their intercourse with the Chaldeans, who made heavenly 
figures to draw the influences of the stars upon themselves. 
They divided the planets, and assigned them to the different 
animals that had natural sympathies with the influence of 
the stars, and this was the occasion and origin of such 
designations. 252 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
The most eager among the Greek philosophers busied 
themselves with this secret science, and made such progress, 
that the best head of the other nations were reared under 
their supervision. This is a strong proof that in the oper- 
ations of this science there is something that is decided 
and probable, the more so as nature itself has authorized 
it through several undeniable proofs. 
Croll, an authority that is not to be despised, remarks 
that the majority of flowers or minerals, that overstep the 
ordinary bounds, contain, in their color or shape, the 
properties that are indispensable to man in his endeavors 
to attract the sympathy of the celestial orbs. The same 
writer remarks that if the Hebrews did not adopt natural 
figures for their talismans, they did so as not only not to 
go against the law, which forbid such figures, and because 
Moses had discovered wonderful properties in the words 
Jehovah, Sabbaoth, Tetragrammaton, Elohum, etc., make 
their talismans from these holy names, and extracts of the 
Mosaic laws, and prevailed upon themselves that they had 
nothing to fear from any evil, and were also assured of 
success in whatever they undertook. Those wishing to 
penetrate further into the science of talismans, and mys- 
terious figures, should make themselves acquainted with 
the contents of a book which can be procured of Mr. 
Chiflet, of Antwerp, and is entitled "Disgumsito Antiquaria 
TEgemmis Basidiamis, sen Abraxas apistopritus, 1651." 
The following is an illustration of a talisman to be 
fortunate in play and trade. It was first made by the TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
253 
renowned Arbatle, who says it must be made in the follow- 
ing shape: Take a round plate of compound metals with 
a little polished and hardened quicksilver, and choose a 
Wednesday, during Spring, during which day you have 
noticed a favorable constellation of Mercury, viz.: in good 
aspect with Jupiter or Venus, or in conjunction with Sun 
or Moon. On the one side engrave or cast the star of 
Mercury (as illustrated), and on the other side the Hebrew 
characteristics you see in the engraving. After having 
burned the perfume of Mercury, bury it under a walnut- 
tree, and let it remain seven days, after the lapse of which 
time it may be unearthed, and it is ready. It will also be 
very good to burn the perfume, every Wednesday, before 
sunrise. 
A distinguished contemporary author says, that there is 
no talisman but which has reference either to astrology, 
medicine or science, or all these together, and that these 
talismans have the power to assist the heavenly influence 
upon the wearer by means of the inscriptions which are 
cast or engraved thereon. I have, in an earlier part of 
this book, explained how to make these talismans under 
the auspices of the seven planets, and the virtues embodied 
in them, and will therefore change the subject for the time 
being. 
How to Make Genuine Celestial Water.-In making 
this water, you must be very careful that all of the in- 
gredients to be contained therein are in good, sound condi- 
tion. Take fine cinnamon, cloves, nutmeg, ginger and 
white pepper, of each a good handful, six good lemon 
peels, two handfuls of Damascus grapes, a handful of the 
marrow of the elder, four handfuls of the blossoms of 
basilkum, ditto of St. John's weed, the same of marjoram, 
polei, lavender, and coal-dust; two ounces of spica mardi, 
the same of alveroot, Paradise seeds, calamus aromaticus, 
nutmeg blossom, Arabian incense and sandalwood; one 
dram of aloe, fine ambra, and two drachms of rhubarb. 
After collecting these articles, crush and pulverize those 
requiring it, and place it in a still of green glass, one and 
a half feet high, and pour good brandy into it so as to 254 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
cover the spices, at least two inches, then effectually close 
it, and place it fourteen days in a very warm horse-dung. 
After this put it in a hot bath, and let it distil. If you 
perceive that the fluid is not quite clear after being finished, 
and if it turns a red color, mix a half pound of good 
therias, a half pound of Venetian turpentine, and sweet 
almond oil, with the dregs remaining in the still, and then 
distil it by means of the greatest heat obtainable, as the 
true water must be as clear as honey. 
The Virtues of This Water.-If the eyelids, the head 
and back are rubbed with this water, it strengthens the 
sense and the memory, and if put on a piece of cotton, 
and placed in the nostrils, it will prove an excellent remedy 
for all catarrhal affections. If a person drink a spoonful 
every three days, it will make him strong and powerful, 
and will preserve good health to a ripe old age. It is 
excellent for shortness of breath, as it softens and heals 
the lungs if diseased. Therefore, there is no stimulant 
that has the same substantial power that is contained in 
this Celestial Water, for, on taking a spoonful early in 
the day, you will be able to abstain from all food for the 
next twelve hours. It protects from all pestilential diseases, 
and is an effective stimulant for consumptives, and those 
afflicted with dropsy. 
The Power of the Balsam Oil, That Is Made from 
the Dregs of the Celestial Water.-If three drops are 
poured into the ear of a deaf person, it will in a very short 
time relieve the individual from all deafness. It will also 
be excellent for healing old sores, boils, the bite of poison- 
ous reptiles and scorpions, as well as fistula, cramps, etc. 
Croll values it so highly that he calls it the Mother of 
Balsam Oil, as it excels the same. 
Splendid Balsam Against Pestilence.-This recipe 
which I give below, is a present from a Spanish king to 
his daughter, the Queen of France, and I received it from 
her physician; it is a most efficacious remedy, and very 
easy for one to make it. In three pints of wine put the 
juice of twelve lemons, half ounce of ginger, a half ounce 
of cloves, a half ounce of candamon, and a half ounce of TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
255 
alveroot, and to this add an ounce of blackberry leaves, 
and small-leaved salbei, well broken. Let it boil by a slow 
fire, until reduced to a quart, and after it is cool strain 
it through a cloth. Then put into a vessel of green glass, 
which must be kept well corked. By drinking a half 
tumbler full, every morning, you will be able to resist the 
foulest air. Those who are already infected will, upon 
adding the juice of a beef-tongue and scapiose, which has 
been dissolved in good theriac, find themselves purged of 
the deadly poison, but those who are already afflicted with 
open sores, will do best by making a poultice of blackberry 
leaves and mustard seed, and lay it upon the sores. 
Of the Sympathetic Powder.-All those practicing this 
secret, have tried, by dint of honest reasoning, to convert 
the skeptical minds to their ideas, but with doubtful suc- 
cess. Sir Digley was one of the foremost in this movement, 
and it would be but just to give his recipe. Take Roman 
vitriol, place it in a bottle, and expose to the sun for two 
or three days, then mix with rain-water. If desiring to 
effect a cure, you must not let it be exposed to either heat 
or cold; then steep a cloth that has been well soaked in 
the blood of the wound that you are to cure, into the vitriol 
mixture, so as to wet it thoroughly. What is most remark- 
able about this, that every time the cloth is steeped in the 
mixture is, the patient will observe quite a relief from all 
pain, and, in a very short time, by keeping closely to the 
directions given herein, the wound will be healed by the 
magic power of the vitriol. 
To Make Artificial Gold.-Gold can be found not only 
in the bowels of the earth, but it can also be imitated by 
artificial means. I will now reveal what has been tried 
innumerable times with perfect success. Take a large 
smelting pot that is able to withstand the fiercest heat, and 
set it on a red hot stove; in the bottom place colophonium 
powders about the size of a small finger; upon this sprinkle 
pure iron filings, cover these with a little red sulphur, and 
then force the fire so that the iron filings melt, then throw 
in borax which goldsmiths use to smelt gold, then a like 
quantity of red arsenic, and the same quantity of silver as 256 
HEALTH. HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
of iron filings, and let this mixture boil, but take great 
care not to inhale any of the gases arising from the arsenic. 
Then pour it into another pot that must be perfectly clean, 
and by the aid of acid the gold will settle at the bottom, 
which will recompense you for your trouble. I have taken 
this secret from a book entitled the "Hermetical Cabinet," 
and the case with which the desired result is effected, led 
me to make the experiment several times with astonishing 
success. 
Another Way.-Another method is given by a Spaniard 
named Caravana. Take about four ounces of sulphur, 
natrum salts, and saltpetre, place it in a retort that is 
well closed, expose to a slow fire for two hours, then 
increase the fire until there is no more smoke, and after 
this you will perceive a flame, and after this flame has 
ceased, the sulphur will be found at the bottom of the 
retort in a solid mass; then take it out and pulverize with 
four ounces of ammoniac salts, and expose to a slow, 
steadily increasing fire for four hours; then remove every- 
thing that has worked upward in the retort, with the dregs 
at the bottom; pulverize again, and expose to heat again, 
repeating this six times. Then collect the sulphur which 
has settled at the bottom, and crush on a marble slab, in 
a damp place, and it will turn to oil, of which, place six 
drops on a gold coin that has been melted in the retort, 
and to this put fifty drops of quicksilver, thereupon it will 
turn to a solid lump of gold. 
Another Method Which Has Been Tried in England. 
-To reach the desired result, prepare an ash of the fol- 
lowing ingredients: Take vine-root and the bones of a 
horse, or ox, and burn them to a white ashes; pulverize 
these ashes and place them in a glazed earthen vessel, near 
filled with steel-water, and add the same quantity of lime 
as there are ashes. Let this boil until half the water is 
evaporated, and then put in four ounces of pure silver, 
cut up in pieces about the size of a nickel. Make twelve 
pieces of the silver, and throw it in the pot with the rest 
of the ashes, and let it boil until reduced one-half. Then 
take out the twelve pieces of silver and let the rest remain TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
257 
in the pot. After this a kind of salt, like crystal, will form, 
which must be scooped off with a zinc ladle; then pour 
on more water, keep on taking off the salt until no more 
remains. To this add four times as much vegetable salt, 
which can be procured of any druggist, to this take red 
brick cement, well pulverized, and beat to it twelve pieces 
of pure gold about four ounces in weight. Take a good 
smelting pot, and on the bottom of it sprinkle a layer of 
the powder you have made of the salts, red cement and 
borax; on this lay the pieces of gold, and then again cover 
them with a layer of powder, and continue so until you 
have covered the twelve pieces of gold, and then expose 
to the heat until the gold is melted and has settled at the 
bottom of the pot. Then throw in the prepared twelve 
pieces of silver, one piece at a time, taking care not to 
throw one in before the previous one has been melted, until 
the twelve are smelted. After this let the mixture cool for 
some time until it has become solidified, and you will find 
twice as much gold as you originally put into it. 
Another Method.-Were not the philosopher Aristaeus 
so well known, through his works, there would be some diffi- 
culty in believing what he says to his son in one of his 
volumes. 
He speaks thusly: My son, after I have taught you how 
to live, and in which manner you are to behave, according 
to the teachings of great men, after you have knowledge 
of the order and nature of the universe, I have only to 
reveal to you the key of Nature, which I have zealously 
guarded. Know, then, that all creatures which are scattered 
over the wide world, are indebted to the one principle for 
their origin-and this principle is the air. For this reason 
it is the air which gives them light, and air which deprives 
them of it. Wood, iron, iron and stones end in fire; which 
same can only exist by the excessive heat and drought, 
but all are again revived by the dew which is contained in 
the air. Nature has placed in this all his treasures, in 
giving it the power to create and destroy all things, and it 
is true happiness to be in possession of the key to unseal 
the hidden gates, and to inhale the pure air of contentment. 258 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Learn, therefore, my son, to inhale this air and learn to 
retain the key. It is the great secret to comprehend the 
power with which nature has endowed all things. Take a 
pound of quicksilver, strain through a cloth, and then place 
it in a retort capable of withstanding the strongest heat, 
with vitriol, saltpetre, aluman, and eight ounces of spirits 
of wine. After closing the retort hermetically, place it in 
warm horse-dung for fourteen days, and after this time you 
will find it has turned into a thick, greasy substance. There- 
upon expose it to a strong fire until it assumes the appear- 
ance of milk; rectify once more and you will get an agree- 
able white oil, which excels all other metallic oils, and it 
is without doubt the best, if combined with the Elixir of 
Aristaeus, to perform wonders, for he assures us, that if it 
is mixed with an equal part of gold precipitate, it will be 
an infallible substitute for the philosopher's stone; which 
stone, it is said, enabled its possessor to have an intuitive 
knowledge of the locality of precious minerals, with the 
power to readily convert them into gold. 
To Make the Precipitate of Gold.-Take two ounces 
of quicksilver, combine with it a drachm of pulverized 
oriental gold, and place both in a glass or earthen basin, 
which must be slightly warm, until they are well mixed. 
This mixture is called amalgam. Thereupon pour it into 
cold water, and if some quicksilver should remain, strain 
it through a leather bag, and then mix it with the amalgam, 
which must be well cleared by aid of salt and distilled 
spirits of wine. If the quicksilver should be reduced by 
shaking, it must be replaced. Hereupon place the amalgam 
in a strong still of glass, add two ounces of acid and 
expose to a strong sand fire. Place into the still everything 
that has fallen into the receiver, and continue this four or 
five times. After this you will find at the bottom a powder, 
which must be placed in a vessel able to withstand a fierce 
heat; pour over the powder a quantity of good rosewater, 
then force the fire so as to bring the vessel to red heat, 
and then let it cool, and the precipitate is ready. It pos- 
sesses the virtues to be able to cure such diseases as pesti- 
lence, small-pox, ulcers, dropsy, etc. It is also a good TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
259 
antidote for all poisons, and those having partaken of 
poisonous food will find it very useful. But those using 
it must only take pennyweight for adults, while half that 
quantity is sufficient for minors. 
A Charmed Ring Against Dropsy.-Make a ring of 
pure silver, and in it set the hoof of an elan, and on a 
Monday, in Spring, when the moon is in a favorable aspect, 
or in conjunction with Jupiter or Venus, engrave on the 
inside of the ring the words: f Dabir f Habi f Haber 
f Habr. 
To Make a Syrup for Long Life.-Take two pounds of 
the juice of the burache root and blossoms, twelve pounds 
of Narbonne honey; let this boil, and then strain through 
a very fine sieve. Then take four ounces of genthian root, 
cut into thin slices and boil in one and a half pints of pure 
wine and boil the same, and then strain through a linen 
cloth. Mix this with the foregoing mixture, and let both 
boil until reduced to a syrup, which can be preserved in 
bottles. One spoonful of this syrup must be taken every 
morning before breakfast. This syrup prolongs life and 
restores health, even after long and painful diseases, drives 
all heat out of the bowels, and, taken altogether it is one 
of the most useful things in the family, as it will save 
untold amounts in doctors' bills, for it removes all im- 
purities contained in the blood. 
To Keep Pigeon's and to Have Them Multiply.-If you 
have a coop capable of containing a large number of 
pigeons, make the following mixture, which will not only 
prevent them from flying off, but will also attract others, 
and will induce them to remain: Take thirty pounds of 
grain, three pounds of caraway seeds, five pounds of honey 
and two pounds of grass seed; after boiling it in rain-water, 
for two or three hours, add two or three pints of good 
wine and eight pounds of well-powdered clay, and let it 
cool, then place it in the coop, and in a short time it will 
recompense you for your trouble and outlay. 
The Hermit's Talisman.-It is said that any one going 
out hunting, and carrying it in his game-bag, cannot but 
shoot something worth while, and bring it home. 260 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
An old hermit once found an old, lame huntsman in a 
forest, laying beside the road and weeping. The hermit 
asked him the cause of his dejection. Ah me, thou man 
of God, I am a poor, unfortunate being; I must annually 
furnish my lord with as many deer, and hares and part- 
ridges, as a young and healthy huntsman could hunt up, 
or else I will be discharged from my office; now I am 
old and lame, besides game is getting scarce, and I cannot 
follow it up as I ought to; and I know not what will be- 
come of me-here the old man's feelings overcame him, 
and he could not utter another word. The hermit, upon 
this, took out a small piece of paper, upon which he wrote 
some words with a pencil, and handing it to the huntsman 
he said: There, old friend, put this in your game-bag 
whenever you go out hunting, and you shall certainly shoot 
something worth while, and bring it home too; yet be care- 
ful to shoot no more than you necessarily need, nor to 
communicate it to any one who might misuse it, on account 
of the high meaning contained in these words. The hermit 
then went on his journey, and after a little the huntsman 
also arose, and without thinking of anything particular 
he went into the woods, and had scarcely advanced a hun- 
dred yards, when he shot as fine a roe-buck as he ever 
saw in his life. 
This huntsman was afterward, and during his whole life- 
time, lucky in his hunting, so much so that he was con- 
sidered at that time one of the best hunters in the whole 
country. The following is what the hermit wrote on the 
paper: 
UT NEMO IN SENSE TENAT, DESCENDERS NEMO. 
AT PRECEDENTI SPECTATUR MANTICA TERGO. 
The best argument is to try it. TREASURE CASKET OF MYSTERIES 
261 
To Prevent Any One from Killing Game.-Pronounce 
the name, as for instance, Jacob Wohlgemuth, shoot what- 
ever you please; shoot but hair and feathers, and what you 
shoot give to poor people f t t Amen. 
To Compel a Thief to Return Stolen Goods.-Walk 
out early in the morning, before sunrise, to a Juniper tree, 
and bend it with the left hand toward the rising sun, while 
you are saying: Juniper tree, I shall bend and squeeze 
thee, until the thief has returned the stolen goods to the 
place from which he took them. Then you must take a 
stone and put it on the bush, and under the bush and the 
stone you must place the scull of a malefactor, f f f Yet 
you must be careful in case the thief return the stolen goods, 
to unloose the bush and replace the stone, where it was 
before. THE LOVER'S GUIDE TO COURT- 
SHIP AND MARRIAGE 
"Cupid, indeed, is obstinate and mild, 
A stubborn god; but the god's a child; 
Easy to govern in its tender age, 
Like fierce Achilles in his pupilage; 
That hero, born for conquest, trembling stood 
Before the centaur, and received the rod. 
As Chiron mollified his cruel mind 
With art, and taught his warlike hands to mind 
The silver strings of his melodious lyre, 
So love's fair goddess does my soul inspire 
To teach her softer arts; to soothe the mind, 
And smooth the rugged breasts of human kind. 
The bull, reclaimed and yoked the burden draws, 
The horse receives the bit within his jaws, 
And stubborn love shall bend beneath my sway 
Though struggling oft he tries to disobey." 
The proper age for marrying, according to the laws of 
this country, is twenty-one for the male and eighteen for 
the female; but, in Nature's law, twenty-five for the male 
and twenty-one for the female, accord with the complete 
development of the adult. 
The great cause of the number of unmarried adults, in 
Christian communities, is owing to the difficulties young 
people experience in endeavoring to procure partners. 
There is, in fact, no bachelor who has been so from choice, 
and, in nine out of ten cases, the reasons he will give you 
for his celibacy are not the true causes. 
By far the greater number of old bachelors has been oc- 
casioned by circumstances which have kept them aloof from 
female society, or the bashfulness which would never per- 
mit them to bring a lady to the simple answer of "Yes" or 
"No." 
I have known young men with every advantage of person 
and fortune to be deeply in love, but who, in consequence 
of their backwardness in revealing their passion, have 
awaited until some person without the moiety of their 
262 THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
263 
deserts, but with a stock of assurance, carried away the 
object of their affections. 
Again, ladies are obliged to remain single for the want 
of an opportunity to procure husbands. This is generally 
owing to the selfishness of parents, who exclude young men 
from their house, except those too insignificant to win their 
daughter's affections, till at last the lady is compelled to 
remain single or favor her inferiors. 
Homeliness of person is never the cause of want of part- 
ners, for every age has its model, and fancies are as various 
as are the peculiar notions of individuals. 
When a young man finds himself unusually fascinated 
by a lady, perhaps at first sight, he should at once come to 
a stand-still, and make a thorough examination of his own 
circumstances, in case he should be successful; and also 
the situation of the other party, including character, dis- 
position, prior engagements, etc., and then, should every- 
thing co-operate with his wishes, in God's name let him, as 
the Americans say, "go in and win." I insist, however, 
that a little precaution in the beginning may save a great 
deal of trouble in the sequel, because a man can stifle 
and destroy the effects of first-sight love if he will only 
remain away from the occasion of it; whereas, if he rushes 
inconsiderately into it, it may afterward turn out that his 
reason and respect will prompt him to eschew a passion 
which his yet more powerful affections may keep him in- 
evitably bound to. 
When a man finds that his heart is "gone," and that the 
possession of a certain female is requisite to his happiness, 
he should at once begin to study her character so as to 
direct his own movements accordingly. This, I maintain, 
is a most important point; for a gentleman who attempts 
to woo a lady after a fashion opposed to her prejudices, has 
almost as little chance of success as a person who might 
undertake to solve a mathematical problem with an impor- 
tant number of figures; or even as one should endeavor 
to stop the course of time by letting his watch run down. 
Some men imagine that an everlasting fund of small talk 
is enough to captivate any woman in the world; but those 264 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
persons, when they think they have the field all to them- 
selves are, in general, made mere laughing-stocks of as soon 
as their backs are turned. They are usually kept in second- 
hand favor, however, as useful appendages in a walk or 
ball-room, and to supply their bantling inamoratus with 
the chit-chat of the day. 
Other men think that the secret of making love lies in 
flattery, and hence they administer the dose so unsparingly 
that it amounts to a surfeit. Flattery is, indeed, a powerful 
weapon when managed with dexterity; but in the hands of a 
person ignorant of its mysteries it is worse than no weapon 
at all, as its edge is not unfrequently turned against him- 
self. 
Again, there are men who place all their dependence in 
their own personal appearance; but these are mere nobodies, 
who seldom succeed when any man of sense and spirit thinks 
the object of their regard worth contending for. 
In relation to a confirmed coquette, there is but one 
general rule. If she hints that your visits are troublesome, 
leave her to herself for a week or two; and if she affects 
to favor the approaches of a rival, the readiest and most 
effectual remedy for bringing her to her reason is to com- 
mence, in seeming, to one of her acquaintances. In short, 
a man to woo a female coquette must become a male co- 
quette; for, with such a lady, all the eloquence and devotion 
in the world will stand him less in need than a well-directed 
nonchalance. I would, however, as he values his happiness, 
advise no man to marry a downright coquette; for, however 
her peculiarities may pass for wit or playfulness, the real 
foundation of them is fickness or dishonesty; and when 
she consents to a union, it is, in nine cases out of ten, the 
result of pride, spite, or jealousy; and even though the 
latter should predominate at the time, my word for it, 
the flame is either so ephermeral or of so eccentric a charac- 
ter that it is seldom directed for twenty-four consecutive 
hours toward the same focus of attraction. Taking every- 
thing into consideration, I would rather, of the two, trust 
the honor of a reclaimed votary of pleasure than a genuine 
coquette, if they were both placed in an equal sphere of 
temptation. THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
265 
"But if you find your praise increase her pride, 
Strike sail awhile, and wait another tide. 
They fly when we pursue; but make delay, 
And when they see you shaken, they will stay. 
Sometimes it profits to conceal your end; 
Name not yourself her lover, but her friend. 
How many skittish girls have thus been caught? 
He proved a lover who a friend was thought." 
"Some draw with nets, some hang upon the hour, 
So turn thyself; and, imitating them, 
Try several tricks, and change thy stratagem- 
One rule will not for different ages hold; 
The jades grow cunning, as they grow more old." 
When, therefore, a man goes in quest of a wife as a 
sort of business speculation, and with the chief intention of 
becoming a domestic man, and making himself comfortable, 
he should first carefully examine himself in order to deter- 
mine the nature of the being that might contribute most 
to his happiness; for, otherwise his blissful anticipations 
of his domestic hearth, cheerful companion, and connubial 
felicity, may all find a termination on the very day on which 
he had hoped to launch forever into their undisturbed en- 
joyment. 
Hence a covetous man should avoid marrying with a 
generous girl, for she will not only make him miserable by 
her expenditures or complaints, but she will also learn to 
dislike and despise him for his principles. 
A man of generous disposition, however, would do well 
to provide himself with a frugal wife, for she will honor 
and boast of his nature, and at the same time she will 
prevent it from bringing its possessor to poverty; and 
again, such a husband will best know how to appreciate 
such a wife, for the thriftiness which is mean in a man is 
commendable in a woman, especially if she has got a waste- 
ful husband. 
A jealous man should rather commit suicide than enter 
into matrimony with a very handsome woman, for every 
word spoken in her favor, and her every glance, action, and 
inquiry, that he is not the immediate occasion of will sink 
like a dagger in his heart: 266 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
"Trifles light as air 
Are to the jealous, confirmation strong 
As proof of Holy Writ." 
I shall now record a few remarks on the philosophy of 
making love, which are founded on long study and ample 
experience. 
A word of advice to the lover who has been once truly 
accepted, but rejected afterward through the interference of 
friends. In such cases, if he is determined to win-for the 
sake of love, pride, satisfaction, or any other cause-let him 
but go to work judiciously and the day is his own, in spite 
of a world of opposition. Woman, for the most part, is 
not fickle when her affections have been once secured; for, 
however the threats and admonitions of parents, guardians, 
etc., may discompose or change their currents, they will 
speedily return to their natural channels, and even more 
securely and deeper than ever. If those whom it may con- 
cern could only understand the mysteries of a woman's 
heart they would see the necessity of not interrupting its 
bent in matters of love, unless under very urgent circum- 
stances; and if bachelors could also appreciate the nature of 
the same erratic material, they would rather put their right 
arms in the fire and burn them in their sockets than unite 
with parents or guardians in endeavoring to coerce the 
affections of a lady in their favor, whose heart has been 
given, and therefore belonged, to another. 
When a man falls deeply in love, and suffers the passion 
to grow upon him until it has become, in a measure, a por- 
tion of his vitality, and then receives an unqualified nega- 
tive, or is otherwise debarred from the possession of the 
object of his hopes, he naturally sinks into a state of feeling 
which is termed despair, and, indeed, that sensation is never 
thoroughly awakened unless through the medium of dis- 
appointed love. In this state of existence, which is more 
terrible than can be appreciated by conception without ex- 
perience, he has no consolation (as company, traveling, etc., 
rather increase the poignancy of his passion), and, there- 
fore, throws himself into the vortex of dissipation, or 
betakes himself into an unhappily solitude, probably to 
meditate on or commit suicide. THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
267 
While in this state, my first advice to a man would he to 
call his pride to the rescue, and to shake off his passion like 
dewdrops from the lion's mane. But alas! he must be a 
man of strong mind and cold affections, indeed, who can 
profit by such instructions. This plan failing, my next 
advice would be to seek for a substitute; that is, to en- 
deavor to place one's affections on another woman, for one 
passion may be soon removed by the cherishing of a second 
with determination; and this is probably the only efficacious, 
legitimate recommendation I can give under the circum- 
stances, because it is a known fact that if a man sets him- 
self determinedly to make love to a lady, even though his 
feeling be very indifferent in the beginning, the passion 
will imperceptibly grow upon him until at length his whole 
heart is involved in the issue. 
And thus, if a man were so deeply immersed in one suc- 
cessful love, I will forfeit all my claim to any knowledge 
of the great study (matrimony) of my protracted life, that 
if he begins with assiduity to pay his devoirs in some other 
channel, his affections will be gradually transferred until 
not even a shadow of them remains in the place of their 
original concentration. 
Upon this plan there are a few drawbacks, among which 
may be mentioned impatience on the part of the sufferer, or 
the difficulty of selecting a substitute; and I may add that 
such a time, while all the fascinations of his first love are 
busy at work in his bosom, a man may find it very dis- 
agreeable employment to undertake the character of a 
wooer. But if he does undertake it, and plays his part 
properly, he will soon have the satisfaction of feeling that 
it rests within himself to place Cupid in harness and drive 
him whichsoever way he pleases. 
Where the passion has not been very violent, absence, 
business, and cooling medicines may be sufficient remedies; 
but where the effect has been deep, the only way of escap- 
ing from the fetter of the one love is by running straight 
forward into the fetters of another. 
Although, as I have previously remarked, personal beauty 
is not essential to a successful conquest, cleanliness and 268 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
"a comeliness with comely care" most unmistakably are. 
No lady would admire a slovenly swain, with a bald pate 
and dirty teeth; and with a gentleman vice versa. It is 
decidedly unromantic to press even very pretty lips to the 
ardor of a kiss if the ivory they contain is coated with a 
yellow incrustation, which gives a sewer fragrance to the 
breath. 
A man, to be manly, must have a luxuriant head of hair, 
and, in these days of patriarchal imitation, a thrifty beard. 
A lady, to look wholesome and attractive, must possess 
abundance of the material with which to make the girlish 
curl or graceful braid. Old age seldom mars personal 
charms if the cycle of time has not robbed his or her natural 
adornments. Let him, therefore, who would win the fair 
hand of the lady he loves, in addition to a proper comeli- 
ness of apparel, endeavor to show a manly face, a cleanly 
mouth, and an unblemished skin. A female, too, should 
avail herself of every invention of art to preserve those 
ornaments which the God of Nature originally bestowed 
upon her. 
Do not hastily misjudge and despise small matters. 
Trifles, my friends, are not to be despised with impunity, 
for they oftentimes make or mar a human being's destiny. 
We know that all great discoveries and inventions have 
been originated by the merest of trifles, the paltriest of 
accidents. An apple falling suggested to Sir Isaac Newton 
his invaluable discovery with regard to the laws of gravi- 
tation. The telescope was suggested by the accidental plac- 
ing of a couple of pieces of glass together in an optician's 
shop, and a careless examination of them in that accidental 
position by a lounging apprentice boy. Trifles form the 
material of everything vast. The coral reefs and islands of 
the seas are the work of animalculae scarcely perceptible to 
the naked eye. The globe itself is formed of atoms. If 
you disregarded trifles you will never become prominent 
or important in any degree, but will vegetate like a plant 
and die alone, unloved and uncared for. Life is no trifle, 
but it is a conglomeration of trifles. Look, therefore, upon 
the "day of small things," with a watchful, an earnest, and THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
269 
a curious eye. A spark fires a train of gunpowder and 
blows up a city. A mouse, remember, freed the netted 
lion. In all the little details and minutae which I am con- 
strained to relate to you, and impress upon your attention, 
there luirks a great consequence-there lingers a gigantic 
end. It is happiness; that which, to the unreflective and 
the ignorant, seems an unattainable shadow. But there is 
nothing so easily obtained, if pursuel in the right way, as 
happiness. The old saying has it, "keep your feet warm and 
your head cool and defy the physician." There is an equal 
amount of substantial truth in my theory, viz.: preserve 
your health, acquire money, win the woman you love, if 
possible, and make yourself as agreeable in looks as care 
and ingenuity will allow you. This will enable you to win 
and retain the affections of the one you adore, and will 
make you hosts of friends beside. What more is requisite 
to attain perfect contentment? How strange it is that these 
simple truths, so plain and ingenious that a child can ap- 
preciate them to their full extent, escape the knowledge of 
nine-tenths of mankind! How remarkable that the first inti- 
mation you have ever had of their force and value is re- 
ceived from the pages of this humble volume! Verily, we 
walk in darkness in the midst of light! 
One subject I have not touched upon, which must not 
be forgotten or neglected. I allude to the manner in 
which it is highly necessary that you should conduct your- 
self while you are in training for the acquisition of love, 
and the blissful consummation of marriage. You must 
banish constraint far from your line of conduct and feeling. 
Crush out with all the efforts of which your temperament 
is capable every bias to what is termed bashfulness. I do 
not wish to be immodest; for, to paraphrase the poet, 
"Immodesty admits of no defense, 
For want of modesty is want of sense." 
It is, unfortunately, the habit of many people to deride 
those who take especial care of their own personal appear- 
ance, and it is equally unfortunate that this derision has a 
marked effect upon individuals of shy and not over-confi- 
dent dispositions. For my part I delight to brave such 
derision; in fact, I rejoice in opportunities for provoking 270 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
it. It proceeds from, and is offered by, confirmed slovens 
who, having become so completely enamored of their indo- 
lence that they are its slaves, regard with cankered envy the 
attempts of others to look well. I say that I like to pro- 
voke their derision. All are not like me by nature, but 
they can soon become so by habit. The timorous and 
sensitive must learn to treat such envious ridicule with 
merited contempt. Once contempt is displayed for it it 
retires thwarted and abashed. Learn, then, to improve your 
personnel by every means at your command, and pay no at- 
tention to what the vulgar few may see fit to say of it. Bear 
in mind that self-reliance is the sheet-anchor of everybody 
who gets through the world successfully. How many times 
have my readers heard the remark made: "He (or she) 
owes everything to impudence!" Now, I would rather be 
called impudent than cowardly! I advise nobody to be 
impudent in the true sense of the term. Real impudence is 
insufferable. It consists in thrusting one's self forward to 
the injury of the rights of others; of an insolent, super- 
cillious manner; of offensive remarks, and pertinacious 
meddling with affairs that do not concern you. This is 
impudence, and it never should be-indeed, it seldom is- 
tolerated. The rude portion of the world, however, has 
a bad custom of calling firmness of purpose a shrewd eye 
to one's interest, and a determination to win favor and prom- 
inence, impudence. Let the low talk as they may. Fix 
your gaze steadily upon a given point and keep on striving 
until you gain it. I would rather be termed "a dandy" 
than "a dirty, careless fellow" at any time. For, after all, 
the dandies take the lead in all good society! 
Having said a few words with reference to dandies, let us 
devote a little attention to their counterparts in females. 
These are termed, by the dandy-haters, "dashing flirts," 
"gay girls," and are stigmatized as persons whose intellects 
can compass toilet affairs only. A serious mistake. Your 
dressy girl must be something of an artist. And if she 
were not a person of refined taste, her propensities for 
personal adornment would never have been developed. She 
must have a fine eye for the grouping and arranging of THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
271 
colors. She must be competent to distinguish the finest 
textures from the mock commodities brought into the mar- 
ket, and hence must possess a fair knowledge of commerce 
and manufactures. She must be a lover of nature, and 
alive to its beauties. She must be something of a lapidary, 
too, and be capable of designating paste from diamonds. 
Indeed, no woman can be a sufficiently good dresser to 
attract envious remark without possessing a large and 
useful share of intelligence. Now, I advise such of female 
readers as are not "gay flirts" (I use the term flirts here in 
the sense connecting it with apparel) by nature, to take 
up the trade without delay. By study and perseverance they 
can learn to dress as well as the most natural of gay 
flirts. Do not spare artifices, for it is as legitimate to 
adorn the person as that of your homes. 
Benedick, in describing the woman whom he wants, says: 
"One woman is fair, yet I am well; another is wise, yet I 
am well; another virtuous, yet I am well; but till all the 
graces be in one woman, one woman shall not come in my 
grace. Rich she shall be, that's certain; wise, or I'll none; 
virtuous, or I'll never cheapen her; fair, or I'll never look 
on her; mild, or come not near me; noble, or not I for an 
angel; of good discourse, an excellent musician, and her 
hair shall be of what color it please God." 
But what the French call "gaucherie," and I define as 
awkwardness, is not modesty, but a crime against decency. 
God knows it is so rigidly and severely punished by so- 
ciety as a crime that I wonder the veriest boor in the 
civilized world has the courage, the suicidal stupidity, to 
practice it. Constraint on your part is certain to create 
constraint in those you visit; or else, if the parties you are 
conversing with happen to be well "posted up" with ref- 
erence to worldly manners and customs, they will laugh 
at you. Bashful people are the greatest bores in existence. 
They come down upon a happy assemblage like wet blan- 
ets. The moment they appear pleasure flies to a more 
genial location. Gloom is the handmaiden of restraint, 
and dislike is its offspring. If you have a leaning that 
way heed me, and ponder well what I may say upon this 272 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
subject. Summon up all the pride, reason and argument, 
you have to aid you in throwing off your shackles. Drill 
yourself to think that nobody is better than you are, and 
that you possess advantages that make you equal with all 
God's children. Reflect that the sun which shines upon 
a monarch warms you; that you are no more vulnerable 
to death's darts than the most pretentious of your fellow- 
creatures; that you have the same passions, aspirations, 
hopes, and desires that are known to the first and fore- 
most in the ranks of the famous; that your mission here 
below is as important to the designs of Providence as any- 
body else's; and that your fate hereafter will form an 
item of as much importance at the judgment day as that of 
the President of the United States. If your defects rise 
up in your memory to shake your self-reliance, reflect that 
you can conceal or have concealed them, and that they are 
not visible to those outside of your home secrets. 
"Assume a virtue if you have it not." All you want to 
annihilate your bashfulness is a little confidence. If that, 
unfortunately, does not find growth in your disposition, you 
must counterfeit it. One or two efforts and the difficulty 
is all over. If you meet with accidents at the first going 
off pass them over with an air of ease as if they were matters 
of no moment, and as if you did not give them a moment's 
thought. By treating them thus cavalierly, and by placing 
so small an estimate upon their worth you induce others to 
do the same; for men are imitative as well as monkeys. 
Practice! yes, that's the word! will make the bashful person 
able, after a while, to endure the gaze of ten thousand eyes 
without flinching. Instance the case of the actress who 
was five years before she could make up her mind to face 
her audience without trembling like the oft-mentioned 
aspen-leaf. 
The rules here pointed out will be sufficient, in all ordi- 
nary cases, if properly heeded, to insure success. There 
may be some, however, who follow a seafaring life, or some 
other occupation by which they are deprived, for the greater 
portion of the time, of the privilege of female society. To 
all such it would, of course, be difficult to obtain the neces- THE LOVER'S GUIDE 
273 
sary practice to enable them always to succeed; and it is 
only for their benefit that this subject is extended beyond 
the present point. But even those persons, by perseverance, 
will eventually overcome their stupid bashfulness. 
The aristocratic classes have cried down and done their 
best to prevent their children from marrying in a sphere 
that they are pleased to designate as being below them in 
the social scale, but I am convinced that where true love 
and virtue reigns, the majority of such marriages are far 
happier than the most of those that occur in our fashionable 
society. Various instances of the kind might be cited from 
time to time from the circle of one's own acquaintances. How To Get Rich 
THE GREAT $50,000 RECIPES 
By the Aid of Which Any Man with Ordinary Intelligence 
Can Easily Earn, by Their Manufacture, 
from $25 to $75 per Week. 
Art of Rat Killing Without Traps or Poison.-Take 
common sponge dried, cut into small pieces, soak in lard, 
melted tallow or meat gravy. Place these pieces within easy 
access to the rats. They will eat greedily, and the moisture 
of the stomach will cause the pieces to swell and kill the 
rat. Water may be placed within reach, and will hasten 
results by expanding the sponge. 
X L N T Baking Powder.-Many large fortunes have 
been made in this country and England by the manufacture 
and sale of baking powders. These powders are specially 
well adapted to all the western parts of our country, where 
people must bake often in a hurry, and always without 
the means that are to be had in the East. 
Recipe.-Take one pound tartaric acid, in crystals, one 
and a half pounds of bi-carbonate of soda, and one and a 
half pounds of potato starch. Each must be powdered 
separately, well dried by a slow heat, and well mixed 
through a sieve. Pack hard in tinfoil tin or paper glazed 
on the outside. The tartaric acid and bi-carbonate of soda 
can, of course, be bought cheaper of wholesale druggists 
than you can make them unless you are doing things on a 
very large scale. 
Hunters' Secrets and Guide to Trappers.-The fol- 
lowing secret applies to all animals, as every animal is at- 
tracted by the peculiar odor in a greater or less degree, 
but it is best adapted to land animals, such as foxes, minks, 
sables, martens, wolves, bears, wild-cats, etc., etc. Take 
274 HOW TO GET RICH 
275 
one-half pound strained honey, one-quarter drachm oil of 
lavender, and four pounds of tallow, mix the whole thor- 
oughly together and make into forty pills or balls, and 
place one of these pills under the pan of each trap when 
setting it. The above preparation will most wonderfully 
attract all kinds of animals, and trappers and others who 
use it will be sure of success. 
To Catch Foxes.-Take oil of amber and beaver's oil, 
each equal parts, and rub them over the trap before setting 
it. Set in the usual way. 
To Catch Mink.-Take oil of amber and beaver's oil, 
and rub over the trap. Bait with fish or birds. 
To Catch Muskrats.-In the female muskrat is a small 
bag which holds from thirty to forty drops. Now, all the 
trapper has to do is to procure a few female muskrats and 
squeeze the contents of a bag into a vial. Then, when in 
quest of muskrats, sprinkle a few drops of the liquid on 
the bushes over and around the trap. This will attract the 
male muskrats in large number, and if the traps are prop- 
erly arranged, large numbers of them may be taken. In 
trapping muskrats steel traps should be used, and they 
should be set in the paths and rivers frequented by the 
animals. 
Excelsior Axle Grease.-Take one part good plumbago 
(black lead), sifted through a coarse muslin so as to be 
perfectly free from grit, and stir it into five quarts of 
lard, warmed so as to be stirred easily without melting. 
Stir vigorously, until it is smooth and uniform. Then 
raise the heat until the mixture melts. Stir constantly, re- 
move from the fire, and keep stirring until cold. Apply 
cold to the axle or any other bearing with a brush. If 
intended for use when the axle or bearing is in a warm 
apartment, as the interior of mills, etc., two ounces of hard 
tallow, or one ounce of beeswax may be used to every ten 
pounds of the mixture. This grease is cheaper in use than 
oil, tallow or tar, or any compound of them, and can be 
sold at a good profit in our thickly settled country. 
Royal British Washing Powder: Hard Water Made 
Soft.-The laundresses' assistant, warranted not to injure 276 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the finest fabric. No acid, no potash. In the wash-room it 
saves time, labor, expense, muscle, temper and hands. The 
clothes will come out clean and white, without wear or tear, 
or rubbing on wash-board, therefore will last twice as 
long. For house cleaning it is unequaled. One girl can 
wash more clothes, paint-walls, windows or floors in a day 
with perfect ease with this powder than she could in four 
days with hard labor, soap and scrubbing brush, and the 
paint will look new and bright. It only requires to be 
tested to be appreciated. If it does not give satisfaction 
we will refund the money. 
Recipe.-Mix any quantity of soda ash with an equal 
portion of carbonate of soda (ordinary soda) crushed into 
coarse grains. Have a thin solution of glue or decoction of 
linseed oil ready, into which pour the soda until quite 
thick. Spread it out on boards in a warm apartment to 
dry. As soon as dry shake up well, so that it will pack 
easily into nice square packages. Label neatly. Pound 
packages ought not to cost over seven cents, ready for mar- 
ket; these retail readily for thirty-five cents. 
Imperial Fly Paper, or "Catch 'Em Alive, Oh!"-You 
must take linseed oil, no other will do, and put it into a 
strong iron pot. The pot must be one-third full only, and 
must have a lid that fits closely. You bring the oil to a 
boiling point; mix it with molasses and spread upon sheets 
of paper; hang the papers up and the flies will stick to 
them. 
Art of Waterproofing Cloth.-For many years I have 
worn India rubber waterproof; but I will buy no more, 
for I have learned that good Scottish tweed can be made 
completely impervious to rain. In a pail of soft water put 
half a pound of sugar of lead (the acetate of lead), and 
half a pound of alum; stir this at intervals until it becomes 
clear; then pour it off into another pail, and put the 
garments therein, and let it be in for twenty-four hours, 
and then hang it up to dry without wringing it. Two of 
my party-a lady and gentleman-have worn garments thus 
treated in the wildest storm of wind and rain without get- HOW TO GET RICH 
277 
ting wet. The rain lies upon the cloth in globules; in short, 
they are really waterproof. 
Instructions for Chinese Chronotype, or Improved 
Photo-Chromatic Oil Painting.-This painting is done 
on common window glass, which must be cleaned thor- 
oughly before using. The best way to clean glass is to 
dampen it with spirits of wine and polish with a piece 
of dry silk. Then take the picture that you wish to copy 
and cut off the waste paper till you leave about an inch 
margin all around it, and then cut your glass to the exact 
size of the picture. Seeing that your glass is clear, apply 
a coat of Chinese varnish on one side, laying it on evenly 
and thick. Put it aside where it will be free from dust till 
it dries, which usually takes about six hours. If it is placed 
in the sun or near the fire it will dry much quicker. 
When ready to finish the picture, take the paint, or 
whatever it may be, and immerse it in the solution of color, 
face up, till it becomes thoroughly wet; then take it out 
and lay it on a sheet of paper, face up, in order that the 
face of the picture may dry and leave the other side damp. 
While your picture is drying, which usually takes from 
two or three minutes, according to the thickness of it, give 
the glass another coat of varnish on the same side. When 
the picture is dry lay it on the glass, face down, and press 
it firmly, so as to exclude all air. If there is any air left 
it will show itself in white spots on the glass, and must be 
pressed out. Let it remain about five minutes, and then 
take a dry cloth and rub away the back of the picture till 
you can see the outlines evenly and distinctly. After you 
have rubbed it to suit, give it a coat of finishing varnish and 
let it dry. When dry, smooth it off with a piece of fine 
sand paper, then give it another coat of finishing varnish, 
let it dry, and place a piece of paper, any color you choose, 
on the back, and it is ready for framing. You may use 
warm water in the place of the solution of color, but 
you must rub it off immediately. 
If you are unable to procure the fir balsam, any trans- 
parent varnish will do instead. 278 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
The articles to be used are a flat camel's hair brush, 
about an inch wide, the Chinese varnish compound of fir 
balsam, two ounces; spirits turpentine, one ounce; mix well; 
finishing varnish, fir balsam, spirits turpentine, spirits of 
wine, each an ounce; and solution for fixing the color, 
vinegar, four tablespoonfuls, and water, one quart. 
The above recipe has been extensively sold at five 
dollars, of which price one person alone is said to have 
cleared about seven thousand dollars on its sale, so high is 
it held in the estimation of the public. 
Method of Making the Twin Brothers' Violet 
Writing Ink.- [This ink is used in the Government Build- 
ings of France, England and Germany.] 
To Make One Gallon.-Take an ounce of violet aniline; 
dissolve it in four ounces of hot alcohol. When thoroughly 
dissolved, add one gallon of boiling water and the ink is 
made. This ink is usually sold in cities at two dollars for 
pint bottles, one dollar for half pints, and fifty cents for 
gill bottles. This is the original recipe of the Twin Brothers 
in Paris. It is worth, to an enterprising man or woman, 
two thousand dollars. Do not bury it-use it and make 
money. 
Caution.-As the aniline colors vary a great deal in 
quality, the amount of dilution must vary with the sample 
used, and the shade determined by trial. The recipe is for 
the very best first quality violet aniline. In some localities 
it may not be easily obtained. If you desire to make one 
gallon from the best violet aniline we will get it for you. 
It costs fifty cents an ounce. 
Persian Starch Enamel.-Melt over a slow fire eight 
pounds of refined parafine, and when it is all melted, add 
three hundred drops oil of citronelli. Place several new 
round pie pans, well oiled with lard oil or sweet oil, on a 
level table, and pour about six tablespoonfuls of the polish 
into each pan. Let them stand until they are cool enough 
to lift into pail or basin of water; let the pan float on the 
water a moment so as to cool the bottom, and then submerge 
or press the pan into the water, until it is cool enough to 
stamp the polish into cakes. This must be done before HOW TO GET RICH 
279 
it gets too hard, and therefore it will require close watch- 
ing. Have a round tin stamp made to cut cakes about the 
size of a candy lozenge. Stamp them out, and let them cool 
well before taking them out of the pans. Put it up in 
square paper boxes (nine cakes in each, retail at five cents 
a box). Thirty cakes, in oval boxes, twenty-five cents. The 
cost of the twenty-five cent boxes, filled ready for market, 
is about five and a half or six cents; the small size boxes 
about one and a half cents. They are also put up in ten 
cent boxes, which is also a very saleable size. 
Directions.-To a pint of boiling starch stir in two of the 
cakes or tablets, or three cakes to a quart. This gives an 
elegant lustre to linen or muslin, and imparts a splendid 
perfume to the clothes, and makes the iron pass very 
smoothly over the surface. It requires but half the ordi- 
nary labor to do an ironing. It is admired by every lady. 
It prevents the iron from adhering to the surface, and the 
clothes remain clean and neat much longer than by any 
other method known. Over six thousand stores are selling 
this article. Ladies, we know of no business more pleasant 
to engage in. 
Shang Wang's Starch Polish.-This article has un- 
doubtedly had a more extensive sale through agents than 
any other article used in the household. It is a meritorious 
one, and will always find sale if our directions are followed. 
Care must be taken to procure the ingredients marked as 
we give them. 
Directions and Recipe.-Procure from your druggist an 
article of commerce called and marked paraffine wax. It 
must be the hardest wax made. If an inferior grade is 
used it will not produce the same result as the best A-l 
wax. Place your paraffine in a tin boiler or pan, or pail, 
or kettle, as is most convenient. Melt it over a slow fire. 
Use care in melting. When melted thoroughly remove the 
vessel from the fire; cover it to keep the liquor hot. Take 
some round tin pie-pans, and oil them with sweet oil as 
you would for pie baking, but do not use lard. Put these 
pans on a level table, and pour in enough of the hot wax 
to make a depth in each pan equal to about the thickness 280 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
of one-eighth of an inch. While hot, glance over the pans 
to see that they are level. As this is very essential, do not 
neglect it. If the pans are not level the cakes will be all 
thicknesses, which should not be so. Let them cool, but 
not too fast. Watch them closely, and have a tin stamp 
ready to stamp the cakes out about the size of an ordinary 
candy lozenge. This stamp should be about eight inches 
long, larger at the top than at the bottom, so that the 
cakes can pass up through the stamp as you are cutting 
them out of the pans. Lay the cakes in another pan to 
cool. Before they become very hard separate them from 
each other; if not, it will be difficult to do so when they 
become very hard. Do not overlook this. Have boxes 
made at any paper-box makers in any large city. They 
cost about from one to two cents each; sliding boxes are 
the best. Have your labels printed, and commence busi- 
ness at once. This is a staple article. Wholesale grocers 
throughout the United States generally have it in stock. 
You can wholesale it to them, or retail it to families. This 
one secret is worth one hundred times the price of this 
book. 
Turkish Frozen Perfumes.-This is a saleable, cheap, 
and meritorious Solidified Perfume. Perhaps no article of 
luxury has had such a continuous sale. The demand has 
never diminished. 
Recipe and Directions.-Procure A-l paraffine wax from 
any wholesale druggist. Melt it over a slow fire in any 
tin vessel; care should be taken not to let it burn. When 
melted remove it from the fire and cover the top of the 
vessel. Now, you must remember that Solidified Perfumes 
cannot be successfully made while hot, but they must be 
warm. The heat drives out the perfume, and counteracts the 
effects of the essential oils used for perfuming purposes. 
For the perfume you must only use the strongest essential 
oils. Take three ounces oil of lemon, and half ounce oil of 
cloves, and half ounce oil of lavender flowers; mix them 
well together. For this amount of perfume you require 
about five quarts of the liquid paraffine. Pour the oils into 
the melted paraffine while warm, stirring it well while pour- HOW TO GET RICH 
281 
ing. Have ready round pie pans, well oiled with olive oil. 
Pour in the perfume wax until you have about one-quarter 
inch in depth of the melted liquid perfume in each pan. 
Be sure to have your pans level on the table. Have a 
tin stamp, ready for use, to cut the cakes out at the 
proper time. This stamp should be made larger at the 
bottom than at the top. It should be one and three-eights 
inches long, and one inch wide at the stamping point. 
The edges are filed sharp as a knife, and kept so constantly. 
Stamp the cakes out when they are cooling, before they 
get too hard to cut. You must use your eyes, your hands, 
and common sense and good judgment at this stage of its 
manufacture. If it is too cold and hard you cannot cut 
it. If too soft your punch will stick to the soft wax. 
Watch it closely and you cannot fail to have the best re- 
sults. Lay the square cakes in pans to cool, or if your 
punch does not draw them up from the pan you are stamp- 
ing, let them remain in the original pan until cold enough 
to box up. Use gilt boxes the size of the cake. Put your 
own price on them. They are worth from fifteen to 
twenty-five cents retail. Reckon your cost of manufacture 
and regulate your wholesale price accordingly. We con- 
sider this information worth one thousand dollars to any 
smart active man or woman. 
To Stain Wood Scarlet.-Boil two ounces of cochineal, 
previously reduced to a fine powder, in thirty-five ounces 
of water for three hours, and apply to the wood. When 
dry give coating of dilute chloride of tin, to which is 
added a little tartaric acid, one ounce of chloride of tin, 
and half ounce of tartaric acid, in thirty-five ounces of 
water. If, instead of water, the cochineal is boiled in a 
decoction of bark (two ounces of bark to thirty-five ounces 
of water), and the chloride of tin is used as above, an in- 
tense scarlet and all shades of orange may be produced, 
according to the proportions. 
Staining Wood Brown.-Various tones may be produced 
by mordanting with chromate of potash and applying a 
decoction of fustic logwood or peachwood. 
To Stain Wood Violet.-The wood is treated in a bath 282 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
made up with four and a quarter ounces of olive oil, the 
same weight of soda ash, and two and a half pints of 
boiling water, and is then dyed with magenta, to which a 
corresponding quantity of tin crystals have been added. 
These recipes for staining wood can easily be sold to 
furniture dealers and carpenters for five or ten dollars 
if you only prepare the material and samples. A coat 
of varnish applied to the stained wood, after it is dry, 
adds materially to its beauty. 
Damaged Looking Glass.-The glass should be laid on 
a table. With a sharp knife remove the spotted silver. 
Now, procure a piece of tinfoil larger than the place to 
be covered; lay it in a tray and pour on it some quick- 
silver. Rub this over the foil. (A hare's foot is the 
thing to use.) When sufficient is spread, lay the glass 
on the foil, supporting the remainder so that it may lie 
quite flat. See that the silvered foil covers every part 
that has been removed, put on some heavy weights, allow 
them to remain five or six hours, and the glass is ready 
for use. 
Japanese Cement.-Immediately mix the best powdered 
rice with a little cold water, then gradually add boiling 
water until a proper consistence is acquired, being par- 
ticularly careful to keep it well stirred all the time; 
lastly, it must be boiled for a minute in a clean saucepan 
or earthen pipkin. This glue is beautifully white and 
almost transparent, for which reason it is well adapted 
for fancy paper work, which requires a strong and color- 
less cement. 
Liquid Glue.-Dissolve one part of powdered alum in 
a hundred and twenty parts of water; add one hundred 
and twenty parts of glue, ten of acetic acid, and forty of 
alcohol, and digest. Prepared glue is made by dissolving 
common glue in warm water, and then adding acetic acid 
(strong vinegar) to keep it. Dissolve one pound of best 
glue in one and a half pints of water, and add one pint of 
vinegar. It is then ready for use. 
Magic Copying Paper.-To make black paper, lamp- 
black mixed with cold lard; red paper, Venetian red mixed HOW TO GET RICH 
283 
with lard; blue paper. Prussian blue mixed with lard; 
green paper, chrome green mixed with lard. The above 
ingredients to be mixed to the consistency of thick paste 
and to be applied to the paper with a rag. Then take a 
flannel rag and rub until all color ceases coming off. 
Cut your sheets four inches wide and six inches long; put 
four sheets together, one of each color, and sell for 
twenty-five cents per package. The first cost will not ex- 
ceed three cents. 
Directions for Writing with This Paper.-Lay down 
your paper upon which you wish to write; then lay on the 
copying paper, and over this lay any scrap of paper you 
choose; then take any hard pointed substance and write 
as you would with a pen. 
How to Fasten Rubber to Wood and Metal.-As 
rubber plates and rings are nowadays used almost ex- 
clusively for making connections between steam and other 
pipes and apparatus, much annoyance is often experienced 
by the impossibility or imperfection of an air-tight connec- 
tion. This is obviated entirely by employing a cement 
which fastens alike well to the rubber and to the metal or 
wood. Such cement is prepared by a solution of shel- 
lac in ammonia. This is best made by soaking pulverized 
gum shallac in ten times its weight of strong ammonia, 
when a slimy mass is obtained, which in three to four 
weeks will become liquid without the use of hot water. 
This softens the rubber, and hence it becomes, after volati- 
lization of the ammonia, hard and impermeable to gases 
and fluids. 
Everlasting Fence Posts.-I discovered many years 
ago that wood could be made to last longer than iron in the 
ground, but thought the process so simple and inexpensive 
that it was not worth while to make any stir about it. 
I would as soon have poplar, basswood or quaking ash 
as any other kind of timber for fence posts. I have taken 
out basswood posts after having been set seven years, 
which were as sound when taken out as when they were 
first put in the ground. Time and weather seemed to 
have no effect upon them. The posts can be prepared 284 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
for less than two cents apiece. This is the recipe: Take 
boiled linseed oil and stir it in pulverized charcoal to the 
consistency of paint. Put a coat of this over the timber, 
and there is not a man who will live to see it rotten. 
To Mend Tinware by the Heat of a Candle.-Take 
a vial about two-thirds full of muriatic acid and put into it 
little bits of sheet zinc as long as it dissolves them; then 
put in a crumb of sal ammoniac and fill up with water, 
and it is ready to use. Then, wTith the cork of the vial wet 
the place to be mended with the preparation; then put a 
piece of sheet zinc over the hole, and hold a lighted candle 
or spirit lamp under the place, which melts the solder on 
the tin and causes the zinc to adhere without further 
trouble. Wet the zinc also with the solution; or a little 
solder may be put on instead of the zinc, or with the zinc. 
Gilding Without a Battery.-Clean the silver or other 
article to be gilded with a brush and a little ammonia 
water, until it is evenly bright and shows no tarnish. Take 
a small piece of gold and dissolve it in about four times 
its volume of metallic mercury, which will be accomplished 
in a few minutes, forming an amalgam. Put a little of 
the amalgam on a piece of dry cloth, rub it on the article 
to be gilded. Then place on a stone in a furnace and 
heat to the beginning of redness. After cooling, it must 
be cleaned with a brush and a little cream of tartar, and 
a beautiful and permanent gilding will be found. 
Liquid Glue.-The following recipe for "Prepared 
Glue," the discovery of a French chemist, is selling about 
the country as a secret, for various prices from one to 
five dollars. It is a handy and valuable composition, as 
it does not gelatinize, putrify, ferment or become offensive, 
and can be used cold for all the ordinary purposes of 
glue in making or mending furniture or broken vessels 
that are not exposed to water, etc. 
Recipe.-In a wide-mouthed bottle dissolve eight ounces 
of best glue in a half-pint of water, by setting it in a vessel 
of water and heating till dissolved. Then add slowly, con- 
stantly stirring, half ounce of strong aquafortis (nitric 
acid). Keep well corked and it will be ready for use. HOW TO GET RICH 
285 
Rubber Hand Stamps.-Set up the desired name and 
address in common type, oil the type and place a guard 
about one-half inch high around the form; now mix plaster 
of Paris to the proper consistence, pour in and allow it 
to set. Have your vulcanized rubber all ready, as made 
in long strips three inches wide and one-eighth of an inch 
thick, cut off the size of the intended stamp, remove the 
plaster cast from the type, and place both the cast and 
the rubber in a screw press, applying sufficient heat to 
thoroughly soften the rubber, then turn down the screw 
hard, and let it remain until the rubber receives the exact 
impression of the cast and becomes cold; when it is re- 
moved, neatly trim with a sharp knife, and cement it to 
the handle; it will be then ready for use. 
Liquid Black Lead Polish.-Black lead, pulverized, 
one pound; turpentine, one gill; water, one gill; sugar, 
one ounce. 
Glue to Resist Moisture.-Glue, five parts; rosin, four 
parts; red ochre, two parts; mix with smallest quantity of 
water. 
Premium Paint Without Oil or Lead.-Slake stone- 
lime with boiling water in a tub or barrel to keep in the 
steam; then pass six quarts through a fine sieve. Now, 
to this quantity add one quart of coarse salt and a gallon 
of water; boil the mixture and skim it clear. To every 
five gallons of this skimmed mixture add one pound of 
alum; one-half pound copperas; and, by slow degrees, 
three-quarters pound potash and four quarts sifted ashes 
or fine sand; add any coloring desired. A more durable 
paint was never made. 
To Restore Rancid Butter.-Use one pint of water to 
each pound of butter, previously adding twenty grains 
chloride of lime to each pint of water; wash well the butter 
in this mixture, afterward re-wash in cold water and salt; 
or melt the butter in a waterbath with animal charcoal, 
coarsely powdered and previously well sifted to free it from 
dust; skim, remove, and strain through flannel; then salt. 
Much Butter from Little Milk.-Take four ounces 
of pulverized alum, half an ounce pulverized gum arabic, 286 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
fifty grains of pepsin; place it in a bottle for use as re- 
quired. A teaspoonful of this mixture, added to one pint 
of new milk, will, upon churning, make one pound of 
butter. Agents are selling this secret for five dollars. 
Gold Medal Vinegar, A No. i.-Mix twenty-five gallons 
of warm rain water with four gallons molasses and one 
of yeast, and let it ferment; you will soon have the best 
of vinegar; keep adding these articles in these proportions 
as the stock is sold. Use brewers' yeast. 
For Grocers' Sale.- Take three barrels; let one of them 
be your vinegar barrel; fill this last up, before it is quite 
empty, with molasses, two gallons; soft water, eleven 
gallons; yeast, one quart; keeping these proportions in 
filling up the whole three barrels; sell the vinegar out of 
your old vinegar barrel, as soon as it is ready, which will be 
in a short time; when nearly empty fill it up with the 
fluid as before and pass on to sell out of the next barrel; 
by the time it is disposed of go to the last; then go back 
to the first, filling up your barrels in every case when 
nearly empty, and you will always keep a stock of good 
vinegar on hand unless your sales are very large; in which 
case follow the next process. Have the bung-holes open 
in the barrels to admit air. The free admission of warm 
air hastens the process. Use brewers' yeast. 
To Make Paint for One Cent a Pound.-To one gallon 
of soft water add four pounds sulphate of zinc (crude). 
Let it dissolve perfectly, and a sediment will settle at the 
bottom. Turn the clear solution into another vessel. To 
one gallon of paint (lead and oil), mix one gallon of the 
compound. Stir it into the paint slowly for ten or fifteen 
minutes and the compound and paint will perfectly combine. 
If too thick, thin it with turpentine. This recipe has been 
sold to painters as high as one hundred dollars for the 
privilege to use the same in their business. 
To Make Hens Lay the Whole Year.-Give each hen 
half ounce of fresh meat every day, and mix a small amount 
of red pepper with their food during the winter. Give them 
plenty of grain, water, gravel and lime, and allow no 
cocks to run with them. HOW TO GET RICH 
287 
How to Raise a Mustache.-Tincture o£ benzoin com- 
pound two drachms; tincture of Spanish flies, two drachms; 
castor oil, six ounces; oil bergamot, one drachm; oil of 
verbena, fifteen drops; strong alcohol, nine ounces. Cir- 
culation should be stimulated first by friction with a rough 
towel. Apply to the whiskers and mustache morning and 
evening. 
French Polish for Boots and Shoes.-Mix together 
two pints of the best vinegar and one pint of water, stir 
it into a quarter pound of glue, broken up, half a pound 
of logwood chips, a quarter of an ounce of finely powdered 
indigo, a quarter of an ounce of the best soft soap and 
a quarter of an ounce of isinglass. Put the mixture over 
the fire and let it boil for ten or fifteen minutes. Then 
strain the liquid and bottle and cork it. When cold it is 
fit for use. The polish should be applied with a clean 
sponge. 
Splendid Black Ink.-Boil logwood twenty-two pounds, 
in enough water to yield fourteen gallons decoction. To 
a thousand parts of this decoction, when cold add one part 
of chromate of potash. The mixture is to be well stirred. 
The proportions are to be carefully observed, and the 
yellow chromate, not the bi-chromate, to be employed. 
This ink possesses some great advantages, to adhere strongly 
to paper, so that it can neither be washed off by water, 
nor even altered by weak acids, to form no deposit, and 
not be in the least acted upon by steel pens. 
Red Writing Ink.-Best ground Brazil wood, four 
ounces; diluted acetic acid, one pint; alum, half an ounce. 
Boil them slowly in a covered copper or enameled saucepan 
for one hour; strain and add one ounce of gum. 
Yellow Ink.-Gamboge triturated with water, and a 
little alum added. 
Green Ink.-Rub three and a half drachms Prussian 
blue and three drachms of gamboge, with two ounces of 
mucilage, and add half a pint of water. 
Gold and Silver Ink.-Fine bronze powder, or gold or 
silver leaf, ground with a little sulphate of potash, and 288 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
washed from the salt, is mixed with water and a sufficient 
quantity of gum. 
Sympathetic or Secret Inks.- The solutions used 
should be so nearly colorless that the writing cannot be 
seen till the agent is applied to render it visible. 
Boil oxide of cobalt in acetic acid. If a little common 
salt be added the writing becomes green when heated; 
but with nitre it becomes a pale rose color. 
A weak solution of sulphate of copper. The writing 
becomes blue when exposed to the vapor of ammonia. 
Sick Canaries.-Baker's sponge cake, dipped in sherry 
wine, is strongly recommended for sick canary birds that 
have been moulting. The bird will no doubt eat sparingly 
of it, but the remedy is excellent. It has been known in 
many instances to restore the voice of canaries after shed- 
ding eighteen months and two years. Birds often continue 
moulting from weakness, and a short time feeding them on 
the cake and sherry, in connection with their seed, soon 
shows a beneficial effect. I would also advise not to give 
the bird any greens to eat, nor apples, while in the 
condition described. Canaries having asthma are relieved, 
and sometimes cured by giving them a pap made of 
baker's bread boiled in sweet milk. In very bad cases re- 
move their seed for a few days and let them feed entirely 
upon it. The following treatment completely restored a 
fine singer which I had quite despaired of, as he had been 
sick and silent for months. Leave off seed entirely. Make 
a paste of sweet milk and bread crumbs, throwing the 
crumbs into the milk while boiling, and stir until quite 
smooth; add a pinch of cayenne pepper, varied occasionally 
by some finely-minced clove or garlic; dissolve in the 
drinking water a little black currant jelly, a bit of fig, or 
half a potash lozenge. I used all of these and my bird 
is well. 
To Make Maple Sugar Without Maple Trees.- 
Though the secret I am about to reveal may seem very 
simple (when explained), I believe there are few who would 
discover it of their own accord. The value of the maple 
sugar crop is considerable, and there is ready sale for HOW TO GET RICH 
289 
all that can be made. I was led by curiosity to boil down 
a little butternut sap one time with an equal quantity of 
maple sap, and the result was a sugar which I could not 
distinguish from pure maple. I experimented further and 
found that if a little common (cane) sugar was added 
to the sap of the butternut, it would do as well as an 
addition of maple sap. I found that the sap of birch and 
several other trees would also make, when a very little 
sugar was added, a sugar which in looks and taste ex- 
actly resembled maple. To be able to make "maple" 
sugar from trees not heretofore deemed valuable for the 
purpose is just so much clear profit. 
White Cement.-Take white (fish) glue, one pound 
and ten ounces; dry white lead, six ounces; soft water, 
three pints; alcohol, one pint. 
Dissolve the glue by putting it in a tin kettle or dish 
containing the water and set this dish in a kettle of water 
to prevent the glue from being burned; when the glue is 
all dissolved put in the lead and stir and boil until it is 
thoroughly mixed; remove from the fire, and when cool 
enough to bottle add the alcohol, and bottle while it is 
yet warm, keeping it corked. This last recipe has been 
sold about the country for from twenty-five cents to five 
dollars, and one man gave a horse for it. 
A Cold Cement for Mending Earthenware.-This 
cement, says a recent English work, reckoned a great secret 
among workmen, is made by grating a pound of old cheese, 
with a bread grater, into a quart of milk, in which it 
must be left for a period of fourteen hours. It should 
be stirred quite often. A pound of unslaked lime, finely 
pulverized in a mortar, is then added, and the whole is 
thoroughly mixed by beating. This done, the whites of 
twenty-five eggs are incorporated with the rest, and the 
whole is ready for use. There is another cement for the 
same purpose which is used hot. It is made of resin, 
beeswax, brick-dust, and chalk boiled together. The sub- 
stances to be cemented must be heated, and when the sur- 
faces are coated with cement, they must be rubbed hard 
upon each other, as in making a glue joint with wood. 290 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
The Multiplying Letter-Writer, by Which About 
One Hundred Letters Can Be Copied From a Single 
Letter.-In this recipe alone there is a small fortune for 
any man or woman of ordinary intelligence, as he or she 
can sell the apparatus to nearly every merchant or store- 
keeper. Take any quantity you choose of fine gelatine and 
soak it a short time in cold water, until it becomes quite 
soft (but not dissolved in the water), then pour off all 
the water that easily drains from it. Now, in a clean pan 
place the softened gelatine, and, by a gentle heat, dissolve 
it until it is perfectly fluid. While it is warm, add to it 
just about the same quantity of glycerine as there is of 
dissolved gelatine, and mix them together. Now, have pro- 
vided a number of shallow tin dishes, some made the size 
of a postal card, others the size of a sheet of notepaper, 
and others the size of a letter-sheet. Any tinsmith can 
make them for a few cents each; have them made with a 
lid to lift on and off (the lid is to keep out dust when not in 
use.) Now lay your tin dishes on a table that is perfectly 
level and pour into them your liquid mixture of gelatine 
and glycerine, about one-fourth of an inch thick, in the 
pans. They will set into a strong jelly. It is best to let 
the pans stand two or three days. In the summer time it is 
better to use a little more gelatine than glycerine, and in 
the winter a little more glycerine than gelatine. Now, if a 
letter be written with the prepared ink (the recipe of which 
is given below) one hundred copies of the same letter can 
be made by simply laying the letter on the composition, 
gently pressing it, uniformly and evenly, and allowing it 
to remain for two or three minutes, when it will be found, 
upon lifting off the letter, that a complete fac-simile of the 
writing has been produced. Now, all you haVe to do is to 
place clean sheets of paper on the composition and you 
can easily take from seventy-five to a hundred copies from 
the pad. It answers for postal cards, letters or notes, and 
its advantages are numerous. A tradesman, for instance, 
wants to send one hundred notices to his customers; instead 
of writing one hundred letters he prints them from his 
pad; or, twenty to fifty friends, or a lodge, requires to 
send out notice-the pad does the business in half an hour. HOW TO GET RICH 
291 
Then, again, an immense saving of postage is made; instead 
of paying three cents postage, just go to your postmaster 
and show him these when printed, and he will only charge 
you one cent for each. When you have copied all you want, 
take a sponge and wipe it off the composition, and it is 
ready for another. This letter apparatus is far superior 
to a printing press, or the electric pen, or the manifold 
letter-writer. You can sell the postal-card size for one 
dollar, note size for two dollars, or letter size for three 
dollars, and, as there are many hundred per cent profit, 
you are sure to make money and get rich. 
If the pad should happen to get broken or cracked, which 
seldom occurs, simply warm it until it turns liquid and it 
will level itself again, and be as good as ever. 
Prepared Ink to Write on the Multiplying Letter- 
Writer.-Get one ounce of aniline, black, purple or crim- 
son, and mix it with one pint of water, one ounce alcohol, 
and one teaspoonful of molasses, and put it in small bot- 
tles that hold about four tablespoonfuls. These you sell for 
fifty cents a bottle, and they cost you about five cents. The 
ink also answers for rubber hand-stamps. If you tack, on 
a small piece of board, three or four layers of old cloth, 
and moisten it with a few drops of this ink, and gently 
press the rubber stamp on it, you can make all the im- 
pressions you choose. 
Imitation India Rubber.-The high price of Indian rub- 
ber, together with its scarcity, make this one of the most 
valuable recipes. Melt ten pounds of sulphur, and add to 
it about three quarts of rape-seed oil (flax-seed oil will do, 
but it requires a little more oil) ; when mixed pour it into 
a pan that has been previously dusted with some dry 
powder, for future use. An ingenious man can make hun- 
dreds of articles from it in place of the real rubber, such 
as soap dishes, rubber syringes, combs, backs for brushes, 
besides thousands of other useful and ornamental articles. 
All that is necessary is to remelt the mixture, and, having 
first provided the necessary moulds, pour it in while 
melted. If desirable, dry colors such as blue, green, vermil- 
lion, or red, can be added to the compound. The Somatic Conjurer 
SPIRITUAL VISION, OR SECOND SIGHT 
Numerous have been the conjectures, upon which various opinions 
have been based, respecting the modus operandi of this delusion; 
amongst the numbers the most popular prejudice is in favor of 
Ventriloquism. There is no reason to doubt the possibility of this 
being effected by such means, provided the operator had a voice 
positively constructed by nature for the specific purpose; in that 
case, the operation could only be performed by persons peculiarly 
privileged with such a remarkable organ; suffice it to say, this illu- 
sion is performed in no such manner, nor by such means. Without 
further inference, we proceed to describe how any two persons may 
effect the object desired; we shall, therefore, treat, in the first place, 
of Spiritual Vision, or Second Sight, by words and figures; and I 
may here remark, that students in the science or art of artificial 
memory, would find the principle of mnemonics of extraordinary 
assistance. The medium-that is to say, the person who is to define 
the matter, and explain the question asked, and describe the article 
exhibited to his or her supposed view, when blindfolded-must, be- 
fore attempting any performance, have, by assiduous practice with 
the operator, who is to put the queries, become familiar with a com- 
plete alphabet, or series of words or sentences, that are intended, 
according to the way the question is put, to indicate some particular 
article most in common use; and the operator or querist will have 
to exercise great discretion in receiving nothing from his auditors 
but articles that come within the category of the words and sentences 
understood and practiced between himself and the person on the 
stage, and who will, previously to the performance, have to be placed 
in a convenient position in the center of the stage, or drawing-room; 
having been blindfolded with a handkerchief by the operator, or 
some person present, so as not to be uncomfortably tight about the 
forehead, the necessity being that the medium shall be entirely at his 
or her ease; the operator will then commence to receive some articles, 
such as walking-sticks, watches, rings, cards, scent bottles, ladies' 
boas, flowers, pencil-cases, bracelets, pocket-knives, ear-rings, um- 
brellas, parasols, drugs, bank-notes, coupons, keys, or other articles 
most in use, not because the system adopted will not extend in its 
many ramifications to anything of which any conception can be 
formed, but because of the increasing convenience to the performer, 
and what is called the medium on the stage, that being the person 
who, when blindfolded, affords the necessary information upon the 
292 THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
293 
question being asked, and in which question the answer is contained. 
We commence, then, by informing the reader that the English alpha- 
bet, of twenty-six letters, undergoes, according to the system here 
laid down, certain transpositions for certain purposes hereafter de 
scribed. Of these transpositions a few examples may be considered 
sufficient: 
EXAMPLES-ALPHABETICAL TABLES. 
A is transposed to and means H. 
B " " T. 
C " " S. 
D " " G. 
Sometimes a letter is intended to convey words and sentences, as 
follows: 
K means Go on. 
R " Pray. 
U " Hurry. 
X " Hurry-hurry. 
Y " Hurry-hurry up. 
The system is then extended over sixteen sets of tables, referring 
to articles, besides tables of numerals, masonic signs, and a number 
of miscellaneous words and sentences. 
EXAMPLE OF A PORTION OF NUMERAL TABLE, 
NO. 1. 
1. Say, or see here, signifies One. 
2. Look, or Let " Two. 
3. Can, or Can't you " Three. 
4. Do, or Don't " Four. 
5. Will, or Won't " Five. 
6. What " Six. 
It is here understood that these sentences significantly point to 
certain numbers, which, in subsequent tables are affixed to certain 
articles of use or ornament. Before parting with the subject of the 
numeral tables, of which we have two, it is necessary to state that 
wherever the name of the medium is mentioned, whether it be that 
of a lady or gentleman, it counts for ten; as, for example: 
"See here, William;" 
on reference to the table- 
"See here," means One. 
"William." " Ten. 
The answer in that case would be Eleven, in whatever form the 
question would be put after this sentence; consequently the form of 
the sentence in the question will act as an index to the table con- 
taining the answer. 294 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
EXAMPLE-"SET" NO. 1. 
Sentence-"See here." 
1. Handkerchief. 
2. Neckerchief, ribbon. 
3. Bag. 
4. Glove, mitten, glove stretcher. 
It will be observed that each "set" has a distinct sentence of its 
own, as that now referred to; and, on turning to the numeral table 
given as an example, it will be seen that "see here" corresponds to 
Number one, and will therefore signify number one set of sentences, 
which contains a handkerchief, and other articles before mentioned; 
thus, by the adoption of certain words and sentences, such as- 
"Do you know?" 
"Can you tell?" 
"What's this?" 
and such like, the medium is directed to answer required. Again, 
where the answer to the question asked is a watch, several other 
questions are involved respecting it, and which, as a last example, 
we shall give in extenso, showing the use of the "sets," "numbers," 
and "alphabetical tables." 
Operator-Do you know what this is? 
Answer-A watch. 
Operator-Yes! Do you know anything more about the watch? 
Go on. 
Answer-Gold watch. 
Operator-Yes, sir. 
Answer-The watch has a gold face. 
Operator-Good. 
Answer-It has three hands. 
Operator-W ell ? 
Answer-The hands are colored black. 
Operator-All correct. The time? 
Answer-The time is twenty minutes past seven; also, the glass 
of the watch is cracked. 
Operator-Say where the watch was made. 
Answer-London. 
Operator-"I want to find the name of the maker?" "Here now.'' 
"Come." 
Answer-"James." 
Operator-Say the number that is on the watch. Go on, What 
is it? Are you able to see it, William? 
EXAMPLE. THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
295 
Answer-One hundred and seventy-six thousand eight hundred 
and eleven. 
Which is thus defined in reference to numeral table: 
Say signifies 1 
Go on " 7 
What " 6 
Are you " 8 
See " 1 
William " 10 
which on being placed in their regular order will appear thus, 
176,811. To prove the applicability of the system, the reader need 
only refer to the same system employed in commercial houses, but 
in a more restricted form, where a certain word is accepted-say 
"Birmingham"-each letter of the word represents a numerical value, 
and so the goods are marked. There must be perfect security of feel- 
ing between the operator and the medium, inasmuch as any error 
occurring in the question asked, the medium would become involved, 
and failure would result. Thus the necessity for assiduous applica- 
tion before any attempt at a public exhibition. 
About fifteen years since, a gentleman connected with the Art of 
Legerdemain, performing at the Polytechnic Institute, in Melbourne, 
was pleased to style himself the Man of Miracles, and one of the 
supposed miracles perpetrated by him was the so-called Spiritual 
Vision, or Second Sight, with this exception-his medium, instead 
of being on the stage, was out of sight. Upon his receiving the 
article for description, he returned it to the owner, and, placing a 
telescope to his eye for an instant, looked around the hall, as he 
asserted, in search of the spirit that was to give the replies. He 
then proceeded to ask the question in a leading manner, so that the 
answer would be confined to the simple affirmative or negative of 
Yes or No, which was conveyed by sounds, sometimes produced by 
a blow from a hammer on the ground, or the striking of a glass 
tumbler or other article at hand; but each sound being distinct 
from the former, was to lead to the belief that a different spirit in 
each case replied. These means have been used for other purposes, 
such as table-rapping and bell-striking. The observer of any ex- 
hibition will notice that the medium is unable to reply to any other 
person, without the operator in the first instance addresses the 
medium, and that, too, in reference to some article with which the 
operator is conversant himself, and which is capable of being ex- 
amined. There have been instances, and they are still numerous 
enough, where visitors, by preconcerted action, will assist a per- 
former. In that case they become confederates, and to the unini- 
tiated in magical matters apparently marvelous things are the result. 
This brings us to the second consideration, namely: 296 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
SILENT SECOND SIGHT 
WHERE THE RULE IS TO ASK NO QUESTIONS 
In this case recourse is had to a code of signals, and a third 
person is introduced, so that the communication is not in this in- 
stance between the operator and the medium, as in the former 
manner, but between the operator and the third party, who is so 
situated with respect to the audience that from a point of sight he 
can observe every article received by the operator, and by means 
of the signals referred to, such as taking the article in the left or 
right hand, or holding it for examination in both hands, or, if the 
object be money, tossing it in the air, or stooping at a given time, 
or turning round, and such other means as may be determined and 
agreed upon. The information is then conveyed by means of a flex- 
ible speaking tube having a mouth-piece for the observer, wherever 
he or she may be stationed or located, and at the extreme end of 
such a flexible tube a pipe is connected, which upon the operator 
desiring the medium on the stage to turn his back or her back, as 
the case may be, to the audience, as he or she sits on the stool with 
a shawl thrown over the head and shoulders (upon the pretext that 
the medium may previously have seen the articles shown by the 
operator through the handkerchief with which the eyes were bound) 
the pipe is passed to the medium through the aperture in the stage 
made for the purpose, and by the shawl carefully hid from the 
audience. Thus by this ingenious contrivance the audience is be- 
wildered and amused at the result of the supposed supernatural 
vision. 
SLEIGHT-OF-HAND 
THE WORSTED BALL AND THE MARKED COIN 
This little trick, which is very amusing when adroitly managed, 
may, with but a trifling expense, be produced and performed in any 
drawing-room without fear of detection. First, have a flat tube 
made of tin sufficiently large to contain a dime or a quarter, or what- 
ever coin the performer intends using for the purpose. Then get 
several skeins of red worsted or any other color, but red is the most 
glaring and suited to the deception, which roll into a large ball, 
having the tin tube in the center. Being thus prepared, the per- 
former will apply to the audience to supply him with a dime or a 
quarter, whichever is to be used. He will then request that it be 
marked in such a manner that it will be again distinguishable. 
During the time he is telling some little anecdote he gets possession 
of the worsted ball, which is lying on a shelf at the back, which is 
easily done by saying that for the trick he requires a tumbler. 
While getting the tumbler, and having the worsted ball in his hand, 
he passes the coin into the tin tube, which tube he draws out at the 
same time, leaving the coin in the center of the worsted ball, which 
he squeezes in such a manner as to close the aperture through which 
the tube has previously passed. The ball of worsted is then shown, THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
297 
and thrown into the tumbler on the table. The operator then picks 
up a coin, which he substituted for the marked one, and which he 
left in the presence of the audience while he got the worsted ball 
and tumbler, and putting it in the trick pistol, which is loaded and 
capped in the presence of the audience (after saying two or three 
cabalistic sentences), fires at the tumbler, and then removing the 
tumbler towards the audience, takes out the worsted ball, finds the 
end, and endeavors to get one of the persons present to unravel it, 
until the coin falls into the glass. The coin is then handed to the 
person who previously marked it, and to the audience for inspection, 
and the trick is finished. 
THE MAGIC CONE AND GLASS OF WINE 
For this a nicely turned piece of wood, in the shape of a cone, is 
required; if possible it should be made of a wood that will receive 
a nice polish, and when varnished will show the grain. Then get a 
conterpart made in tin and painted outside, so that in all respects, 
when placed side by side at the distance, it would be an impossibility 
for any person to distinguish one from the other. The tin cone 
must be made to exactly cover the cone of wood. The cone of wood 
and tin should be in size-length, about six inches; diameter at the 
bottom, three inches, tapering to the top to one and a half inches. 
The operator having supplied himself with these things, and a small 
glass containing wine, will commence by borrowing two hats-high- 
crowned ones-from the audience, on one of which, having placed it 
on the center table, in the full view of the audience, he will proceed 
to make a cone of about eight or ten inches in height of paper, or 
what at times is preferable, to have one already made that will cover 
the tin cone, the paper of which should be rather stout, in order that 
it should keep its position without becoming creased or in any man- 
ner disordered by use. The operator should then produce the block 
to the people and have it examined. This being done, he will, in 
their presence, place it inside the hat on the table in an upright 
position. He will then take the second hat, it having been shown to 
contain nothing, and cover the block in hat number one; then, on 
the crown of the hat number two, in the center, he will place a small 
glass of wine, which will then be covered with the paper cone, but 
which cone will also contain the tin cone. While this is being done, 
the operator will explain that the wine and glass before the paper is 
removed will have passed through the crown of the upper hat, and 
the cone previously placed in the hat beneath will have taken its 
place. He then takes off the paper cone, leaving the tin cone, or 
fac-simile of the wooden block, over the glass of wine. The audience 
being satisfied of the transition, the operator then covers the cone 
once more with the paper, informing the audience that this time the 
cone and wine will resume their original places. Once again he 
removes the paper cone, taking care on this occasion to remove the 
tin cone with it, when the wine will be found on the top of the hat. 
He may drink the wine if he pleases, or allow some one else, to 298 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
prove its quality. Then he will remove the upper hat, take out the 
block, and show it to his audience as a proof of the sincerity of the 
operation. 
THE MAGNETIZED CANE 
is a very surprising little fancy, and is calculated to create much 
astonishment in the parlor or drawing-room. To perform this trick, 
take a piece of black silk thread or horse-hair, about two feet long, 
and fasten to each end of the same bent hooks of a similar color. 
When unobserved, fasten the hooks in the back part of your panta- 
loon-legs, about two inches below the bend of the knees. Then place 
the cane-it should be a dark one, and not too heavy-within the 
inner part of the thread, and by a simple movement of the legs, you 
can make the cane dance about, and perform a great variety of 
fantastic movements. At night, your audience cannot perceive the 
thread, and, apparently, the cane will have no support whatever. 
The performer should inform the company before commencing this 
trick that he intends to magnetize the cane, and by moving the hands 
as professors of magnetism do, the motion of the legs will not be 
noticed. 
THE FISH AND INK TRICK 
This is really a first-rate delusion. You bring before the specta- 
tors a glass vase, full of ink. You dip a ladle into it, and pour out 
some of the ink upon a plate, in order to convince the audience that 
the substance in the vase is rfeally ink. You then throw a handker- 
chief over the vase, and instantly withdraw it, when the vase is found 
to be filled with pure water, in which a couple of gold fish are 
swimming. This apparent impossibility is performed as follows: To 
the interior of the vessel is fitted black silk lining, which adheres 
closely to the sides when pressed by the water, and which is with- 
drawn inside the handkerchief during the performance of the trick. 
The ladle has a hollow handle with an opening into the bowl. In 
the handle is a spoonful or so of ink, which runs into the bowl when 
it is held downward, during the act of dipping it into the vase. 
THE THREE SPOONS 
This is a most capital trick, but it requires a confederate's aid. 
Place three silver spoons crosswise on a table, request any person 
to touch one, and assure him you will find out the one he touches 
by a single inspection, although you will leave the room while he 
does so, and even if he touches it so gently as not to disarrange the 
order in which they are once put in the slightest degree. You retire, 
and when he gives you notice to enter, walk up to the table and 
inspect the spoons, as if trying to ascertain whether there are any 
finger-marks upon them, and then decide. Your confederate, of 
course, makes some sign, previously agreed upon, to give you notice 
which is the identical spoon; the actions may be, touching a button 
of his jacket for the top spoon, touching his chin for the second, and 
putting his finger to his lips may signify the lowest; but the precise 
actions are immaterial, so that the spoon they indicate be understood. THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
299 
THE GAMESTER 
Take a little ball in each hand, and stretch your hands as far 
apart as you possibly can, one from the other; then tell the company 
that you will make both the balls come in whichever hand they 
please, without bringing the hands into contact with each other. If 
any of the lookers-on challenge your ability of achieving this feat, 
all you have to do is to lay one of the balls down upon a table, turn 
yourself round, and take it up with your other hand. Both the balls 
will thus be in one of your hands, without the latter approaching 
the other, agreeably to your promise. 
THE FLYING COIN 
Provide yourself with a piece of elastic, about twelve inches long, 
and a ten-cent piece with a hole on the edge; attach the ten-cent 
piece to the cord with a piece of white sewing-silk; and, after having 
done this, sew the cord to your coat sleeve lining, hut be very careful 
and ascertain that the end upon which the dime is attached does not 
extend lower than within two inches of the extreme end of the sleeve 
when the coat is on. It is better to have the dime in the left arm 
sleeve. Having done this, bring down the dime with the right hand, 
and place it between the thumb and index finger of the left hand, 
and, showing it to the company, tell them that you will give the coin 
to any person who will not let it slip away. You must then select 
one of the audience, to whom you proffer the coin, and just as he is 
about to receive it, you must let it slip from between your fingers, 
and the contraction of the elastic cord will make the coin disappear 
up your sleeve, much to the astonishment of the person who thinks 
he is about to receive it. This feat can be varied by pretending to 
wrap the coin in a piece of paper, or a handkerchief. Great care 
should be taken not to let any part of the cord be seen, as this 
would, of course, discover the trick. This is one of the most surpris- 
ing feats of legerdemain, and its chief beauty consists in its extreme 
simplicity. 
TO KNOCK A TUMBLER THROUGH A TABLE. 
This trick is very effective, and calculated to incite an immense 
amount of curiosity and surprise. Take an ordinary tumbler and a 
newspaper. Sit on a chair, behind the table, keeping the audience 
in front of it. Place the tumbler on the table and cover it with the 
newspaper, pressing the paper closely round, so that it gradually 
becomes fashioned to the form of the glass. Then draw the paper 
to the edge of the table, and drop the tumbler into your lap- 
quickly returning the paper to the center of the table; the stiffness 
of the paper will still preserve the form of the tumbler; hold the 
form with one hand, and strike a heavy blow upon it with the other, 
at the same moment drop the tumbler from the lap to the floor; and 
you will appear to have positively knocked the tumbler through the 
solid table. Care should be taken after the tumbler is in the lap, 
to place the legs in such a fashion that the glass may slide gradually 300 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
toward the ankles, so that the fall may not be sufficiently great to 
break the glass. Care should be also taken to smooth out the paper 
after the blow has been struck, to prevent suspicion of the fact that 
the form of the glass was simply preserved by the stiffness of the 
paper. Never repeat this illusion. 
MAGIC MONEY 
This conjuring trick is performed thus:-Procure two quarters and 
a half-eagle; conceal one of the quarters in the right hand; lay the 
other quarter and the half-eagle on a table, in full view of the au- 
dience; now ask for two handkerchiefs; then take the gold-piece up 
and pretend to roll it in one of the handkerchiefs; but, in lieu there- 
of, roll up the quarter, which you had concealed, and retain the gold 
coin; give the handkerchief to one of the company to hold; now take 
the quarter off the table, and pretend to roll up in the second hand- 
kerchief; but put up the half-eagle instead; give this handkerchief 
to another person, and beg him to "hold it tight," while you utter, 
"Presto! Fly!" On opening the handkerchiefs the money will 
appear to have changed places. 
HOW TO LET TWENTY GENTLEMEN DRAW TWENTY CARDS, 
AND TO MAKE ONE CARD EVERY MAN'S CARD 
Take a pack of cards; let any gentleman draw a card and put it 
in the pack again, but be sure you know where to find it again; 
then shuffle the cards, and let another gentleman draw a card, but be 
sure you let him draw the same card as the other gentleman drew, 
and continue till ten or twelve, or as many as you may think fit, 
have drawn; then let another gentleman draw another card, and put 
them into the pack, and shuffle them till you have brought the cards 
together; then showing the last card to the company, the other will 
show the trick; by this means many other feats may be done. 
TO CATCH MONEY FROM THE AIR 
The following trick, which tells wonderfully well when skillfully 
performed, is a great favorite with one of our best known conjurers. 
So far as we are aware, it has not before been published. Have in 
readiness any number of silver coin&-say thirty-four; place all of 
them in the left hand, with the exception of four, which you must 
palm into the right hand. Then, obtaining a hat from the audience, 
you quietly put the left hand with the silver inside; and while play- 
fully asking if it is a new hat, or with some such remark for the 
purpose of diverting attention, loose the silver, and at the same time 
take hold of the brim with the left hand and hold it still, so as not 
to shake the silver. Now address the audience, and inform them 
that you are going to "catch money from the air." Ask some person 
to name any number of coins up to ten-say eight. In the same way 
you go on asking various persons, and adding the numbers aloud till 
the total number named is nearly thirty; then, looking around as 
though some one had spoken another number, and knowing that you THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
301 
have only thirty-four coins, you must appear to have the number 
called, which, with what has already been given, will make thirty- 
four; say the last number you added made twenty-eight, then, as 
though you had heard some one say six, and twenty-eight and six 
make thirty-four, "Thank, you, I think we have sufficient." Then 
with the four coins palmed in your right hand, make a catch at the 
air, when they will chink. Look at them, and pretend to throw them 
into the hat, but instead of doing so, palm them again; but in order 
to satisfy your audience that you really threw them into the hat, 
you must, when in the act of palming, hit the brim of the hat with 
the wrist of the right hand, which will make the coins in the hat 
chink as if they had just fallen from the right hand. Having re- 
peated this process several times, say, "I suppose we have sufficient," 
empty them out on a plate, and let one of the audience count them. 
It will be found that there are only thirty, but the number which 
you were to catch was thirty-four. You will therefore say: "Well, 
we are four short; I must catch just four-neither more nor less." 
Then, still having four coins palmed in your right hand, you catch 
again, and open your hands, saying to the audience, "Here they are." 
TO PRODUCE A CANNON BALL FROM A HAT 
This is a very old trick, though it still finds favor with most of 
the conjurers of the present day. You borrow a hat, and on taking 
it into your hand you ask a number of questions about it, or say it 
would be a pity for you to spoil so nice a hat, or make some such 
remark. This, however, is only a ruse for the purpose of diverting 
attention. Then, passing around to the back of your table-(where, 
by the way, you have arranged on pegs a large wooden "cannon ball," 
or a cabbage, or a bundle of dolls, trinkets, etc., loosely tied together, 
so that they may be easily disengaged)-you wipe, in passing, one 
or other of these articles off the pegs-where they must be very 
slightly suspended-into the hat so rapidly as not to be observed. 
Returning to the gentleman from whom you received the hat, you 
say to him: "You are aware, sir, that your hat was not empty when 
you gave it to me," at the same time emptying the contents in front 
of the audience. Supposing you have, in the first instance, intro- 
duced the dolls and trinkets, you may repeat the trick by wiping the 
"cannon ball," or one of the other articles into the hat, and again 
advancing towards the gentleman from whom you received it, say: 
"Here is your hat; thank you, sir." Then, just as you are about to 
give it to him, say: "Bless me! what have we here?" and turning 
the hat upside down, the large "cannon ball" will fall out. 
THE RING AND STICK 
This trick is very puzzling, and requires but little preparation or 
practice. Get two brass curtain rings; keep one of them in the coat 
sleeve, offer the other to the company for examination-procure a 
light walking-stick, and secretly slip the ring from the sleeve upon 
the stick, covering it well with the left hand. Hold the stick in the 302 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
corner with the ring concealed, and invite two persons to hold the 
ends of the stick. While engaging the attention by some apparent 
necessity for having the stick either higher or lower-a little higher 
at one end, a little lower at the other, etc., etc.-give the stick a 
smart tap with the examined ring in your right hand, and withdraw 
the left hand rapidly, making the ring on the stick spin violently. 
It will appear that the ring in the right hand has passed miraculously 
upon the stick; how, no one can tell, the ring being solid, and the 
stick guarded at both ends. The right hand ring must be secreted 
in the sleeve or pocket after the effect is produced; but no great 
haste is required, as every one will be too intent upon examining the 
ring on the stick to watch the operator. 
TO MAKE AN EGG STAND ON ONE END ON A TABLE OR 
LOOKING-GLASS 
To make an egg stand on end of any polished surface seems very 
extraordinary, yet is to be done even on a looking-glass. Now, from 
the form of an egg, nothing is more liable to roll, and on nothing 
more than a looking-glass. To accomplish this trick, let the per- 
former take an egg in his hand, and while he keeps talking and 
staring in the faces of his audience, give it two or three hearty 
shakes; this will break the yolk, which will sink to one end, and 
consequently make it heavier, by which, when it is settled, you may 
make it, with a steady hand, stand upon the glass. This would be 
impossible while it continued in its proper state. 
THE "TWENTY CENT" TRICK 
Borrow twenty cents from the company, which display on a plate, 
having previously prepared five cents in your left hand, which you 
keep concealed. Then take the cents from the plate in the right 
hand, and mixing them with the concealed five, give them to one of 
the company to hold. Ask the possessor to return five to you, which 
he will do, supposing he then retains only fifteen, although, in 
reality, he of course has twenty. Now have another cent palmed in 
your right hand, so that when giving the five cents to another person 
to hold, you may mix it with that sum, and place the six cents in 
his hand. You may now ask him, as before, to return one; when 
you take it remind him he has only four, and you must now proceed 
with the most marvelous part of your illusion. Taking the one cent 
you have just received in the right hand, palm it, and pretend to 
place it in the left. Then, striking the left hand with a rod, bid 
it fly into the closed hand of the person holding five, or, as he sup- 
poses, the four cents. On unclosing the hand, the cent will of course 
appear to have been transferred thither, and great amazement will 
result. Now, taking the five cents, make a more dexterous pass into 
the left hand, whence you bid them fly into the closed hand of the 
person holding the supposed fifteen, and whom you now ask to return 
you the full sum of twenty cents, much to his own wonder and that 
of the company. If executed with care and dexterity, no illusion 
can be more effective. THE SOMATIC CONJURER 
303 
THE MYSTERIOUS HANDKERCHIEF 
This feat consists in tying a number of hard knots in a handker- 
chief borrowed from one of the company, then letting any person 
hold the knots, and by the operator merely shaking the handkerchief, 
all the knots become loosened, and the handkerchief is restored to 
its original state. To perform this excellent trick, get as soft a hand- 
kerchief as possible, and taking the opposite ends, one in each hand, 
throw the right hand over the left, and draw it through, as if you 
were going to tie a knot in the usual way. Again throw the right 
hand end over the left, and give the left hand end to some person 
to pull, you at the same time pulling the right hand end with your 
right hand, while your left hand holds the handkerchief just behind 
the knot. Press the thumb of your left hand against the knot to 
prevent its slipping; always take care to let the person to whom you 
gave one end pull first, so that, in fact, he is only pulling against 
your left hand. You now tie another knot exactly in the same way 
as the first, taking care always to throw the right hand end over the 
left. As you go on tying the knots, you will find the right hand end 
of the handkerchief decreasing considerably in length, while the left 
hand one remains nearly as long as at first; because, in fact, you are 
merely tying the right hand end round the left. To prevent this 
from being noticed, you should stoop down a little after each knot, 
and pretend to pull the knots tighter; while, at the same time, you 
press the thumb of the right hand against the knot, and, with the 
fingers and palm of the same hand, draw the handkerchief, so as to 
make the left hand end shorter, keeping it at each knot as nearly 
the length of the right hand end as possible. When you have tied as 
many knots as the handkerchief will admit of, hand them round for 
the company to feel that they are firm knots; then hold the hand- 
kerchief in your right hand, just below the knots, and with the left 
hand turn the loose part of the center of the handkerchief over them, 
desiring some person to hold them. Before they take the handker- 
chief in hand, you draw out the right hand end of the handkerchief, 
which you have in the right hand, and which you may easily do, 
and the knots being still held together by the loose part of the hand- 
kerchief, the person who holds the handkerchief will declare he feels 
them; you then take hold of one of the ends of the handkerchief 
which hangs down, and desire him to repeat after you, one, two, 
three; then tell him to let go, when, by giving the handkerchief a 
smart shake, the whole of the knots will become loose. 
THE MYSTERIOUS WRITING 
This illusion requires but little skill, and may be classed amongst 
the most remarkable of all deceptions, hence it is called Mysterious 
Writing. Two pieces of note paper are required; one of which must 
be taken, with a pencil, to the audience. Three gentlemen, each of 
whom must be requested to write a line of figures, say three or four, 
but who must be sitting in different parts of the room to avoid col- 
lusion, and each of whom must place his row of figures immediately 304 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
below the row of figures preceding it; this having been done, a 
fourth gentleman will have to fold the paper into four or eight folds, 
the operator intimating that the intention of so doing is to prevent 
him seeing the figures, or having any knowledge of what the paper 
may contain. It is then returned by the person who folds it to the 
attendant, who in no instance gives it to the principal. Another 
gentleman is then requested to go on the stage and receive it from 
the attendant; after receiving it, he is to open the paper, and make 
a total of the whole amount of the figures, which same total will be 
found written on the bare arm of the principal or operator or upon 
his coat being removed and the shirt-sleeves turned back. This is 
effected simply by a piece of paper corresponding in size to the one 
written on by the gentlemen in the audience, and folded in four or 
eight folds as is desired to be done with the original paper, this 
paper has also three rows of figures, in three different handwritings, 
and which, when totaled, would amount to a considerable sum; this 
is in the possession of the attendant, who, when returning to the 
stage, substitutes the fabrication for the original, the total of which 
fabrication is previously ascertained, and written on the arm of the 
principal; the person who totals the amount being in entire igno- 
rance of the handwriting of the persons in the audience who wrote 
the figures in the original, is thereby, with the public, deceived, 
neither knowing but that the paper is the same that was written 
upon by themselves. This also may be produced differently, viz., 
by the principal having a confederate among the audience, who, hav- 
ing in his hat, or should it be a lady, by obtaining permission to 
open her reticule, or look inside her muff, where he will find a sealed 
envelope, in the inside of which will be found a sheet of tinted note 
paper, with the total amount of the figures inscribed thereon, of 
course, to the utter bewilderment of the possessor and the audience 
generally. The employment of confederates is not to be recom- 
mended, as a rule, lest the secret be disclosed by them to their 
friends. 
THE ART OF PRODUCING MUSIC FROM GLASSES 
Take an ordinary wine glass and pour a little water in it, dip the 
middle finger in the water and rub lightly around the edge of the 
glass, in the meanwhile holding the bottom of the glass in the left 
hand. To produce the music, the hand must be entirely free from 
grease or dirt. Select three different kinds of glasses. First, two 
or three large size champagne, second, sherry, and for the higher 
notes, brandy glasses. Each glass must be considerably higher, in 
note, in order to arrange an octave. It is impossible to raise a note, 
but it can be lowered by pouring a little water in the glass. The Horse Owner's Guide and 
Farrier 
A CELEBRATED VETERINARY SURGEON. 
I will here insert some of the most efficient cures of diseases to 
which the horse is subject. I have practiced them for many years 
with unparalleled success. I have cured horses with the following 
remedies, which (in many cases) have been given up in despair, and 
I never had a case in which I did not effect a cure. 
Cure for Colic.-Take one gill of turpentine, one gill of opium 
dissolved in whiskey; one quart of water, milk warm. Drench the 
horse and move him about slowly. If there is no relief in fifteen 
minutes, take a piece of chalk, about the size of an egg, powder it, 
and put it into a pint of cider vinegar, which should be blood warm, 
give that, and then move him as before. 
Another.-Take one ounce laudanum, one ounce of ether, one 
ounce of tincture of assafoetida, two ounces tincture of peppermint, 
half pint of whiskey; put it all in a quart bottle, shake it well and 
drench the horse. 
Cure for Botts.-Take one and a half pints of fresh milk (just 
from the cow) and one pint of mollasses. Drench the horse and 
bleed him in the mouth; then give him one pint of linseed oil to 
remove them. 
For Distemper.-Take mustard seed ground fine, tar and rye 
chop, make pills about the size of a hen's egg. Give him six pills 
every six hours, until they physic him; then give him one table- 
spoonful of the horse powder mentioned before, once a day until 
cured. Keep him from cold water for six hours after using the 
powder. 
Lung Fever.-In the first place bleed the horse severely. Give 
him spirits of nitre, in water which should not be too cold, for it 
would chill him. Keep him well covered with blankets, and rub 
his legs and body well; blister him around the chest with mustard 
seed, and be sure to give him no cold water, unless there is spirits 
of nitre in it. 
Rheumatic Liniment.-Take Croton on, aqua ammonia, f .f .f.; 
oil of cajuput, oil of origanum, in equal parts. Rub well. It is 
good for spinal diseases and weak back. 
Cuts and Wounds of all Kinds.-One pint of alcohol, half ounce 
of gum of myrrh, half ounce aloes; wash once a day. 
305 306 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
Sprains and Swellings.-Take one and a half ounces of harts- 
horn, one ounce camphor, two ounces spirits of turpentine, four 
ounces sweet oil, eight ounces alcohol. Anoint twice a day. 
For Glanders.-Take of burnt buck's horn a tablespoonful, every 
three days for nine days. If there is no relief in that time, continue 
the powder until there is relief. 
Saddle or Collar Liniment.-One ounce of spirits of turpentine, 
half ounce of oil of spike, half ounce essence of wormwood, half 
ounce Castile soap, half ounce gum camphor, half ounce sulphuric 
ether, half pint alcohol, and wash freely. 
Liniment to Set the Stifle Joint on a Horse.-One ounce oil 
of spike, half ounce origanum, half ounce oil amber. Shake it well 
and rub the joints twice a day until cured, which will be in two 
or three days. 
Eye Water.-I have tried the following and found it an efficient 
remedy. I have tried it on my own eyes and those of others. Take 
bolus muna one ounce, white vitriol one ounce, alum half ounce, 
with one pint clear rain water; shake it well before using. If too 
strong, weaken it with rain water. 
Liniment for Windgalls, Strains and Growth of Lumps on 
Man or Horse.-One ounce of oil of spike, half ounce origanum, 
half ounce amber, aqua fortis and sal ammoniac one drachm, spirits 
of salts one drachm, oil of sassafras half ounce, hartshorn half ounce. 
Bathe once or twice a day. 
Horse Powder.-This powder will cure more diseases than any 
other medicine known; such as Distemper, Farcey, Hidebound, Colds, 
and all lingering diseases which may arise from impurity of the 
blood or lungs. Take one pound comfrey root, half pound antimony, 
half pound sulphur, three ounces saltpetre, half pound laurel berries, 
half pound juniper berries, half pound angetice seed, half pound 
rosin, three ounces alum, half pound copperas, half pound master- 
wort, half pound gunpowder. Mix all to a powder, and give, in the 
worst cases, one tablespoonful in mash feed once a day until cured. 
Keep the horse dry, and keep him from cold water six hours after 
using it. 
For Cuts or Wounds on Horse or Man.-Take fish-worms 
mashed up with old bacon oil, and tie on the wound, which is the 
surest and safest cure. 
Oil for Collars.-This oil will also cure bruises, sores, swell- 
ings, strains or galls. Take fish-worms and put them in a crock or 
other vessel twenty-four hours, till they become clean; then put them 
in a bottle and throw plenty of salt upon them near a stove, and 
they will turn to oil; rub the parts affected freely. I have cured 
knee-sprung horses with this oil frequently. 
Sore and Scummed Eyes on Horses.-Take fresh butter, rabbit's 
fat, honey and the white of three eggs, well stirred up with salt and 
black pepper, ground to a fine powder; mix it well and apply to the HORSE OWNER'S GUIDE AND FARRIER 
307 
eye with a feather. Also rub above the eye (in the hollow) with the 
salve. Wash freely with cold spring water. 
For a Bruised Eye.-Take rabbit's fat, and use as directed. 
Bathe freely with fresh spring water. I have cured many blood-shot 
eyes with this simple remedy. 
Poll-Evil or Fistula.-Take of Spanish flies one ounce, gum 
euphorbium three drachms, tartar emetic one ounce, rosin three 
ounces; mix and pulverize, and then mix with a half pound of lard. 
Anoint every three days for three weeks; grease the parts affected 
with lard every four days. Wash with soap and water before using 
the salve. In poll-evil, if open, pulverize black bottle glass; put as 
much in each ear as will lay on a dime. The above is recommended 
in outside callouses, such as spavin, ringbone, curbs, windgalls, 
etc., etc. 
For the Farcy.-Take one pint of sassafras root bark, one quart 
burdock root, spice root broken fine, one pint rattle weed root. Boil 
in one and a half gallons of water; scald bran; when cool give it 
to the horse once a day for three or four days. Then bleed him in 
the neck and give him the horse powder as directed. In extreme 
cases, I also rowel in the breast and hind legs, to extract the cor- 
ruption and remove the swelling. This is also an efficient remedy 
for blood diseases, etc., etc. 
To Make the Hair Grow on Man or Beast.-Take milk of 
sulphur half drachm, sugar of lead half drachm, rose water half 
gill; mix and bathe well twice a day for ten days. 
Cholera or Diarrhea Tincture.-One ounce of laudanum, one 
ounce of spirits of camphor, one ounce of spirits of nitre, half ounce 
essence of peppermint, twenty drops of chloroform; put all in a 
bottle, shake well, and give half teaspoonful in cold water once every 
six, twelve and twenty-four hours, according to the nature and sever- 
ity of the case. 
Cure for the Heaves.-Give thirty grains of tartar emetic every 
week until cured. 
Cure for the Founder.-Let one and a half gallons of blood from 
the neck vein, make frequent applications of hot water to his fore 
legs; after which, bathe them in wet cloths, then give one quart of 
linseed oil. The horse will be ready for service the next day. 
Fistula.-When it makes its appearance, rowel both sides of the 
shoulder; if it should break, take one ounce verdigris, one ounce 
oil rosin, one ounce copperas, pulverize and mix together. Use it as 
a salve. 
Recipes for Bone Spavin or Ring Bone--Take a tablespoonful 
of corrosive sublimate; quicksilver about the size of a bean; three 
or four drops of muriatic acid; iodine about the size of a pea, and 
lard enough to form a paste; grind the iodine and sublimate as fine 
as flour, and put altogether in a cup, mix well, then shear the hair 
all off the size you want; wash clean with soap suds, rub dry, then 
apply the medicine. Let it stay on five days; if it does not take 308 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
effect, take it off, mix it over with a little more lard, and some fresh 
medicine. When the lump comes out, wash it clean in soap suds, 
then apply a poultice of cow-dung, leave it on twelve hours, then 
apply healing medicine. 
Indication of a Horse's Disposition.-A long thin neck indicates 
a good disposition, contrariwise if it be short and thick. A broad 
forehead, high between the ears, indicates a very vicious disposition. 
Horses possessing the latter characteristic should always be very 
carefully handled, and a curb bit be used to drive them. 
THE SECRET OF SUBDUING WILD OR VICIOUS 
HORSES. 
This wonderful art, founded upon a system of philosophy, is in- 
fallible and universal in its application, and extends to all the animal 
kingdom. In regard to the horse, it consists in convincing him that 
you are his superior, and you have absolute power over him. The 
system is somewhat akin to animal magnetism in its effect, but the 
process is widely different. 
The Process of Taming a Very Wild Horse, Which Was 
Never Handled.-This consists, first by charming him by a powder, 
which is obtained by taking the button from the horse's knee; by 
which I mean the homy substance growing on the inside, or rather 
on the back part of a horse's legs, below the knee, behind and above 
it before. Dry this substance and pulverize it; put a small quantity 
into a quill and blow it into his nostrils; in a few minutes it will 
operate, and cause him to follow you, or permit you to handle his 
feet, or get upon his back. Thus, with perfect ease, may a wild and 
vicious animal become gentle and harmless. 
Process of Causing a Horse to Lay Down.-Approach him 
gently upon the left side, fasten a strap around the ankle of his 
fore foot; then raise the foot gently, so as to bring the knee against 
the breast and the foot against the belly. The leg being in this 
position, fasten the strap around his arm, which will effectually 
prevent him from putting that foot to the ground again. Then 
fasten a strap around the opposite leg, and bring it over his shoul- 
der, on the left side, so that you can catch hold of it; then push 
these gently, and when he goes to fall, pull the strap which will 
bring him on his knees. 
Now commence patting him under the belly; by continuing your 
gentle strokes on the belly, you will in a few minutes, bring him 
to his knees behind. Continue the process, and he will lie entirely 
down, and submit himself wholly to your treatment. By thus pro- 
ceeding gently, you may handle his feet and legs in any way you 
choose. 
However wild and fractious a horse may be naturally, after prac- 
ticing this process a few times, you will find him perfectly gentle HORSE OWNER'S GUIDE AND FARRIER 
309 
and submissive, and even disposed to follow you anywhere, and un- 
willing to leave you on any occasion. 
Unless the horse be wild, the first treatment will be all sufficient; 
but should he be too fractious to be approached in a manner neces- 
sary to perform the first named operation, you must contrive to get 
the powder into his nostrils, this you will find effectual, and you 
may then train your horse to harness or anything else with the ut- 
most ease. 
In breaking horses for harness, after giving the powders, put the 
harness on gently, without starting him, and pat him gently, then 
fasten the chain to a log, which he will draw for an indefinite 
length of time. When you find him sufficiently gentle, place him to 
a wagon or other vehicle. 
Note.-Be extremely careful in catching a horse, not to frighten 
him. After he is caught, and the powders given, rub him gently on 
the head, neck and legs, and on each side of the eyes, the way the 
hair lies; but be very careful not to whip, for a young horse is 
equally passionate with yourself, and this pernicious practice has 
ruined many fine and valuable horses. When you are riding a colt 
(or even an old horse) do not whip him if he scares, but draw the 
bridle, so that his eyes may rest upon the object which has affrighted 
him, and pat him upon the neck as you approach it; by this means 
you will pacify him, and render him less liable to start in future. 
Method of Learning a Horse to Pace.-Buckle a four pound 
weight around the ankles of his hind legs (lead is preferable), ride 
your horse briskly with those weights upon his ankles, at the same 
time twitching each rein alternately, by this means you will im- 
mediately throw him into a pace. After you have trained him in 
this way to some extent, change your leaded weights for something 
lighter; leather padding or something equal to it will answer the 
purpose; let him wear these light weights until he is perfectly 
trained. This process will make a smooth and easy pacer of any 
horse. 
Horsemanship.-The rider should, in the first place, let the horse 
know that he is not afraid of him. Before mounting a horse, take 
the rein into the left hand, draw it tightly, put the left foot into the 
stirrup, and raise quickly. When you are seated press your knees 
to the saddle, and let your leg, from the knee, stand out; turn your 
toe in and heel out; sit upright in your saddle, throw your weight 
forward-one-third of it in the stirrups-and hold your rein tight. 
Should your horse scare, you are braced in your saddle and he cannot 
throw you. 
Hurts in the Feet of Horses.-Horses are oftener hurt in feet 
than anywhere else, and those hurts are often received from the 
blacksmith. Every blacksmith should be a farrier, and every farrier 
a blacksmith, for these businesses should go hand in hand. Some- 
times a horse is lamed by being shod into the quick. The foot 
should always be carefully examined on the first appearance of 
lameness. Sometimes a nail with a flaw in it will cause a great 310 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
grievance, as one part will come out and the other will go into the 
foot. Blacksmiths should never use such nails except in a frost, 
when they can put them into the old holes. Sometimes they leave 
stumps or pieces of nails in the feet; and sometimes when they 
drive a nail they turn the point into the foot, and then draw it back 
and put in another, taking no further thought about it, and when 
th# horse becomes lame they say he is gravelled. 
When a horse has got lamed in the foot, be careful to cut it well 
out, and to damage the hoof as little as possible, and dress the place 
with oil of turpentine, spirits of tar, and common tar. Lay no hot 
drying drugs on, unless proud flesh arise. 
Sometimes coms on the heels cause a horse to be lame; cut them 
out, and dress the place with aquafortis. Cutting or paring the 
heel down too much is a great hurt to a horse. The heel being best 
to come at, some blacksmiths clap the paring-knife there and cut 
them down, when there is no need to do so. The heels are the 
greatest support of the horse, and by paring them too thin, both corns 
and lameness in the back sinews are produced. Before a blacksmith 
begins to shoe a valuable horse, especially a road-horse, he should 
examine how he stands and how he goes. If he go low, use heavy 
shoes; if he go high, light ones. If he turns his toes out he will 
cut with the heel, and if he turn them in, will cut with the spurn. 
If he have a thin flat foot, he should have broad shoes; if a hollow, 
dished foot, narrow ones. If the crust be thin and the vein near, 
small nails should be used. Some horses are hoof-bound-that is, 
have straight heels which pinch the vein between the hoof and the 
coffin; when so, thin the soles of the feet till the blood springs 
through, then put on screw shoes, and screw the feet out. Let the 
screw-shoes stay on a fortnight. You may screw the feet out more 
than half an inch. When the gravel comes up to the top of the foot, 
take away the sole at the bottom, and the hoof at the top, and mix 
equal parts of oil of turpentine and oil of origanum, and bathe the 
top part of the foot. This will invariably prevent a twitter from 
forming. Beauty's Secrets 
OR, 
HOW EVERY WOMAN MAY BECOME HANDSOME AT 
A TRIFLING COST. 
Aristotle, when speaking of female beauty, described it as a 
short-lived tyranny, while Theophrastus called it a silent fraud. But 
no matter what these old philosophers promulgated, beauty exercises 
a higher power than wit or wisdom. Fortunately, our American 
women possess the former to a more than average extent, and the 
latter will compare favorably with their sisters of the Old World. 
As natural charms can be enhanced, I deem it my duty to my fair 
countrywomen to add to their already natural charms a few recipes 
which (to the homely at least) will, I am sure, be not unacceptable. 
How many of my lady friends have secured faithful and loving hus- 
bands by the exercise of these little arts I will not say, but if the 
number of letters I have received is any criterion, I believe I am 
within the limits of truth when I say, several thousands. I will now 
proceed. 
To Beautify the Complexion.-Bruise one and a half ounce of 
bitter almonds, mix it with one quart of cold water in which has 
been dissolved half grain of corrosive sublimate, then strain it 
through muslin. Sponge a little over the face night and morning; 
avoid letting it come in contact with the eyes. 
How to Give Grace and Activity to the Form.-Take fat of 
the stag or deer, eight ounces; olive oil, six ounces; virgin wax, 
three ounces; musk, three grains; white brandy, half pint; rose 
water, four ounces. Melt the oil, fat and wax, and while cooling 
add the musk, brandy and rose water. A little of this, rubbed over 
the body, gives beauty and elasticity to the skin. 
Enamel for the Face to Obliterate Wrinkles.-Take whites 
of four eggs boiled in rose water, rub them down thin and mix with 
one ounce of sweet almonds and half an ounce of alum. Spread 
upon silk or muslin, cutting out eye-holes, and wear upon the face 
all night. It keeps off wrinkles, and gives firmness and plumpness 
to the muscles of the face. 
Maidens' Bloom.-The best is rouge made from fine carmine, 
delicately applied so as not to appear too strong a color; then care- 
fully apply a little of the genuine subnitrate of bismuth to whiten 
the face over it. Never apply the white or rouge too strong, as 
excessive use is vulgar, and, unless carefully used, is a horrible 
sight, and a distortion of nature's harmony. 
311 312 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
A Beautiful Bosom.-Tincture of myrrh, half ounce; pimpernal 
water, four ounces; elder-flower water, four ounces; musk, two 
grains; rectified spirits of wine, six ounces. Ruh, very softly, two 
or three teaspoonfuls upon the bosom night and morning. This 
causes the bosom to become firm and plump, and also increases its 
growth. 
For Too Large a Development of the Bosom.-Take strong 
essence of mint, one ounce; iodide of zinc, two grains; aromatic 
vinegar, two drops; essence of cedrat, fifteen drops. Paint it, with 
a small brush, over the bosom, every third day. 
Beautiful Eyes.-A drop or two of orange juice put into the eye 
occasionally, adds to its beauty. The application causes a little 
smarting, which, however, soon passes off. 
A Beautiful Mouth.-Brush the teeth every morning with a 
mixture of equal parts of willow charcoal and cream of tartar. 
Beautiful Hands.-Take half pound soft soap, one quarter pint 
olive oil, and two ounces of mutton tallow. Boil them together, until 
well mixed; after the boiling has ceased, add one quarter pint of 
best brandy and two grains of real musk. Put a little upon the 
hands before retiring, and draw over the hands a pair of old gloves. 
If the hands are rough and liable to chap, rub them over occasionally 
with the following: Lemon juice, three ounces; white wine vinegar, 
three ounces; spirits of wine, half pint. Mix in a bottle. 
How to Secure a Good Head of Hair.-Indispensable for this 
purpose is a thoroughly good hair brush, with which the hair, down 
to the scalp, must be brushed at least twice a day; and apply once 
or twice a day to the hair, and its roots, the following mixture: 
Dissolve three quarters of an ounce of salts of tartar in one pint of 
lemon juice, then add one drachm of tincture of cantharidies and 
one drachm of spirits of camphor. 
To Pevent Hair from Falling Off.-Get half pound of box- 
wood chips or shavings, and soak them for fifteen days in one pint 
of proof spirits, then strain them through muslin, and add three 
ounces spirits of rosemary, and one ounce of spirits of nutmegs. 
Rub or wash the scalp every night with a little of this mixture. 
To Prevent Hair from Turning Gray.-Melt half ounce of 
spermaceti with quarter pound of lard, and, when nearly cold, mix 
and stir in it one quarter ounce of oxide of bismuth, and any per- 
fume you like, such as oil of bergamot or citronelli, and use a little 
of this, as a pomatum, on the hair every day. 
To Make the Hair Silk-like and Glossy.-Beat up the white 
of four eggs into a froth, and rub it thoroughly into the roots of 
the hair; allow it to dry and then wash it off with a mixture com- 
posed of equal parts of bay rum and rose water. 
Many Fashionable Ladies use instead the following elegant 
wash: Take of ambergris, essence of musk and essence of berga- BEAUTY'S SECRETS 
313 
mot, of each four drachms; oil of cloves, thirty drops; half pint of 
proof spirits and one quarter pint of water. These you put into a 
large bottle, and shake daily for two weeks; after which strain 
through muslin, and it is fit for use. 
To Remove Superfluous Hair.-Take equal parts of pitch plaster 
and galbanum mixed together, and spread on a piece of thin leather; 
lay this over the hairs to be removed, and, in about four minutes, 
pull it off with a sudden jerk and it will bring the hair out by the 
roots. Sometimes a mixture of arsenic and lime is used, but it is 
dangerous. 
To Remove Yellow Spots or Patches.-Mix together one ounce 
sulphur water, quarter ounce lemon juice, and cinnamon water one 
drachm. With this mixture wash the spots twice or thrice daily. 
To Color Gray Hair Black or Brown.-Take gallic acid, twenty 
grains; acetic acid, two ounces; muriated tincture of iron, two 
ounces. Before using it wash the hair thoroughly with soap and 
water. If you desire the hair to be black, apply the dye while the 
hair is moist; if you wish the color brown, wait until the hair is dry. 
Method of Applying the Dye: Put a little on a plate, then dip 
the teeth of a fine comb into it, and draw it through the hair; when 
the hair is dry, after applying the dye, wash it as usual. 
To Remove Pimples.-Mix white wine vinegar, two ounces; liquor 
potassae, one drachm; spiritus mindererie, two drachms; sulphur 
water, one ounce; water, two ounces. Apply a little to the pimples 
twice a day. 
To Cure Black Specks or Flesh Worms.-Mix together the 
following: Liquor potassae, one ounce; eau-de-cologne, two ounces; 
proof spirits, four ounces. Wash the part thoroughly with warm 
water, and rub briskly with a coarse towel, then, two or three times 
a day, apply a little of the above named mixture. 
To Cure Freckles.-Mix one ounce of Venice soap with one 
ounce of lemon juice, then add half drachm of bitter almonds, one 
quaiter ounce of salts of tartar, and three drops of oil of rhodium. 
Place in the sunlight for three or four days. Anoint the freckles 
upon going to bed, and wash it off in the morning with rain water. 
To Remove Tan, Etc.-Mix half an ounce of lemon juice and 
ounce of brandy with half pint new milk, and boil it for three min- 
utes, then strain it through muslin, and apply a little, night and 
morning, to the tan or any brown patches on the skin. 
HAVING CIVEN MANY VALUABLE SECRETS, AS AIDS TO BEAUTY, THERE 
STILL REMAIN THREE MORE, WHICH IS ESSENTIAL AND INDISPENSABLE 
FOR SUCCESS; THEY ARE: 
Temperance, Exercise and Cleanliness. A young lady, were she 
as fair as Hebe, as charming as Venus herself, would soon destroy 
it all by too high living and late hours. Take the ordinary fare of 314 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
a fashionable woman, and you have a style of living which is suffi- 
cient to destroy the greatest beauty. It is not the quantity so much 
as the quality of the dishes that produces the mischief. Take, for 
instance only strong coffee and hot bread and butter, and you have 
a diet which is most destructive to beauty. The heated grease, long 
indulged in, is sure to derange the stomach, and, by creating or in- 
creasing bilious disorders, gradually overspreads the fair skin with 
a wan or yellow hue. After this meal comes the long fast from nine 
in the morning till five or six in the afternoon, when dinner is served, 
and the half-famished beauty sits down to sate a keen appetite with 
peppered soups, fish, roast, boiled, broiled, and fried meat; game, 
tarts, sweet-meats, ices, fruits, etc. How must the constitution suffer 
in trying to digest this melange! How does the heated complexion 
bear witness to the combusion within! Let the fashionable lady 
keep up this habit, and add the other one of late hours, and her own 
looking-glass will tell her that "we all do fade as the leaf." The General Principles Of 
Animal Training 
Dr. Kemp thus concisely and clearly states the difference between 
instinct and reason: In the former there is an irresistible impulse, 
to go through a certain series of motions, after a certain fashion, 
without knowing why they are performed or what their result will be. 
In the latter, the actions depend upon previous mental judgments; 
are performed or not, at will, and the end of them is early antic- 
ipated and defined. 
An action may be partly instinctive and partly the result of reason- 
ing; but a purely instinctive action never changes except under the 
influence of reason. A hen sits on her eggs from an instinctive im- 
pulse to do so. If chalk ones are substituted for the real eggs she 
tends them with equal care, and will not desert any sooner than she 
would the others, and yet in other matters perhaps hens have reason- 
ing powers. Without the possession of these powers we believe no 
education of animals would be possible; and we further believe that 
the capacity for learning is in exact proportion to the ability to rea- 
son. Not only does the amount of reason vary with different species, 
but with different individuals of the same species; and much of the 
trainer's success will depend on the judicious selection of his pupil. 
Professional trainers take the utmost pains in this selection, and they 
usually consider that the descendants of an educated animal have by 
inheritance a greater aptitude for learning than others. The young 
trainer must not fall into the mistaken notion that mere quickness 
in picking up a trick is the best quality in an animal; there may 
be such a thing as learning a lesson too rapidly, and what is learned 
with but slight effort is sometimes forgotten with equal readiness. 
The first essential for success in training animals is patience; at first 
many lessons may be given without the slightest apparent impression 
being made upon the mind of the pupil, and an uncommon degree of 
patience and good temper is required to bear up against such dis- 
couraging results. By and by, however, the pupil will suddenly 
appear to realize what is required of him, and will perform his task 
with surprising accuracy at the very moment his teacher is about to 
give up in despair; then each lesson is learned with greater care and 
rapidity than the preceding one, the weariness and disappointment 
of the trainer is changed to pleasure at his success, and even the 
animal appears to sympathize with his master's joy, and to take pride 
in his performance. 
As it is impossible to explain to any animal what is required of 
him, he can be taught an action only by its constant repetition, until 
315 316 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
he becomes familiar with it; when he knows what you want him to 
do, he will in almost all cases comply with your wishes promptly 
and cheerfully; for this reason, punishment seldom does any good 
unless the animal is willful, which is rare; on the contrary, they as 
a general rule interfere with the success of the lessons if the pupil 
is in constant fear of blows, as his attention will be diverted from 
the lesson; he will dread making any attempt to obey for fear of 
failure, and he will have a sneaking look which will detract ma- 
terially from the appearance of his performance. A sharp word or 
a slight tap with a small switch will as effectually show your dis- 
pleasure as the most severe blows. It is both cruel and unwise to 
inflict needless pain. All trainers make use of various tid-bits as 
rewards for successful performance of tricks; these serve as a power- 
ful incentive to the animal as well as to show him when he has done 
right; withholding the accustomed reward when he fails, or but im- 
perfectly performs his duty, is much more effective than any cor- 
poreal punishment. The repetition of the lesson until the animal 
will himself perform the required action, and the bestowal of these 
rewards whenever he obeys your order, is the main secret of training. 
To a certain extent, many animals are able to understand the mean- 
ing of words, that is, if any particular word of command be used in 
instructing an animal to a particular act, he will learn to associate 
that word with the action, and be able to distinguish between a 
variety of words, and apply each to the act associated with it without 
confusing them. 
In training animals it is important that each word of command 
should be used only in its proper place. 
WATCH DOGS 
Many kinds of dogs are used as Watch Dogs, where all that is 
required of them is a notification of nightly intruders, and the 
awakening of the household. Perhaps the species used is of com- 
paratively little consequence. When the dog is intended to act as 
a defender as well as a sentinel, strength and courage are important 
requisites with many. The Bull is a favorite for this purpose; 
though the least intelligent of his species, his unflinching and un- 
governable courage renders him a terrible opponent; so utterly with- 
out intellect is his courage, however, that no consideration of his 
foe's power deters him from attacking the most formidable thing that 
gives offense. 
Probably the best watch dog is the Mastiff; capable of great at- 
tachment to his master, he unites strength with intelligence, and 
while implacable toward intruders, to the members of his family he 
is docile and gentle. His hearing is remarkably acute, for he can 
detect the difference between a familiar and a strange footstep, how- 
ever light it may be. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
317 
ORDINARY TRICKS PERFORMED BY DOGS 
TO TEACH HIM TO LEAP 
This is a simple trick and easily taught. Take a stick, say, two 
feet long, in your left hand a piece of meat or cracker; in your 
right hand hold the stick in front of him just high enough so that 
he cannot step over it; hold the meat close to his nose, but raised a 
trifle above it; now with a sudden movement extend your hand be- 
yond the stick, crying at the same moment "hip" or any other quick 
inspiring exclamation. Eager to get the tempting morsel he will 
leap over, and the same proceeding may be repeated once or twice, 
when he should be rewarded with the bait he has been striving for; 
after a few repetitions he will, probably, leap over at a motion of 
the hand and the word of command, and should always be rewarded 
for obeying. The height of the stick may be increased gradually 
from day to day, taking care never to overtask his powers. 
When a dog leaps readily over a bar, a hoop may be held in the 
hand, and the same system pursued. 
TO WALK ERECT 
Hold a bone or other like temptation a little above the dog's nose, 
but not so high as to lead him to jump to get it; as he reaches for 
it raise it so as to induce him to rise up on his hind feet, saying as 
you do so: "Up! Up!!" When he reaches the proper stand-point 
let him remain there a moment or so, and then let him have the 
bone. Soon he will stand up on your merely holding your hand in 
the position described and saying "up! up!!" Then he may be 
taught to walk in this position by slowly moving the bone or your 
hand slightly in advance. These exertions should not be tediously 
prolonged, especially at first, for the position is an unnatural and 
very fatiguing one to the animal. After he thoroughly understands 
what is required of him you may check any attempt he may make 
to regain his natural position before you are willing by a gentle tap 
under the chin or under the fore paws. 
TO DANCE 
A dog is generally considered sufficiently accomplished in this 
graceful and agreeable art when he has learned to hop around on 
his hind legs and to keep turhing completely around at short in- 
tervals. There are several modes of arriving at this result, the most 
simple of which is, probably, to take a long switch after the dog has 
learned to stand erect, and to this switch attach a piece of meat; 
with this you can trace out in the air, in tempting proximity to his 
nose, the figures you wish him to take, and you may depend upon 
his instinct leading him to follow the motions of the switch. This 
may seem rather an absurd plan for initiating your pupil into the 
mysteries of the ball room, but it is nevertheless one of the most HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
318 
effective that can be divined. The dog should be rewarded with the 
meat after he has fairly earned it. After a few lessons the switch 
may be used without any bait attached. 
TO SKIP A ROPE 
After the dog has learned to leap at your command, a light rope 
may be substituted for the pole; one end of the rope being attached 
to some stationary object while the other end is held in the hand. 
Exercise the dog a few times at leaping the rope while it is without 
motion and near the ground, using the command, "hip!" or whatever 
one he has been trained to leap with each time ;♦ then give the rope 
a slight motion and at the proper moment give the dog the usual 
command and he will obey it. By increas'ng the motions very grad- 
ually, he will after many lessons be able to skip a rope very credit- 
ably. He may be taught either to jump while standing on his full 
complement of legs, or in a perpendicular fashion. 
TO BEG 
After the dog has learned to stand erect, he may easily be taught 
to beg. All that is requisite is to press him down to the desired 
position. If he attempts to leave it, a gentle tap on the head with 
the switch will be sufficient to control him. He may, if preferred, 
be taught to beg without standing erect; in this case, he may be 
made to sit down, and then pressing his haunches down to prevent 
his rising to his feet, tap him under the chin till he takes the right 
position. Repetition is of course necessary until he learns what is 
desired, and each time you place him in position, it is well to say 
"beg!" two or three times, so he may associate the word with the 
act. Dogs, like many of the human race, after they have got the 
hang of it will beg persistently for the sake of an occasional trifling 
reward. 
TO GIVE HIS PAW 
There is scarcely a boy's pet dog who has not acquired this very 
simple trick, though his master could not recollect how he was 
taught; perhaps it was the dog's sociable feeling that led him to 
perform the kindly ceremony of shaking hands, or perhaps it was 
due to the instinctive good breeding which is sometimes accredited 
to some people, and why not to dogs; whether politeness is a grace 
which adorns the canine character, however, is a question we hardly 
feel prepared to discuss, and it is much more probable that Master 
Harry, with no special thought in regard to the matter, hit upon the 
secret which underlies all animal training, compelling obedience to 
a command until it is obeyed without compulsion. What is more 
natural for our friend Harry when he first gave the momentous 
command of "paw," and Carlo, utterly in the dark as to its significa- 
tion, taking no notice of it-than to grip Carlo's fore limb and give 
it a shake; nothing in the world is more natural. This is repeated PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
319 
at odd times until Carlo learns to give his paw when Harry says 
"paw," or holds out his paw. 
TO SNEEZE 
To learn a dog to perform this comical trick you must provide 
yourself with a feather and tickle his nose until he sneezes; at the 
same time using the word "sneeze." It requires but a few lessons 
when the dog will sneeze very creditably at the word of command. 
TO SPEAK FOR IT 
This may be taught either in connection with the preceding trick 
as a portion of it or by itself; if the former, it is better to let the 
dog thoroughly master the first part, begging, before it is attempted 
to teach him to speak for it. Take a piece of some article of food 
which he is fond of, and allowing him to see it, command him to 
speak for it; of course he will not understand what you mean, and 
will, probably, only gaze wistfully at it; by-and-by he will grow 
impatient and give vent to a sharp bark; the moment he has done 
this give him the article; although he has not understood you he 
has done what you desired, and by rewarding him he learns that this 
is the case; practice a little at some of his old tricks with another 
reward at hand to encourage him. Should he try the experiment of 
barking while thus engaged no notice should be taken of it, for it is 
not desired that be should bark except he be told to, and his doing 
so in other cases should never be rewarded. When you wish it 
repeat the command of speak for it, and when he obeys reward him 
for it; if at first he does not show an inclination to bark he may 
be stimulated to do so by your giving a bow-wow in as doggish a 
manner as you are able; this encroachment on his language will 
generally have the desired effect, for few dogs can resist replying to 
this act which they no doubt deem an impertinent meddling with 
their mother tongue. 
TO FETCH AND CARRY 
To make a dog carry articles from one person to another it is 
only necessary for two persons to take their position at some dis- 
tance from one another; one to give the dog some article, saying 
"go, sir;" at the time as the first says this let the other person call 
or whistle to the dog. Now let this one give the dog something, and 
the other call him, and so on back and forth until he will go from 
one to the other at the command "go, sir." The distance between 
the parties may be increased from time to time, and the trick varied 
by one of the parties hiding. 
TO BRING HIS TAIL IN HIS MOUTH 
The dog having been taught to fetch and carry, an amusing ap- 
plication of this knowledge can be made by having him bring his tail 
in his mouth. This trick is exceedingly funny, and is always hailed 320 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
with roars of laughter. The feat is rather difficult, for while his tail 
is in his mouth the dog can only advance in something like crab 
fashion or sideways, with an almost irresistible tendency to go 
around in a circle without getting ahead any. To attain success in 
teaching this trick the dog must be gifted with a good deal of tail, 
and the trainer with a good deal of patience. When the dog takes 
hold of his tail praise him, and after he has held it a little while bid 
him let go and reward him; should he relinquish his hold before 
you order him, speak sharply to him and commence again; when 
he has learned to retain hold of his tail until ordered to relinquish 
it, the more difficult part of his lesson may be taught, the bringing 
of it to the trainer, who at first takes his place a few feet from the 
dog in the direction in which the dog can most easily advance and 
calls; should he let go his tail to come he is to be scolded and the 
tail replaced in his mouth; when he comes without letting go he 
should be rewarded. When the tail is placed in his mouth it is 
well to say, "bring me your tail!" to accustom him to the order; by- 
and-by when you give him the order merely hold his tail for him to 
grasp, and at last let him seize it without any assistance from you. 
TO WALK ON STILTS 
The stilts used in this trick are about 12 or 15 inches in length, 
made to fasten to the legs just below the knee joints with tape or 
thin flexible leather straps. When four are used there is no particu- 
lar training required to make the dog walk upon them, it being only 
necessary to put him on his pins again whenever he upsets; the 
tumble is sufficient punishment for his failures. Walking man 
fashion on only two stilts is a much more difficult task, though it 
has been accomplished in some cases. The dog should first be thor- 
oughly taught the walking erect trick, then stilts may be put on his 
hind legs; a cord attached to his collar and held in the trainer's 
hand will aid in maintaining the dog's balance until he becomes 
accustomed to his novel position; of course, the dog cannot raise 
himself upon the stilts, but must be placed erect by the trainer. The 
further training is similar to that described for teaching him to walk 
erect. 
TO WALK ON HIS FORE LEGS 
To teach this trick provide yourself with a switch twenty inches in 
length, moderately stout; this switch held in your right hand you 
place under the dog's belly, and while you raise up his hind-quarters 
with it you place your left hand on his head to keep him from mov- 
ing away and to make him retain his reversed position. As the dog 
rises into position the switch should be gradually carried along until 
it supports his hind feet. This is the process for the first few lessons 
until the dog understands what is required; after that it is better 
merely to tap his ankles from in front with your switch, giving at 
the same time whatever order you have been accustomed to in teach- 
ing the trick. He should eventually take the position without any PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
321 
hint or help from the switch. When the preceding trick is thor- 
oughly mastered the walking part may be easily added, taking your 
position a little in front of your pupil; when he is in his up-side- 
down position, you encourage him to come to you, at the same time 
you must keep your switch in handy proximity to his toes, which 
you tap lightly on any signs of his relinquishing his position; by- 
and-by he may be made to walk quite a distance. 
TO SING 
When a dog howls in time, we think it fair to call his performance 
singing. Dogs may be taught to do this; at least, they have been, 
and it is reasonable to presume it may be done again. My prin- 
ciple of training is to keep the dog without food until his appetite 
is quite sharp. When food is shown him, he naturally whined for it. 
Now a dog may be made to whine, howl or bark. If you make any 
of these noises yourself, almost any dog will imitate you, and not 
only that, but the pitch and style of noise he makes will be somewhat 
regulated by that made by you. The hungry dog is in prime mental 
condition for this exercise, and if rewarded when he hits pretty near 
upon the right degree of noise, he will learn to follow your tones 
quite accurately; if exercised in a regular scale, or in a simple tune, 
he will by and by go through it without requiring your prompting 
with sufficient accuracy to be recognized, if the hearers know before- 
hand what melody to expect. 
THE LUMP OF SUGAR TRICK 
This consists in placing a lump of sugar on the dog's nose and 
having him toss it up and catch it in his mouth. It is not essential 
that sugar should be used; any other dainty will do as well; indeed 
a piece of meat will answer better in teaching the trick. In teach- 
ing, hold your switch under the dog's chin and tap him whenever 
he tries to lower his head to let the meat drop. If he does not 
presently jerk up his head and so throw the morsel into the air, you 
should strike him under the chin a pretty smart rap to make him do 
so. When it leaves his nose there will be no instruction required 
to make him seize it promptly before it reaches the ground. Should 
it, however, touch the ground it is well to take it away from him 
and make him toss it again. 
TO FEIGN DEATH 
A dog may be placed on his back or in almost any other position, 
and by speaking sharply to him and threatening him with your fore- 
finger you can prevent his changing his position. In this manner 
the trick of feigning death is taught. If a special word of command 
be used when placing him he will learn to take the position on hear- 
ing that command. 322 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
EDUCATION OF CATS 
Cats do not appear to be favorite subjects of the trainer's art, and 
it is rare that they are met with among performing animals; per- 
haps their sly, treacherous nature inspires a prejudice, or perhaps 
their capacity for learning is underrated. Certainly, with proper and 
patient training, they may be taught nearly all the simpler tricks 
performed by dogs, and some which dogs cannot do from lack of 
equal agility. Cats may easily be taught to jump through hoops, 
climb poles, fetch and carry, and many similar performances by 
adopting pretty nearly the same means as for instructing dogs. As 
cats are passionately fond of fish, this article will be found a valu- 
able incentive to induce them to comply with your wishes; a small 
morsel should be given as a reward for each instance of obedience, 
while refractory conduct may be punished by a slight box on the ear. 
Cats may be taught to turn the handles of little organs, either real 
or mere silent imitations, or music boxes, to turn a little spinning 
wheel, to pull a bell rope, to fire a pistol, and multitude of similar 
tricks; these are all, indeed, but modifications of one another. To 
instruct the cat it is well to commence by teaching her to give her 
paw like a dog; when this is learned place the paw on the handle of 
the organ, which may have a loop of tape or ribbon attached to keep 
the paw in place, and give it a few turns; let go, but continue the 
circular movement of your hand near her paw, as an encouragement 
for her to move her paw in the same manner; should she not do so 
after a few movements, take hold of her paw again and repeat the 
movement as before; as soon as she turns the handle, even in the 
slightest degree, without you holding her paw, reward her, and it 
will not be long before she will make a more perceptible turn, and 
will be more prompt to do so eventually; she need only to be shown 
the organ to understand what is desired of her. When she turns the 
organ satisfactory other articles may be substituted, such as a minia- 
ture model of a spinning wheel, and a single lesson will be sufficient 
to show her that her duties are the same as with the organ. 
TO RING A BELL 
A pulling instead of circular movement is required, but this is 
easier to teach; a bit of cloth may be attached to the string com- 
municating with the bell to afford the cat something convenient to 
seize hold of; it will be easy to induce her to seize it by holding it 
near her or by aggravating her a little with it; when she does so and 
causes the bell to ring, reward her and she will soon learn that the 
ringing of the bell is a signal for her to be fed, and that pulling the 
string causes the signal. Should you wish her to ring the bell only 
when ordered to do so you should call her away after she fully 
understands pulling the string, and then order her to ring the bell; 
if necessary, take hold of the string to show her your meaning, and PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
323 
when she has pulled it reward her; call her away again, repeat the 
order, and so on until she understands your command. Should she 
ring them without orders call her away and wait a few minutes be- 
fore you again order her to ring. 
FIRING A PISTOL 
may follow this, taught in the same way; a piece of cloth being 
attached to the trigger, and the pistol secured in a stationary posi- 
tion, merely snapping the trigger will do at first, then caps may be 
used, and finally powder. 
TO MAKE A CAT A GOOD RATTER 
She must not be handled by children or any other person. Must 
be fed rather sparingly at regular times, and as much as possible 
on fresh meat, and usually by the same person. She will soon be- 
come accustomed to such circumstances; will answer the call of the 
person who can change her about to different parts of the house, as 
a night in the cellar, and so on; when treated this way, she will 
become shy and wild, but will soon be a terror to rats. 
TRAINING GOATS 
Goats may be taught many tricks heretofore described. 
It is best to commence their instructions when they are 
quite young, as when older they are apt to develop an 
obstinate disposition; besides not being so apt pupils as 
when young. Goats not being so fastidious as to what they eat, 
asparagus or brown paper being devoured with about the same 
apparent relish; almost anything in the shape of fruit, vegetables 
or bread will do as a reward for good conduct. Harshness seems 
only to arouse their obstinacy, or increase their stupidity, and we 
doubt whether it ever does any good; if we did not really believe 
severity would only defeat the aims of the trainer, we should 
almost be tempted to leave goats to take their own chances for 
kind treatment; for ever since Christine Minnie butted me off 
the stage, head first into the audience, I have felt an unconquerable 
prejudice against the whole tribe. But after all, the trainer will 
find bribes better than blows. Many tricks taught horses and dogs 
can be taught goats. As we have fully described the methods of 
teaching those animals, it would be merely repetition to give minute 
details here. The method is substantially the same with goats as 
with horses and dogs; for the same tricks the Hindoo jugglers use 
the goat in dexterous feats of balancing. The sure footedness of 
the animal enables him to stand on the end of a section of bamboo 
cane whose surface barely affords room for his four feet. Sometimes 324 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
the stick is placed upright, the lower end being secured in the 
ground; at other times the bamboo stick with the goat standing on 
its end is balanced on the hand, chin or nose of the juggler. 
EDUCATED FLEAS 
The intelligence of Fleas is not of a very high order, and their 
education is really limited; the seeming marvels they perform being 
mainly clever management on the part of the exhibitor. Whm 
first received they are secured with a halter of the finest imaginable 
silk to prevent escape, and the first thing taught is not to jump; for 
this purpose, the end of the halter is secured to a pin in the table, 
and each jump naturally results in the prisoner being upset with 
a sudden jerk, no doubt a rather unpleasant sensation about the 
neck. Sometimes a sharp pressure upon certain muscles is resorted 
to for checking this jumping propensity; being well fed and well 
treated when it behaves itself, even a flea will become tame; 
punishment too for rebellious conduct is also practiced. As fleas 
are not well adapted for being flogged a new device is resorted to, 
such as a piece of burning charcoal or a heated wire is held over 
them until they are subdued. The usual performance consists in 
little coaches being drawn about by fleas harnessed up while others 
of the troupe personate riders, coachmen and footmen; then there 
is the ballroom scene where fleas waltz around to the imaginary 
music of an orchestra of fleas furnished with minute imitations of 
various instruments. There are also a variety of other tricks, but 
all pretty much the same in principle. The main secret in these 
performances is a piece of very thin wire, some ten or so inches 
in length, which the exhibitor holds in his hand during the enter- 
tainment; the end of this wire is greased with butter, which appears 
to possess a strong influence upon the flea, for they will eagerly 
follow the wire in whatever direction it is moved. The audience 
ignorant of this fact attach no importance to the exhibitor directing 
with it the movement of his performers, and may even consider 
their following it a proof of superior training; by this means the 
fleas may easily be made to go through the desired movements. 
When the fleas occupy a stationary position a trick is resorted to 
which, if on a large scale, would be clumsy, but in this instance 
defies the sharpest eyes to detect; the insects are fastened in their 
positions, aided by the costumes with which they are encumbered; 
this is not difficult to accomplish. Natural movements are also made 
to pass for seemingly wonderful effects; thus the performance of 
the musicians is nothing but the customary wriggling of the fleas. 
Any insect in a confined position will seize hold of a light article, 
whether it be shaped like a fiddle or not, and twirl it about. With 
the fleas it is impossible for the spectator to distinguish exactly 
what the motion is, it is so rapid and everything is so small, and 
imagination makes up for a good many deficiencies. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
325 
EDUCATED HOGS, AND THEIR TRAINING 
Hogs are not very intellectual animals, but fortunately 
for the trainer, what they lack in intelligence is made up 
in appetite, and by appealing to their stomachs their 
education is accomplished. When the animal is young it 
is first taught to come to the trainer when called; this is readily 
done by rewarding him when he obeys and thrashing him when he 
fails to do so; he is then taught to pick up articles in pretty much 
the same manner as in teaching dogs which we have already fully 
described. During the lessons the pig is rewarded with corn for 
obeying, and he is also fed immediately after his lesson; being kept 
a trifle hungry at other times, at first an ear of corn may be used in 
teaching him to pick up articles; he will naturally pick it up when 
placed on the ground; instead of letting him keep it, however, call 
him to you, and on taking it away recompense him with some kernels 
of the com; he will soon learn that it pays better to bring you the ear 
over and over again than to keep it himself. After he has learned 
this thoroughly the trainer commences with whatever he wishes to 
teach him; for instance, he wants to teach him the alphabet, he puts 
down the letter A, tells the pig to pick up A, and he will naturally 
pick up the card because it is the only thing he sees to pick up; 
reward him, for he has obeyed your order. Then put down B 
about six inches from A, tell him to pick it up, and if he does so 
reward him; but if he picks up A thrash him severely, and he 
will soon learn to associate the word with the cards. The trainer 
continues this mode of training until the pig has learned the entire 
alphabet, when he can commence on figures, always bearing in mind 
that an animal can only be taught by constantly repeating the trick 
until he fully understands you. 
Pigs are very fond of having their backs scratched, and this 
often attaches them to their instructor, makes them more docile, 
and consequently more easily instructed. We have known an exhibi- 
tion advertise a Hog who would go through the multiplication table, 
but this proved a catch, a hoop being covered with paper on which 
the multiplication table was printed and the hog was made to jump 
through it. The humor of the sell saved the exhibition from the 
indignation this deception might otherwise have aroused. 
TRAINING WILD ANIMALS IN GENERAL 
Small animals, such as squirrels, etc., may 
be trained without difficulty; even if captured 
when arrived at a considerable age. Gentle 
treatment, the avoidance of any teasing or ag- 
gravating, and a general increase of the 
trainer's familiarity with the captive, will be 
all that is required in most cases. When 
tamed the animal may be taught tricks of 
various kinds, in the same manner that we have elsewhere described 
for teaching the same performances to other animals. HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
326 
A squirrel if captured when moderately young can be tamed in 
a couple of days by merely carrying him in your pocket. The 
warmth of your pocket will be pleasant to him, and by giving him 
a nut occasionally, you will convince him that you mean well toward 
him, and so gain his confidence. At first, care must be taken to 
prevent his escape; but by and by, he may be allowed to come out 
and go at his pleasure, and he will run about your lap with the 
greatest familiarity. With flying squirrels this method of training 
is particularly successful. Squirrels and many of the small wild 
animals can be made tame by any boy who is willing to devote 
sufficient time and patience to the object. In some cases it is not 
necessary to capture the animal; we have known instances of ani- 
mals, particularly squirrels, being made so tame that they would of 
their own accord come to the tamer on hearing his voice. There 
was no great mystery in their docility; food had been at first placed 
in places frequented by them, the person so placing it retiring to a 
distance; by and by, the animal would come and eat the food, 
perhaps glancing suspiciously at the distant figure, but if the person 
made no motion to startle him, he would continue his meal. This 
placing of food would require long continuance, the person each 
time remaining a little nearer than before, until in time the animal 
would have no fear, even in his immediate vicinity. Then bits of 
food may be gently dropped down for him, and if the tamer stands 
quite quietly they will probably be picked up; then the tamer may 
step backward and again drop a morsel; the animal will advance 
to eat it, and at last he may even become so familiar as to eat from 
the hand. A squirrel who has been so far tamed, may then easily 
be taught to climb over the tamer's person, by enticing him forward 
with some dainty. We have seen a squirrel induced to go through 
quite a variety of little performances; standing erect, leaping, 
climbing, whatever desired, lured on by a kernel of corn at the end 
of a piece of string. 
BEARS 
Of the larger animals, Bears have always been 
the favorite subjects with trainers. Considerable 
difficulty and danger is encountered in securing 
the cubs, owing to the ferocity and courage with 
which the mother Bear defends her young and in 
most cases the old bear is killed before the cap- 
ture ot the young ones can be accomplished. During the infancy of 
the cubs the old bear ungallantly deserts the partner of his bosom 
and takes up his quarters at a distance to avoid annoyance by the 
cries of his progeny, so the hunter often escapes trouble with the 
head of the family. 
Bears are born blind like puppies, and remain so for about eight 
days; with care they can be raised, even if taken when only four 
or five days old. The black bear attains its full size when eight 
or nine years old. The performances of bears consist almost entirely 
of natural actions, such as walking erect, climbing, leaping, and PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
327 
the like; these are arranged to form a variety of feats. That of 
a bear riding around the ring in a gig drawn by a pony is very 
simple, the bear being only required to sit erect and hold the 
reins in his paws; carrying articles when acting as waiter is natural; 
standing on their heads, and turning somersaults are probably feats 
not commonly indulged in a state of freedom; they are taught by 
rapping the hind legs until the animals take the desired position, or 
make the turnover. The most pretentious bear show within our 
knowledge was that of old Grizzly Adams, a hunter who managed 
to collect quite a number and variety of bears which were exhibited 
some years ago; laughing, crying, singing, and other bears were 
advertized as belonging to this collection, but the laughing, crying 
and singing were the mere natural voices of the bears, and all so 
nearly alike that only a vivid imagination enables the hearer to 
distinguish between the laughing, crying and singing. Some gaudy 
costumes tickled with their ridiculousness the fancy of the audience, 
and the exhibition ga-ve very fair satisfaction. 
Little bears are intensely amusing, and they display a great 
fondness for romping and playing; we have known of hunters bring- 
ing cubs home and adopting them as it were into their families, the 
bears becoming exceedingly familiar, sleeping with the children and 
eating from their bowls of bread and milk, climbing into the 
hunter's lap and looking into his face, and in fact, making them- 
selves perfectly at home; as they grow old, however, they are 
liable to become enraged at teasing or other provocation and to be 
dangerous. Bears sometime acquire a fondness for liquor, and this 
article is in some cases used by trainers as an inducement or reward 
for performing; cake, candy and like treats are also powerful incen- 
tives with bears. 
PERFORMING BIRDS 
THEIR TRICKS AND THEIR TRAINING 
Birds may be taught a number of amusing feats, although some 
we shall explain require so much time, labor and skill as to render 
them rather more difficult than most amateurs will care to under- 
take, but there are many which any suitable bird may be taught with 
reasonable pains. A person with a faculty for invention can arrange 
various mechanical contrivances in the cages of birds, more or less 
elaborate, according to skill or fancy of the inventor. A very neat 
arrangement consists of an incline plane outside the cage upon which 
a little wagon may run, or a little tray slide containing bird seed; 
to this vessel attach one end of a string, the other end leading up 
the plane and being secured inside the cage, so arranged that when 
the string is pulled the vessel is drawn up to an opening in the 
cage sufficiently large for the bird to secure the seed, but not large 
enough to permit its escape. To teach the bird to draw this 
vessel up it must be kept without food until it becomes quite hungry, 
when it will peck at anything in its cage. The string should be 328 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
so arranged that it can seize it without trouble, and the apparatus 
should work smoothly and require little strength; the seed vessel 
should be in sight of the bird so that it may be tempted by the 
seed. At first it will peck at the string as he would at anything 
else, and will naturally pull it without any idea of the result; 
when it sees the result almost any bird will persevere until it 
brings its commissary department within its reach, and instinct 
will teach it to retain it in place and prevent it from sliding back 
by placing its foot on the string while it eats. 
We have known the following arrangement to be used for 
Bullfinches which might be applied to other birds; the apparatus 
for drawing up its food and water consisted of a band of soft 
leather one-sixth of an inch in breadth, in which were pierced four 
holes through which the feet and wings of the bird were put and 
the ends united to a ring on the belly; to this ring was attached 
a small chain fastened at the other end to the seed and water vessel; 
when the bird is hungry, he pulls the chain up a little way with 
his beak and puts his foot on it to retain the length already 
gained; then pulls again, and so continues. Sometimes the two 
vessels are attached to the pulley in such a manner that when one 
descends the other rises, so that the bird has to pull up each one 
as he wants it. 
Canaries may be taught to come and go at command. To accom- 
plish this, the cage should be provided with doors which open only 
inward, and which close of themselves. When the male and female 
have been paired, the former is let fly in some garden where there 
are trees. The cage is then hung outside the window, that his 
mate may lure him back. This is repeated five or six days, always 
letting the male go again without touching him, so he may not 
be terrified. After a time, the female too may be set at liberty; 
the door of the cage being left permanently open that they may 
go and return at will. 
It is said that crushed hemp seed fed to Linnets takes away 
their love of liberty, and that it may be used advantageously when 
it is desired to teach them to come in through the open window 
without danger of flying away. It is advised that they should 
be confined in a large cage placed in a window looking into a 
garden for a considerable time before they are allowed to go out. 
Robins are often permitted to go away during the summer, and 
instances are often reported of their returning to take up winter 
quarters in the warm dwelling house. Birds learn to perform many 
surprising tricks; they are even taught to perform little dramatic 
scenes together, representing, for instance, the trial, condemnation 
and execution of a spy, in which the characters are all maintained 
by birds and the action of the scene very cleverly represented. 
There is, however, a little trickery in this; the birds although ap- 
parently acting without human agency, are in reality constantly 
under the directions of their trainer, who is usually concealed 
from the audience. Each bird is carefully instructed in his partic- PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
329 
ular command. While performing the trainer carefully works the 
performers, keeps them up to their duties, and thus makes every- 
thing pass off smoothly in its regular order. This method of 
training is merely an elaboration of what we have already given. 
The Birds are first made perfectly tame, and then gradually encour- 
aged to perform such little tricks as jumping over the trainer's 
finger, seizing articles presented to them with their beak or claw, 
and other trifles; by-and-by the bird will wheel a little paste-board 
wheel-barrow with the aid of a string attached to the handles, 
which he takes in his beak. Another bird is taught to take things 
in his claw by first having articles of food presented to him which 
he is only allowed to have when he takes them in that manner, 
then some other article is offered him, and when he takes that 
in like manner he is rewarded. When he will take an article at 
the command of the trainer all that is required for his performance 
is that the article desired should be offered him; thus the b.rd 
will take a miniature basket, gut, or any other article with equal 
readiness; a small lighted candle may even be used if managed care- 
fully. When a bird has learned to pull a string, or seize with his 
beak what is presented to his notice this accomplishment may be 
applied to many tricks apparently very different; he may be made 
to fire a pistol by pulling a string attached to the trigger, to draw 
a little bucket from a diminutive well, to ring bells, and an almost 
unlimited number of like actions. Walking a tightrope or wire and 
carrying a little flag is readily accomplished after the foregoing 
training; the bird is either lifted or guided upon the rope and 
the flag then given him. Many tricks consist in the bird merely 
retaining a position given him, as in a little swing, cradle, or at 
a little table. A very tame bird may be placed in an upright ring, 
around the margin of which are candles or jets of fire. If it is 
desired to teach a Canary to whistle it should be removed from 
its companion when about two weeks old, at which time it will 
be able to feed and also begin to twitter; the pupil is put in a 
small cage which should be at first covered with a linen cloth, and 
afterward with something thick; a short air should be either whistled 
or played on a flute or bird organ within its hearing five or six times 
a day, especially in the morning and evening, and repeated on each 
occasion half a dozen times. In from two to six months, according 
to the memory and docility of the bird, it will have acquired its 
lessons perfectly. Unless this training is commenced when the 
bird is very young it is likely to mar its performances by inter- 
mixing parts it has learned from the parent bird. 
Ducks are not commonly among song birds, but a French paper 
gravely relates that an old trumpeter living in the department of 
the Meuse, knowing that it was possible to teach speech and music 
to Parrots, Starlings, Blackbirds, Magpies and others of the feathered 
tribe, operated lately on a Duck in his court; he obtained his pupil 
when a duckling, adopting it, and set about its education in a 
secluded comer; he would sing to it an air a hundred times 
over till the intelligent biped had grasped the melody; soon the 330 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
interesting creature commenced to quack little tunes, and at the 
end of six months could correctly repeat a considerable portion 
of the Femme a Barbe. The owner of the feathered songster is 
going to exhibit his bird at the Paris Exposition. 
HORSE TAMING AND HORSE TRAINING 
Some few persons imagine that to possess a proper mastery over 
their horses, they must maintain their authority by brute force; 
this is a great mistake, more work within the limit of safety can 
be got out of a horse by kindness than by cruelty, and so far as 
managing a horse is concerned, the chief point is to teach him 
confidence in you; if he believes you to be his friend he will not 
only strive to please you, but will have less fear of strange objects 
which otherwise might startle him and render him refractory. 
The Rareys, there are two or three of them, taught the world a 
most important lesson when they taught, it the power of kindness 
and self-conrtol in the management of Horses, Donkeys, Zebras, and 
other animals. 
How often do we see inconsiderate parents fly into a passion, and 
without reason or religion, thrash the object of their displeasure; 
so of brutal, heartless drivers, when the blinded horses chance to 
misstep, get off the track, stumble, or in the wrong place, by their 
actions it would appear that they expected a horse to reason quite 
as well as themselves. Employers may not look for the same talent 
in their apprentices as in their foreman; teachers may expect 
every little urchin to be self-regulating and to mind his books, 
but this it is his duty to teach him to do, and he should be all 
patience, all kindness, affection and perseverence if he would pro- 
duce the best results; the same spirit is required to subdue and 
manage a horse; if you say you are not equal to the task, if 
you say your child, your horse, or your ox knows more than you 
and is your master, then you are not the one to manage him and 
should resign in favor of one who is superior to child, horse or 
ox. A weak man in intellect may indeed be outwitted by a sagacious 
child or horse; sometimes however it is necessary to conquer a 
bad tempered horse, and if possible to secure a radical conversion 
or change of character which shall be lasting; no timorous man need 
undertake this task, he will only make matters worse. A horse 
tamer should be calm, cool, brave and fearless, the horse will know 
it, he should be quiet, for then the horse will be put off his guard, 
he should be firm and give the brute no advantage but crowd him 
up to do something, and that invariably what the tamer wants 
him to do; thus any ordinary horse will soon give up and own 
man his master. The kindest treatment and even petting must 
always follow yielding, and if possible to help it, the horse should 
never be frightened by any treatment, and above all things, he 
should never be angered by petty torture, his own contrariness PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
331 
should appear to him to be the cause of all his trouble and man 
his best friend. 
HOW TO INSTANTLY STOP RUNAWAY HORSES 
When a Canadian family party traveling in winter over ice covered 
rivers and swamps is so unlucky as to cross a place where the 
horse sinks, they save him from drowning and themselves from 
sharing the same fate by pulling a rope so arranged that it chokes 
him; the water is thus prevented from entering his gullet or wind- 
pipe, he floats on the surface, and it only requires a long and firm 
pull to bring him to solid ground, when the rope being relaxed 
he quickly recovers his wind and is ready once more to start on 
his journey. Perhaps, profiting by this example, a similar means 
has been adopted with success for stopping runaway horses, and sub- 
duing infuriated horses whether in riding or driving; it consists 
of a rein composed partly of thread-covered cat gut, and partly 
of common leather, one end of which is attached to the bridle at 
the top of the horse's head while the other rests on the pummel 
of the saddle or on the dashboard, as the case may be; running up 
the cat gut by means of loops is a short cross-piece of cat gut which 
rests against the windpipe of the animal, ready to be pulled up 
against it by taking hold of the nearer end of the rein; a quick and 
firm pull to stop the breathing of the animal is all that is necessary 
to bring him to an instantaneous pause; he may be in a state of 
panic running off with the bit between his teeth in spite of any 
ordinary means of checking him, but no sooner does he feel the 
stricture on his breathing than he is conscious of being outwitted 
and nonplussed, and becomes instantly as quiet as a lamb; at the 
same time he keeps quite firm on his legs, the check not by any 
means being calculated to bring him down, on the contrary, from 
the position in which it places the horse, the shoulders being brought 
up and being pressed back upon his haunches, the check is indeed 
calculated to keep him up. 
TRICKS OF PERFORMING HORSES, AND HOW 
THEY ARE TAUGHT 
Horses may be taught many amusing tricks, some of 
which are really wonderful. For teaching horses 
tricks, the implement known as the Rarey straps are 
requisite to teach the animal to lie down. The pie- 
bald or spotted horses are supposed by trainers to 
be more tractable as well as to possess more talent than others. 
TO TEACH A HORSE TO KISS 
Give a horse a few pieces of apple from your hand, then place 
a piece between your teeth letting it project so that the horse can 
readily seize it. When he has become used to taking the apple in 332 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
this way, say "kiss!" or, "kiss me!" to him each time before putting 
the apple in your mouth, and he will by-and-by put his mouth to 
your lips at this command. In every case he should be rewarded by 
a piece of apple; for to him, kiss me means apple; and if he is de- 
ceived in getting it he will not so readily obey. 
TO MAKE A HORSE TO FETCH AND CARRY 
For this purpose a small basket or some light article which he can 
readily seize with his mouth should be used. Place the handle in his 
mouth and shut his mouth upon it. Should he drop it when you 
remove your hand, speak sharply to him and replace it in his mouth. 
When he retains it you are to let it remain a few moments, then 
remove it. Pat him, speak encouragingly to him, and reward him; 
in a short time offer it to him again, saying "take it!" and he will 
probably do so; if not, place it in his mouth and repeat the course 
already described. When he has learned to take the basket on its 
being offered, let him follow you around with it in his mouth; then 
let some one else give it to him while you stand at a distance; now 
call him towards you and reward him for bring'ng it to you; he will 
thus learn in a short time to bring you any article given him; after 
this place the basket on the ground; call his attention to it; order 
him to pick it up, and he will probably obey; if not place it in his 
mouth and repeat the instruction, until he will pick it up from the 
ground; then a handkerchief or other article may be substituted for 
the basket, which articles he will soon understand are to be picked 
up, also; he will soon learn to pick any tiring you may drop in his 
presence, or to seize hold of any article that may be offered him; 
and this later may be applied to many tricks heretofore described. 
TO FIRE OFF A PISTOL 
In performing this trick, the pistol (unloaded) should be firmly 
secured to a post or some other convenient support as high as the 
horse can conveniently reach. To th^ trigger attach a small wisp of 
hay by a string so arranged that by pulling at the hay, the pistol 
will go off; lead the horse up to this that the savory morsel may 
attract his attention; he will probably pull at the hay and in his 
efforts to get it will pull the trigger. Let him eat the hay and re- 
peat the operation several times, patting and speaking kindly to him 
each time; now attach a piece of rag to the trigger instead of the 
hay; show it to him and induce him to take hold of it. Every time 
he pulls it and makes the hammer click, reward him with a piece of 
apple. When he has become used to pulling the rag when it is 
shown him, the pistol may be capped; the explosion of the cap may 
startle him somewhat at first, but gentle treatment and a little en- 
couragement will soon vanish his fears, especially if the noise of the 
explosion be only slight, which would be desirable. When he will 
snap caps without hesitation, a small charge of powder may be tried; 
a heavy charge only makes a nuisance of the trick, and should only PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
333 
be used when displaying before an audience; even then the desirable- 
ness of such a proceeding is very questionable. 
TO MAKE A HORSE FOLLOW YOU 
The directions make simple what have hitherto been among the 
mysteries of the circus. Turn the horse into a large stable or shed 
where there is no chance to get out with a halter or bridle on; go 
to him and gentle him a little; take hold of his halter and turn him 
toward you at the same time touching him lightly on the hips with a 
long whip, lead him the length of the stable, rubbing him on the 
neck, saying in a steady tone of voice, "come along boy!" or use 
his name instead of boy if you choose; every time you turn touch 
him slightly with the whip to make him step up close to you, and 
then caress him with your hand; he will soon learn to hurry up to 
escape the whip and be caressed, and you can make him follow you 
around without taking hold of the halter; if he should stop and turn 
from you, give him a few sharp cuts about the hind legs and he will 
soon turn his head towards you, when you must always caress him. 
A few lessons of this kind will make him run after you when he sees 
the motion of the whip; in twenty or thirty minutes he will follow 
you about the stable. After you have given him two or three lessons 
in the stable take him out into a small field and train him, and 
thence you can take him into the road and make him follow you 
anywhere, and run after you. 
SOME HINTS TO FARMERS 
Management and Training of Animals on the Farm-Some Evils 
and How to Remedy Them-Good Training vs. Bad. 
Farmers would find it of great advantage to pay more attention to 
the education of their domestic animals; many things may be taught 
them without any appreciable trouble, which prove not only con- 
venient but profitable, in the saving of time and labor, that may be 
effected; for instance, any animal on the farm may be taught to 
come on being called instead of being hunted for, and chased home 
whenever wanted. All that is necessary is to give some dainty as a 
reward each time, and the thing will be accomplished almost before 
you are aware of it. By giving each animal a name, and calling 
them by that, you teach each individual to come to you when you 
want them, and if you reward only the one you call the others will 
soon learn to come only when desired. This custom is observed with 
the Sheep in Greece, the Shepherd has only to call any one he wants, 
and the animal will instantly leave its pasturage and its companions; 
and run to the hand of the shepherd with every token of pleasure; 
those which have not learned their name are called wild while the 
others are termed tame. Animals cannot associate with man without 
learning something; many of these habits and tricks which farmers 
deplore in their stock are due to the unintentional training which the 334 
HEALTH, HAPPINESS AND WEALTH 
animals have received. If your stock run from you, and appear to 
dread your presence, and can not be made to stand quietly, perhaps 
this state of things may be accounted for, if you reply candidly to 
the question whether they have not been accustomed to tormenting 
or annoyance, and so taught to be wild. No wonder there are com- 
plaints of cows unquiet when the habit is so general of pelting them 
with stones, or punching them with sticks while driving them home 
to milk. How often, instead of attempting to teach the animals 
proper behavior, do we see an apparently contrary course adopted. 
Many persons when turning stock out to pasture, instead of letting 
down all the bars leave two or three of the lower bars in their place, 
and then by shouting or perhaps beating, force the animal to leap 
over; this is capital training, the results of which are seen in the 
after disposition of the animals to try their powers of jumping where 
a top rail happens to be off, and this accomplished, to set all fences 
at defiance and make a descent upon the corn or grain field as their 
inclination, ability, or hunger may prompt them; another good les- 
son is to open the gate but a little way, and then as in the case of 
the bars, force the cattle forward and by threats and blows compel 
them to pass through it; the result of this teaching is shown in the 
determined spirit manifested by some cattle to make a forcible entry 
into the stable, yards, fields, or in fact to almost every place where 
a gate or door may by accident be left slightly open. Farmers 
should make it a rule whenever cattle are made to pass a fence 
whether through bars or slipgates, to leave one rail for them to pass 
under; this gives them a downward tendency and lessens their in- 
clination to jump or look upward, as they are sure to do when a lazy 
attendant throws down a part of the rails and makes them vault the 
rest. Cattle may be taught to go over any fence by the careful train- 
ing they often get for this end performed as follows: first starve 
them or give them poor feed which will make them light and rest- 
less; as soon as they go over the lower part of the fence after better 
provender make them jump back again and put one more rail on 
saying I guess that will keep them out; next day of course they will 
be in mischief again; repeat the process adding another rail; in a 
short time they will take care of themselves, and harvest the crop 
with charges. 
One of the most important duties on the farm is the 
Breaking of Steers; it is best to begin with them as 
calves and let the boys play with them and drive them 
tied or yoked together, taking care they are not abused. 
When a pair of old steers are to be put together and broken 
to the yoke, or a pair of bulls, as not infrequently happens, 
it is usually best to yoke them and tie their tails together in 
extempore stall, in a well fenced yard, and then turn them loose in 
the yard which should not be large enough for them to run in and 
get under much headway; if the tails are not tied together they will 
frequently turn the yoke, which is a very bad habit. After a day's 
association the lesson of "gee up" and "whoa" may be inculcated. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL TRAINING 
335 
and when well learned, probably the next day, "haw" and "gee;" 
the daily lesson should be given after they have stood yoked awhile; 
they should not be taken from the yard until they have become used 
to the yoke, and are no longer wild and scary, as they are apt to be 
at first. Each day all previous lessons should be repeated; put them 
before an ox sled or a pair of cart-wheels at first rather than to a 
stone boat, as they are apt to step on the chain, and that frightens 
them. All should be firm but mild, and no superfluous should be 
employed.